# User documentation home

Welcome to the Phocas user documentation site. Whether you're just starting with Phocas, looking for advanced options, or want to keep up with the latest changes, this is the place for you.

**New here?** Head straight to the [Basics space](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/basics/) and read our getting started pages.

**Know what you need?** Use the search box at the top to find content fast or click a link below to jump straight to a module space and browse its pages.

***

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th align="center"></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden></th><th data-hidden></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="image">Cover image</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center"><strong>Analytics</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/itAvDF3MljQXV0rjHRP7">/spaces/itAvDF3MljQXV0rjHRP7</a></td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/yJMwlBZjM3b2hh8iGJoS">/files/yJMwlBZjM3b2hh8iGJoS</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Flex Modes</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/aDGOWDU4SqRSiSPGXHgW">/spaces/aDGOWDU4SqRSiSPGXHgW</a></td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/ABr1sFvkFYsD93rjJNaz">/files/ABr1sFvkFYsD93rjJNaz</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Insights</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/QGQGMazAMTVRZA3vjjb5">/spaces/QGQGMazAMTVRZA3vjjb5</a></td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/7IJ1VB62bdA96jgLRwHW">/files/7IJ1VB62bdA96jgLRwHW</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Financial Statements</strong> </td><td><a href="/spaces/KhoFIsurMPEjkuBz9YkN">/spaces/KhoFIsurMPEjkuBz9YkN</a></td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/Dq1RLwFdn1JCg5XVS4gr">/files/Dq1RLwFdn1JCg5XVS4gr</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Budgets &#x26; Forecasts</strong>  </td><td><a href="/spaces/aNH5UMuZXBHuAbFF7nI2">/spaces/aNH5UMuZXBHuAbFF7nI2</a></td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/5clcEJRySKo4WejKRatl">/files/5clcEJRySKo4WejKRatl</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Rebates</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/MbR0klD6u5c0D9XeXtY3/pages/Lb0qlIn0SYeymUItVHo9">/spaces/MbR0klD6u5c0D9XeXtY3/pages/Lb0qlIn0SYeymUItVHo9</a></td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/P3XHD1SST3I1KsyHMYIb">/files/P3XHD1SST3I1KsyHMYIb</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>CRM</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/1DdwWAKI55yCxN4CVAUT">/spaces/1DdwWAKI55yCxN4CVAUT</a></td><td>TO DO Description</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/mMH2VVPdsukP0c5Pb0Mf">/files/mMH2VVPdsukP0c5Pb0Mf</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Administration</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/vQCmtGTR7MsjcI62Vdki">/spaces/vQCmtGTR7MsjcI62Vdki</a></td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/WFllIEp5eQKvHSwmDJWE">/files/WFllIEp5eQKvHSwmDJWE</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

***

Want to know what's new? [Read our release notes](/other-information/release-notes)

Can’t find what you are looking for? [Raise a Customer Support Desk request](https://portal.usepylon.com/phocas/login)


# Getting started with Phocas

Have you just started using Phocas? Read through the following pages to learn the basics before you get to work.

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Navigation</strong></td><td>Learn about the user interface (UI) and how to find your way around Phocas.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/ZeZjXGo5IUnetkaS3eUs">/pages/ZeZjXGo5IUnetkaS3eUs</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Phocas homepage</strong></td><td>Learn about the key elements of your homepage and how to find your content items.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/jf2sVxBxzcRokihNW0yx">/pages/jf2sVxBxzcRokihNW0yx</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Data access</strong></td><td>Learn how database permissions and restrictions determine what you can see in Phocas.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/rudAZmgoWyLiQ57pjbCh">/pages/rudAZmgoWyLiQ57pjbCh</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>User licenses, profiles and permissions</strong></td><td>Learn how user licenses and permissions determine what you can do in Phocas.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/IDloAAJELQZvnV8dOprj">/pages/IDloAAJELQZvnV8dOprj</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Account settings</strong></td><td>Learn about the personal settings you can change to customize your user account.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/tnROZfjtnOZfwBsa3oON">/pages/tnROZfjtnOZfwBsa3oON</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Databases</strong></td><td>Learn about databases, the foundation upon which your Phocas site is built.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/mn0afEGD3uE0T2DSfRws">/pages/mn0afEGD3uE0T2DSfRws</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Dimensions</strong></td><td>Learn about dimensions (groups of data), a core concept in Phocas.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/kWnTidhRcQXwcOiiVH8f">/pages/kWnTidhRcQXwcOiiVH8f</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Periods</strong></td><td>Learn about periods (time and date ranges), a core concept in Phocas.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/rNQyqJmDbErm2FU3NgDJ">/pages/rNQyqJmDbErm2FU3NgDJ</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sharing and folders</strong></td><td>Use the sharing and folders features for optimal team collaboration.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/5TexfxkZLrvFRg4fsC9w">/pages/5TexfxkZLrvFRg4fsC9w</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Subscriptions</strong></td><td>Subscribe to favorites, dashboards and alerts to receive email notifications whenever they're updated.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/MmVzPoPty7b9CxZPHJbN">/pages/MmVzPoPty7b9CxZPHJbN</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Get started as a Viewer

Just started out as a Viewer? You’re in the right place.

As a Viewer, you can gain insights from the data, but you can’t perform deep analysis or customize content. You have read-only access to dashboards and favorites that have been shared with you.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/uj369n8e7o>" %}

Here are the key pages to help you get up and running:

1. Learn what a Viewer license includes and how it's different from a Full license: [User licenses, profiles and permissions](/basics/getting-started/user-permissions-and-licenses)
2. Learn about what dashboards are and how to access and interact with them: [Use dashboards](/basics/dashboards/use-dashboards)
3. Learn how what favorites are and how to view and interact with them: [View favorites](/basics/favorites/view-and-save-favorites)
4. If you have the Budgets & Forecasts module, learn about its homepage and how to open a workbook: [Take a tour of Budgets & Forecasts](/budgets-and-forecasts/getting-started/take-a-tour-of-budgets-and-forecasts)
5. Users with a Viewer license or assigned the Viewer profile are not restricted from editing CRM items by default. If you need these users to have read-only access, you can configure this in [CRM restrictions](/administration/users/add-update-user/user-account-page#crm-restrictions).

{% hint style="success" %}
Want to do more with data or create your own content? Ask your administrator about upgrading to a Full license.
{% endhint %}


# Data validation

Help us help you validate your data, so you can start getting value from your Phocas site as soon as possible.

Validation checks that your Phocas data matches your ERP data. We compare agreed reports in both systems. We confirm the numbers align. This builds confidence before you go live.

You don't need deep technical knowledge. We guide you through the process. Your input helps us finish faster.

### Before you start

Before validation begins, make sure you can:

* Choose a closed period where possible.
* Nominate one main business contact.
* Export the agreed ERP reports.
* Match the date ranges and filters.

{% hint style="info" %}
Aim to validate static data first. Examples include a closed finance period or an end-of-day snapshot.
{% endhint %}

### Who should be involved

Validation runs faster when the right people join early.

* **Finance lead**: GL, AR, and AP reports.
* **Sales or operations lead**: Sales and purchasing reports.
* **Inventory owner**: Stock and availability checks.
* **Phocas administrator or consultant**: Report setup and logic review.

### What we validate

We focus on key business areas. The layout in Phocas might differ from your ERP. The totals should still align.

Some ERP reports also contain custom logic. We confirm whether Phocas should match that logic.

| Area                     | Example report                                              | What we check                                    |
| ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ |
| Sales                    | Gross margin for the last 12 months, by customer or product | Sales value, quantity, cost, and margin          |
| Accounts receivable (AR) | Customer aging                                              | Open balances by due date and snapshot accuracy  |
| Accounts payable (AP)    | Supplier or vendor aging                                    | Outstanding balances by due date or invoice date |
| Inventory                | On-hand inventory                                           | Stock levels and, if needed, available stock     |
| General ledger (GL)      | Trial balance or GL detail                                  | Account balances                                 |
| Purchasing               | PO receipts and open POs for the last 12 months             | Receipts, open orders, returns, and quantities   |

### How validation works

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Agree the reports

We agree which ERP reports to compare. We also agree the date range and filters.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Export the ERP reports

You or your team run the agreed reports. We use those exports as the comparison point.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Compare with Phocas

We line up the ERP results with Phocas. We check totals, balances, and key measures.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Investigate differences

We review any mismatches together. Many differences are expected and explainable.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Confirm sign-off

We document any known differences. We make approved changes where needed. Then we confirm validation is complete.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Common reasons numbers differ

Not every mismatch means something is wrong. These are the most common causes:

* Different date ranges or filters
* Open periods versus closed periods
* Tax, freight, discounts, or surcharges
* Returns or credit notes
* Positive versus negative sign handling
* Snapshot reports versus transaction reports
* ERP custom report logic
* Rounding at line level versus total level

### When a live session helps

Some data changes too often for a simple exported comparison. Inventory is the most common example.

A live session helps when you need to compare:

* on-hand versus available stock
* open orders and receipts
* balances that change throughout the day

### What good looks like

Validation is complete when:

* the agreed key reports align
* known differences are understood
* approved logic changes are in place
* your team signs off the results

{% hint style="success" %}
Validation is a team task. You do not need to solve every mismatch alone. We work through the differences with you.
{% endhint %}

### Terms you might hear

Some terms will be new during validation. That is normal.

Check the product [glossary](/other-information/glossary) if needed. You can also review the [Dimensions](/basics/getting-started/dimensions) and [Periods](/basics/getting-started/periods) pages as these are core concepts in Phocas.

Ask questions early. That helps us complete your setup faster.


# Navigation

Learn about the user interface and how to find your way around.

Phocas is designed to help you explore your business data with speed, clarity, and confidence. Whether you’re new to the platform or looking to sharpen your skills, understanding how to move through the interface is key to unlocking its full potential.&#x20;

## Sign in

When your Phocas user account is created, you'll typically receive an email containing the URL of your Phocas site. This URL is your organization's subdomain (or host name). For example: \
*organization-name.phocassoftware.com*

Use this link to go directly to your Phocas sign in page. You can also access the page via the [Phocas website](https://www.phocassoftware.com/) by clicking the **Sign in** button in the top-right corner.

How you sign in depends on your organization's authentication method. You might enter a username and password, or use single-sign on (SSO). If you're unsure, contact your administrator.

Once signed in, you'll see your Phocas URL in the browser's address bar. Bookmark this URL for quick access next time.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/w3ZehmeN9y19k9h8pedO" alt="" width="441"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Find your way around

Phocas is organized into three areas: the Phocas menu, the top bar, and the content area, which initially displays your homepage. Phocas differs slightly depending on whether you view it on your desktop or mobile device.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/epuzu1im9d>" %}
Find your way around Phocas
{% endembed %}

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Desktop" %}

<figure><img src="/files/z0hqG20IZkXqO42xh2cM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Phocas menu (side navigation panel) <a href="#navigation-findyourwayaroundphocas-1.phocasmenu" id="navigation-findyourwayaroundphocas-1.phocasmenu"></a>

Use the Phocas menu on the left of your screen to move around your site. This menu is collapsible, allowing you to get a better view of whatever page you open. Hover over the menu to display and click the **Collapse** button. The menu options are still available, they just take up less space. Expand the menu in the same way.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/m7roMY7vNAnXG6AACzp4" alt="" width="315"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The menu contains the following items:

* **Home**: Return to your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage).
* **Analytics**, **Financial Statements**, **Budgets & Forecasts**, **Rebates,** and **CRM**: Click a module to either open its homepage or view a list of its items (the outcome depends on the module).
* **Recents**: View a list of the items you last opened in Phocas. The Recents menu allows you to see where you've been and quickly pick up where you left off. Click an item in the list to open it in the corresponding module.
* **Favorites**: View a list of your favorites. A favorite is an analysis point, such as a chart or particular grid view, that has been saved for quick reference. Filter the list by keyword and click a favorite to open it in the corresponding module.
* **Dashboards**: View a list of your dashboards. A dashboard is a custom page with a collection of *widgets* that contain content such as charts, lists, nested tables, text, images, videos, and web content. Filter the list by keyword and click a dashboard to open it.
* **Toolbox**: Access the Connectors and Upload files tools. This item only displays if you have the required user permissions to use the tools.
* **Administration** (available for administrators only): Access the Administration tools. You can manage users and databases, configure your Phocas site, and more.
* **Resource Centre**: Launch the Resource Centre, where you can access the QuickStart checklists, in-product tours, video tutorials, and more. The content is contextual, so depending on whether you are on your homepage or in a database, the Resource Centre menu will show you relevant content. It’s a great way to get started with Phocas.
* **Upgrades and services**: Get links to other helpful resources and request upgrades, services, and support.
* **Give feedback**: Launch a feedback form where you can provide feedback and comments to help us improve Phocas.

### 2. Top bar <a href="#navigation-findyourwayaroundphocas-2.topbar" id="navigation-findyourwayaroundphocas-2.topbar"></a>

The bar along the top of your screen displays the following items:

* A colored dot that identifies the database's **build status**, where applicable. The dot color indicates the status: Green = Available, Yellow = Queued, Blue = Building, and Red = Failed. Hover over the dot to view the status information.
* The **title** of the page you are viewing, such as the favorite, dashboard, or database you have opened.
* The **Actions** arrow (next to the page title). Click the arrow to display a context menu of related actions you can take. The available actions depend on the page and your user permissions. Common actions include setting your default view, saving favorites, and adding content to dashboards.
* The **User** menu (right-hand side): Click your initials or profile image to access your [account settings page](/basics/getting-started/account-settings) and sign out of Phocas.

### 3. Content area <a href="#navigation-findyourwayaroundphocas-3.contentarea" id="navigation-findyourwayaroundphocas-3.contentarea"></a>

The content in this area is dynamic. It displays whatever page you are on, which could be a favorite, dashboard, database, or module, such as Budgets & Forecasts or Rebates. Typically, this is where you view and analyze your data.
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Mobile" %}
The mobile version has the same three areas described in the Desktop tab. However, it has less functionality, as you are not expected to complete certain actions from such a small screen. For example, you can't create new databases or dashboards.

After you sign in to your Phocas site, click the button in the top-left corner to display the menu. The menu takes up the full screen. Select an option as usual. The sub-menu displays over the top.  Select an item in the list to open it.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/vv9Tfhfo40eiBk0xOi90" alt="" width="413"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

If you want to switch to a desktop view, click the button with your initials or image on it (in the top-right corner of the screen), then select **Desktop view**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/cGZQFtA8CoHHPYQjNta9" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Read the following pages to learn the basics before you get to work in Phocas.
{% endhint %}


# Phocas homepage

Learn about the key elements of your homepage and how to find your content items.

When you sign in to Phocas, you arrive at your homepage, the central hub for accessing and managing your Phocas content. You can return to your homepage from anywhere in Phocas by clicking the **Home** button at the top of the Phocas navigation menu.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/7o7pgwqzfq>" %}
Your homepage at a glance
{% endembed %}

The homepage grid contains a list of your Phocas content items and their details organized into the following columns:

* **Name:** The name of the item.&#x20;
* **Type**: The type of item, such as dashboard, favorite, alert, and database.
* [**Database**](/basics/getting-started/databases): The database from which the item was created. For example, you might have a *Declining products* alert based on the data in your Sales database.
* [**Folder**](/basics/getting-started/sharing-and-folders): The folder in which the item was shared. For example, your organization might store all its sales-related dashboards in a *Sales* folder.
* **Owner**: The user who created the item initially or was set as the owner at some point afterward.&#x20;
* **Last opened**: The last time you (signed-in user) opened the item.&#x20;
* **Last updated**: The last time the item was opened since the underlying database was built or the favorite was saved.&#x20;

As identified in the image below, there are three key elements on your homepage to help you find items and take action:

<figure><img src="/files/ixd5ijEPK3l0vU61XiO7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="1. Tabs" %}
Tabs are one way to find specific items. There are two main tabs on your homepage: **Home** and **Deleted items**.

**Home**

On the **Home** tab, your Phocas content items are organized into four subtabs. Click a tab button above the grid to filter the grid and see those specific items.

* **All**: This tab opens by default and contains a list of all the items that have been shared with you. When you create your own items, they’ll also be displayed here.
* **Alerts**: This tab contains a list of alerts that have been shared with you or any you create. Alerts allow you to monitor performance against set targets. The color coding identifies items that require your immediate attention.
* **Dashboards**: This tab contains a list of dashboards that have been shared with you or any you create. Dashboards allow you to view customized, interactive visualizations that present key performance indicators (KPIs) and metrics in a clear and easy-to-understand format.
* **Bookmarks**: This tab contains a list of items that you have bookmarked. Bookmarks allow you to quickly access the items you use frequently or are currently working on. You can bookmark items from any tab on this homepage and the **All** tab on the Budgets & Forecasts homepage.
* **Subscriptions**: This tab contains a list of favorites and dashboards to which you have subscribed.

**Deleted items**

Click the **Deleted items** tab to view a list of any favorites, alerts, and dashboards you've deleted. See below for information about deleting and restoring items.
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="2. Filters and sorting" %}
Filtering and sorting can help you to both find items and [customize your homepage](#homepage-changeyourhomepage):

* **Search**: Use the search box in the top-right corner to quickly find a particular item. As you type a keyword, the grid contents are filtered to display only the matching items. Often, you don’t need to enter a whole keyword, as the search results are so fast.
* **Sort**: Click the applicable column header to sort the items by that condition in ascending or descending order. For example, you might want to sort the items by **Database** in alphabetical order. Sorting by **Last Opened** or **Last Updated** is particularly useful to see the most recently opened or updated items.
* **Filter**: Use the following column filters to refine the list of items that display in the grid:
  * **Type**: Filter the grid to see only a specific type of item, such as all the favorites that have been shared with you, all the databases you have access to, or all your budget and forecast workbooks.

    <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/EnSMGp57uR5xNAe2qtnD" alt="" width="332"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
  * **Database**: Filter the grid to see only the items associated with a specific database. For example, you might want to see all the favorites, dashboards, and alerts in your Finance database.
  * **Folder**: Filter the grid to see only the items stored in a specific folder. For example, you might want to see only items in the Marketing folder.
  * **Owner**: Filter the grid to see the items owned by a specific user. For example, you might want to get a quick list of all the items that you own.

Click **Clear filters** to remove any filters you've applied.
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="3. Menus" %}
There are several other actions you can take from your homepage. The available actions depend on the item and your user permissions. Click the kebab menu button (three dots) at the end of the item row and select the required option:

* **Set default period**: This option is available for database items. It allows you to change the *default* period (timeframe) you see when you open the database.
* **Share**: This option is available for favorites, alerts, and dashboards. It allows you to share the item with an individual user or put it in a folder so it’s available to a group of users.
* **Bookmark**: This option adds the item to the **Bookmarks** tab.
* **Subscribe**: This option allows you to subscribe to favorites, alerts, and dashboards. When you are subscribed to an item, the option changes, allowing you to manage the subscriptions.
* **Edit**: This option is available for favorites, alerts, and dashboards. It allows you to change the name, description, or owner of the item.
* **Delete**: This option is available for favorites, alerts, and dashboards. See below for information about deleting and restoring items.
  {% endtab %}
  {% endtabs %}

## Open an item <a href="#homepage-openanitem" id="homepage-openanitem"></a>

When you find the item you want, click its name to open it. Afterward, it'll appear at the top of your homepage and in the **Recents** list in your Phocas menu.

## Customize your homepage <a href="#homepage-changeyourhomepage" id="homepage-changeyourhomepage"></a>

When you apply one or more tabs, filters and sort orders to your homepage, your selections are retained. This means the next time you view your homepage, it'll look exactly as you left it. This effectively lets you set up your homepage to always display only the items you're interested in.&#x20;

If your homepage does not meet your needs, you can replace it with a custom [home dashboard](/basics/dashboards/set-a-dashboard-as-your-homepage) that contains the information you want to view as soon as you sign in to Phocas.

## Delete and restore items

{% hint style="success" %}
You can’t delete items shared with you, but you can filter them out of your view, as explained in the Customize your homepage section above.
{% endhint %}

You can delete items you own (favorites, dashboards, and alerts) directly from your homepage. Delete them one at a time or in bulk.&#x20;

When you delete items, a pink dot appears on the **Deleted items** tab to show you where they've been moved.&#x20;

### Delete one item

Click the kebab menu button (three dots) at the end of the item row and select **Delete**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/BvEYdO0llXAfVypqJP30" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Deleting an individual item</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Delete items in bulk

Select the items you want to delete, then click the **Delete** button at the bottom of the grid.

If you select any items you don't own, or items that can't be deleted from this location (such as a database), you'll be notified. Those items will remain selected.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/vEgnPOYnyNRoTXp6KkNL" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Deleting multiple items at the same time</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Restore items

You can restore deleted items within 45 days. After that time, they're permanently deleted.

If a user is deleted from Phocas, an administrator can recover that user’s items during the same 45-day window.&#x20;

To restore an item, go to the **Deleted items** tab, click the item's kebab menu, and select **Restore**.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/9X9eCsKZHmno3wKq4y0K" alt=""><figcaption><p>Restoring a deleted item</p></figcaption></figure>


# Data access

Learn how database permissions and restrictions determine what you can see in Phocas.

You typically only **see data** that is relevant to you and this is managed by database permission and restrictions.

Related page: [User licenses, profiles and permissions](/basics/getting-started/user-permissions-and-licenses) control **what you can do** in Phocas.

## Databases <a href="#dataaccessandpermissions-dataaccess" id="dataaccessandpermissions-dataaccess"></a>

Administrators manage access to your organization’s data using a combination of database permissions and restrictions to ensure the right data is seen by the right users. These permissions and restrictions can be set in user profiles, which can then be applied to multiple user accounts. They can also be applied to individual user accounts as required.

**Database permissions** give you access to a [database](/basics/getting-started/databases).

**Database restrictions** prevent you from accessing specific data items, such as a [dimension](/basics/getting-started/dimensions) or measure, within a database to which you have access. Typically, database restrictions are applied on a user-by-user basis, so if you don't have a restriction, you have access to all data items in the database. However, your administrator might set default database restrictions to allow that logic to be reversed. In this case, any user *without* a specific restriction will get the default restriction from the database. Instead of applying a user restriction to limit access, it is used to increase access.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you can't access a particular database or that item within a database, contact your administrator and ask them to review your access.
{% endhint %}

## Shared content <a href="#dataaccessandpermissions-datasharing" id="dataaccessandpermissions-datasharing"></a>

You'll only see [favorites](/basics/favorites/view-and-save-favorites) and [dashboards](/basics/dashboards/use-dashboards) in the menu and homepage if you created them or they've been shared with you.

If you have permission to share content items, you can only share items with users who have permission to see the underlying data. For example, if you try to share a favorite or dashboard containing *Branch X* financial information with a user who only has permission to view *Branch Y* data, you will get an error message.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you think another user should be able to see the data you are trying to share, ask your Phocas administrator about their permissions.
{% endhint %}


# User licenses, profiles and permissions

Learn about the factors determining what you can do in Phocas.

{% hint style="success" %}

* If you have a Viewer license, ask your administrator about upgrading to a Full license.
* If have a Full license but think you need more access to the features within Phocas, talk to your administrator about changing your profile or getting additional permissions.
* If you're an administrator, see these pages for related information: [Users](/administration/users), [User permissions](/administration/users/add-update-user/user-permissions) and [Profiles](/administration/profiles).&#x20;
  {% endhint %}

Your user license and profile work together to determine what UI items you can see in Phocas (such as menus and action buttons) and therefore, **what you can do**.&#x20;

Related page: [Data access](/basics/getting-started/data-access) controls **what data you can see** in Phocas.

## License

There are two main types of user licenses, as described in the table below. Separate, add-on licenses are required for the CRM, Rebates, and Insights modules. &#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th>Viewer license</th><th valign="top">Full license</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Designed for users who primarily need to consume data. </td><td valign="top">The most common type of license; designed to allow users to get the most out of Phocas. </td></tr><tr><td><p>Restrictive, allowing view-only access to shared <a href="/pages/x2TOuQOih6rhIqqdn3ES">dashboards</a> and <a href="/pages/9kQI6eTxyETPeVMrYhFU">favorites</a>. </p><p>When combined with the Budgets &#x26; Forecasts permission, allows view-only access to budget workbooks, with editing possible only when the user is assigned a task in the budget workflow.</p></td><td valign="top">Includes all Viewer capabilities plus the ability to perform other actions. Prerequisite for module-specific functionality. </td></tr><tr><td>Ideal for users who need insights but don't perform deep data analysis or customization.</td><td valign="top">Ideal for users who need to slice and dice the data, such as analysts and decision-makers.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Both Viewer and Full license users:

* Need a Phocas user account.
* Need to sign in to Phocas.
* Are subject to database permissions and restrictions, which determines what data they see.&#x20;
* Can access the Phocas platform, which includes the homepage, navigation menu and user menu.

<details>

<summary>What Phocas looks like to a Viewer license user</summary>

The Viewer user will see the same core Phocas platform as Full license users, but they'll only be able to view dashboards and favorite that have been shared with them.

**Homepage**

<figure><img src="/files/ZuZ8hXLIUVLsnUAl2gHq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Analytics menu**

<figure><img src="/files/qUmtCBPh9yzCCe5Xc0xk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Dashboards and Favorites menus from a Viewer's perspective**

<figure><img src="/files/yhQTsz4dsgMXhj7FZQPz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Expand the sections below for a visual comparison of what each user can see and do a dashboard and favorite.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Comparison of dashboard and favorite-related actions available with each license</summary>

Note that even with a Full license, your user profile (including permissions) specifically controls what you can do.

<table><thead><tr><th width="451">Action</th><th>Viewer license</th><th>Full license</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Set a dashboard as your home dashboard </td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Set a favorite as your default view</td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Interact with data on the dashboard (hover and filter)</td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Interact with the favorite (sort, hover, and select cells)</td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>View the underlying query details for dashboard widgets and favorites </td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Analyze the dashboard (drill down into underlying data to slice and dice the data)</td><td>No</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Customize your view of the data in the favorite (change the properties, stream, measure and so on)</td><td>No</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Slice and dice the data in the favorite</td><td>No</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>View the underlying transactions, provided they are in a Transaction mode favorite</td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Apply a custom date range (period) in a dashboard</td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Apply a custom date range (period) in a favorite</td><td>No</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Refresh a dashboard</td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Print a dashboard</td><td>Yes</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Print a favorite</td><td>No</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Create, edit and clone a dashboard or favorite</td><td>No</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Share a dashboard or favorite</td><td>No</td><td>Yes</td></tr><tr><td>Subscribe to a favorite</td><td>No</td><td>Yes</td></tr></tbody></table>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Visual comparison of what each user can see and do a dashboard</summary>

This example supports the table above, showing you the differences in the UI. Note that the Full license user has all the dashboard-related user permissions.

<figure><img src="/files/ymzEppVxrS2gbggDxtnW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Focus, reset and navigation options: Available for both users.
2. Dashboard-related actions: The Viewer has restricted functionality but the Full license user can access all functionality, such as share and clone the dashboard.
3. Widget-related functionality: The Viewer can only view the query details and collapse the widget but the Full license user can access all functionality, such as copy and delete the widget and open the underlying data for analysis.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Visual comparison of what each user can see and do on a favorite</summary>

This example supports the table above, showing you the differences in the UI.&#x20;

* The Full license user can see the menus, toolbars and dimensions, allowing them to customize their view and slice and dice the data.
* The Viewer license user can only see the shared data in its preset format.

<figure><img src="/files/GyQhaXmwcyq4S94dacaT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

## User profile and permissions&#x20;

Profiles are predefined sets of permissions that [administrators](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/administration/) can assign to user accounts.​

Your user account might have a default system profile (for example, Basic or Advanced) containing a default set of permissions or a user-specific profile with permissions hand-picked for you.

* By default, if you have a Viewer licence, you are assigned the Viewer profile. This system profile includes two user permissions that provide read-only access to dashboards and favorites.\
  The only exception is when the Budgets & Forecasts module is activated. In this case, administrators can convert the Viewer profile into a user-specific profile and assign the Budgets & Forecasts permission to that user. The user remains a Viewer but can access budget workbooks. Learn more about the [types of users in Budgets & Forecasts](/budgets-and-forecasts/getting-started/overview-of-key-terms-and-concepts/overview-of-users-and-data-access), including guidance for administrators.
* If you have Full license, your assigned system or user-specific profile will contain a set of permissions that determine what you can do in Phocas. For example, you might have permission to analyze a dashboard but not share it. Similarly, you might have permission to view budgets but not create your own.


# Account settings

Learn about the personal settings you can change to customize your user account.

To access your account settings, click the button with your initials or image on it (in the top-right corner of the screen), then select **Account settings**.

<figure><img src="/files/En2md7i7E0UIrhoB5ZPn" alt="image-20240414-211615.png" width="979"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The **Settings** page displays your basic account settings, along with your browser and version information, which are helpful details when troubleshooting an issue.

The available settings and options depend on your user permissions, but typically, you can update information about yourself, such as name, email address, and phone number. You can also add a profile picture to display instead of a box with your initials.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/b3NLtPxbhqg3oNjfAtP8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

After you make changes, click **Save**.

## Add your profile picture <a href="#account-personal-settings-addyourprofilepicture" id="account-personal-settings-addyourprofilepicture"></a>

1. Click the profile picture.
2. Click **Choose** and select a picture from your computer.
3. Drag or resize the picture as required, then click **Apply**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/MVbxRlEaA7zafzIQ1IHf" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Enter or update your email address  <a href="#enter-or-update-your-email-address" id="enter-or-update-your-email-address"></a>

An email address is compulsory for users on the latest version of Phocas. You might be asked to enter an email address the first time you sign in. A valid email address is also required to subscribe to favorites.&#x20;

Ensure your email address on the **Settings** page is correct and update it as required.

## Change the language <a href="#change-the-language" id="change-the-language"></a>

Select the language you want to use in Phocas.&#x20;

This setting interacts with other language settings and affects how information is displayed across Phocas, as explained below.

### Relationship with other language settings

The language you select on your **Account settings** page overrides both the default and browser language settings.

<figure><img src="/files/baUqPPwoZxO4uqD3uys6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Default language

Your administrator can set a default language on the [**Configuration** page](/administration/configuration). However, you can still select your own language on your **Account settings** page.

{% hint style="warning" %}
When the default language is changed, all users who are currently signed in (including the administrator) must sign out and back in for the change to take effect.
{% endhint %}

An administrator can also set a language for you on the **User** tab of your [account page](/administration/users/add-update-user/user-account-page#user-tab). This is different from you selecting a language yourself on your **Account settings** page.

#### Browser language settings

If no language is selected in Phocas, date formatting (see below) is based on the location settings of your browser (such as Chrome or Firefox). Each browser has their own way for changing their settings, see their help documentation for instructions.

### Impacts of the language setting

The language setting affects the following areas of Phocas:

#### **User interface (UI) text**

Only some UI text is translated, and coverage varies between modules.&#x20;

Phocas uses US English as the default language.&#x20;

Some non-English languages are available for selection, but translations are no longer actively maintained. If you select one of these languages, you might see a mix of translated and English text.

The names of measures, properties or dimensions are never translated, as they are defined by the data in each database.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/DpBU25FLbTAqjxJtcr8k" alt="" width="487"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

#### **Number formatting**

If you select German, French, Italian, Spanish or Portuguese, the European number format (commas for decimal points) is used.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/0ay48yobmcKe953CFhe2" alt="" width="389"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

#### **Date formatting**

The selected language determines the default date format across most Phocas modules.&#x20;

If no language is selected globally or individually, Phocas uses the browser’s location settings to format dates. However, it's strongly recommended that the language is set in Phocas rather than relying on the web browser.

**Examples**:

* English (United States) uses `mm/dd/yyyy`
* English (United Kingdom) uses `dd/mm/yyyy`

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/7rUcd7Is2fv8N01t4AwI" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Change the time zone <a href="#change-the-time-zone" id="change-the-time-zone"></a>

Your time zone is usually already set for you, but you select a different zone from the **Timezone** dropdown list. This setting can't be left blank.

## Change your password  <a href="#reset-your-password" id="reset-your-password"></a>

The ability to change (reset) your password depends on two settings managed by your administrator:

* Authentication model: If your site uses the LDAP or SSO authentication model to manage how users sign in to Phocas, it's not possible for you to change your password in Phocas.&#x20;
* Password policy: Your site's password policy might prevent you from changing your password.

If it's possible for you to change your password in Phocas, you'll see the **Change Password** button next to the **Save** button. If not, contact your administrator about getting your password changed.

<figure><img src="/files/RIcNrsQMtABd81X0s98Y" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To change your password, click **Change Password**, enter your current password and new password, then confirm the new password and click **Save**.

## Change your email notification preferences <a href="#change-your-email-notification-preferences" id="change-your-email-notification-preferences"></a>

Select when you want to receive notifications from Phocas via email:

* Agenda items (for users who also have Phocas CRM).&#x20;
* Notice of database build and/or sync failures (for administrators).

<figure><img src="/files/nNwxxakd4FWys5J3AMIO" alt="image-20240414-211849.png" width="681"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Databases

Learn about databases, the foundation upon which your Phocas site is built.

Each database in Phocas is populated with raw data sourced from an ERP or other business system, which is commonly refreshed overnight. Your actions in Phocas do not affect that source data.&#x20;

Common databases are Sales, Purchasing, Inventory, and Financial Statements, but you might see different databases depending on your Phocas setup and database permissions. Typically, financial databases open in the Financial Statements module, and all operational (non-financial) databases, such as Sales, open in the Analytics module.&#x20;

## Ways to open a database <a href="#databases-waystoopenadatabase" id="databases-waystoopenadatabase"></a>

Whereas access to a database depends on multiple factors, you can physically access a database in the following ways:

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Phocas homepage" %}
On your Phocas homepage, dashboard content items are identified by the database icon, as illustrated in the image on the left below. You can filter the grid to view data-specific items:

* To see a list of databases only, in the **Type** column header, click the **All** dropdown menu, click **Select none**, then select the **Database** checkbox and click out of the filter.
* To see only the content items in a specific database, in the **Database** column header, click the **All** dropdown menu, click **Select none**, then select the checkbox for that database and click out of the filter.

<figure><img src="/files/L3vPXU1dodso4TaYymeu" alt="image-20240414-203059.png" width="895"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Phocas menu" %}
In the Phocas menu, click **Analytics** or **Financial Statements** to view a list of its databases, then click the database you want to open.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/uPjVapXqxQ8waayjX0dk" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Recents menu" %}
After you open a database for the first time, it displays in your **Recents** list, which you can access via the Phocas menu.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ilQCGbUbzLngCCuOWZZw" alt="" width="365"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

## Database status <a href="#databases-databasestatus" id="databases-databasestatus"></a>

When you open a database, in the top left of the screen, you'll see the database name next to a colored dot. The color of the dot represents the database's status. A blue dot means the database is being rebuilt, green means the database is available, and red means the latest rebuild has failed, so there is a risk you are not looking at the latest data. You can hover over the dot to get more information.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/dPvDqhQW5ybGtc5uap2G" alt="" width="308"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Suspended databases

Sometimes, databases become redundant, forgotten, or not used for a long period. These databases become *suspended* until they are next accessed. If you access a suspended database, you'll see a warning box to let you know that's the case, and a new build will kick off immediately. You don't need to do anything. The database, with updated data, will be available to use in around five minutes.


# Dimensions

Learn about dimensions, a core concept in Phocas.

Dimensions describe how your data is organised in Phocas. A **dimension** is a way of grouping the data in a database, so you can view, filter, and analyse it. In some modules, such as [Financial Statements](/financial-statements/getting-started/overview-of-the-link-between-financial-statements-and-dimensions) and [Budgets & Forecasts](/budgets-and-forecasts/getting-started/overview-of-key-terms-and-concepts/dimensions), dimensions control how data is structured, not just analysed.

### Dimension entities

Each dimension contains a list of items, called **dimension entities**.&#x20;

In other words, a dimension is the “group by” field and a dimension entity is one item in that list.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Dimension entities are not business or trading entities**

Finance teams often use the terms *business entity* or *trading entity*. These are not the same as a *dimension entity*.&#x20;

A trading entity represents an actual business or company that records transactions.&#x20;

In a multi-entity organisation, you might have a dimension called Trading Entity that contains a list of your individual businesses. Each business appears as a dimension entity in Phocas, even though it represents a trading entity in your source system.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

### Examples of dimensions and their entities

Most organisations use similar types of dimensions, even if the names differ. Here are some common examples:

<table><thead><tr><th width="132">Dimension</th><th width="232">What it represents</th><th width="201">Dimension entities</th><th>Example </th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Customer</td><td>Who you sell to</td><td>Customer names and/or codes</td><td>ASAP Metals USA</td></tr><tr><td>Product</td><td>What you sell</td><td>Product names and/or codes</td><td>Widget A</td></tr><tr><td>Sales rep</td><td>Who made the sale</td><td>Sales rep (employees) names and/or codes</td><td>Andrew Wood</td></tr><tr><td>Location or Branch</td><td>Where the sale occurred</td><td>Countries, cities, states, territories, or branch names and/or codes</td><td>USA</td></tr><tr><td>Account</td><td>How values are categorised in the general ledger</td><td>Account names and codes</td><td>4010 Sales revenue</td></tr></tbody></table>

Your organisation might also have other dimensions that are specific to how you operate.

### Dimension groups

Some dimensions are organised into **dimension groups**. A dimension group is a set of related dimensions that work together.

Each dimension group has:

* One **primary dimension**. This is the main way the data is grouped. The transactions are mapped to this dimension. Some people call this the *parent dimension*.
* One or more **sub-dimensions** that belong to the primary dimension. They add extra detail to that same data. Some people describe these as *child dimensions* or *properties* of the primary dimension.

Think of the primary dimension as the main label, and sub-dimensions as additional attributes that describe it.&#x20;

For example, in the following extract of a dimension panel in Flex Modes, you can see two dimension groups, one for customers (Ship To) and another for products.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/HeWDneyBEz6SkrVgtjKC" alt="" width="211"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

These groups are created in the underlying database, where administrators can view them in the Designer module.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/r4p1T8PXRGoUBnaEHMrb" alt="" width="247"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Using dimensions in Phocas

Think of dimensions as the categories you use to break data into meaningful parts, such as who you sold to, what you sold, or where the sale happened.&#x20;

You interact with dimensions throughout Phocas, even if you don't always notice them. For example, you use dimensions when you:

* Use the grid to analyze the data, and build reports, charts, and dashboards.
* Filter data to focus on specific items.
* Drill down from a summary value to see the detail behind it.
* Create financial statements, budgets, and rebate rules (where applicable).

#### Dimensions panel

In Analytics, Flex Modes, and Financial Statements, the dimensions panel on the left of the grid shows the dimensions available from the underlying database. For example:

* In a Sales database, you might have dimensions such as Customers, Products, Sales Reps, Regions, Vendors, and so on.
* In an Inventory database, you might have dimensions such as Supplier, Warehouse, Country, and so on.&#x20;
* In a Financial database, you'll always have the account dimension and others such as Category or Classification.

In Flex Modes and Financial Statements, you can hide (collapse) the dimension panel (including the **Summary**, **Focus**, and **Reset** buttons) to see more of the grid, which is useful on smaller screens. Click the **Hide dimensions** at the button of the panel. Click it again to show the panel.

<figure><img src="/files/tO4Har5nQrDVDBmcH2oY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Different views of the data

When you look at data in the Phocas grids, you're usually looking at a measure (number), such as sales or quantity, broken down by one or more dimensions. For example, in the following Flex Modes grid, you can see the total sales value, firstly broken down by Customer and then by Product, giving you two perspectives of the data.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Bv1RNfN6L2E9ymZfKCoR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Dimensions versus periods versus measures

The **period** (date) isn't a dimension, but it acts like one because you also use it to group, filter, and compare data over time.

**Measures** are the numbers you analyse. Examples include sales value, margin, quantity, and costs.

A simple way to think about it is:

* Dimensions answer questions like who, what and where.
* The period tells you when.
* Measures answer questions like how much or how many.

In Phocas grids, most of the time, dimension entities appear as rows, the period appears as columns, and the measures appear in the cells. For example, the sales value of customer ASAP Metallising USA in February 2025 was almost 50,000.

<figure><img src="/files/Z89UwUYmJpd67Ruwyh8z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Why dimensions matter

Dimensions control how flexible and meaningful your analysis can be. Well-defined dimensions make it easier to:

* Answer business questions quickly.
* Compare performance across different parts of the business.
* Keep reports, budgets, and forecasts consistent.

If dimensions change, such as adding a new customer or product, those changes can flow through to reports, budgets, and forecasts, depending on how they are set up.

If you are unsure which dimensions are available in your environment, contact your Phocas administrator.


# Periods

Learn about periods, a core concept in Phocas.

All the data you see in the Phocas grids is tied to a *period*. Therefore, to become a confident Phocas user, you must understand how periods work. For example, before you start analyzing data you should stop and ask yourself, ‘*What data range am I looking at?*’

In Phocas, periods are time and date ranges (typically months or years) for the data that is displayed. Often, a period consists of two date ranges: a Current period and a comparative Previous period. You can see the **Current** and **Previous** columns in Analytics > Period mode, and in Financial Statements, in all statements except for the Trial Balance.

In Analytics, Flex Modes and Financial Statements, when you open a database, you use the **Period** menu to view the data in the grid over different timeframes. For example, you might want to view data for the rolling 12 months, then change the period to view data for the year to date. In the **Period** menu, a <mark style="color:purple;">**default period**</mark> is applied and several <mark style="color:green;">**defined periods**</mark> are available for you to select. If the date range you want is not featured in any of those defined periods, and you have the required user permissions, you can either apply a <mark style="color:orange;">**custom period**</mark> or add your own <mark style="color:green;">**user-defined period**</mark>.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/2rR61SMczcKSkspXwX4T" alt="" width="640"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

In Budgets & Forecasts, the budget period is based on one of the period types that have been enabled for the underlying database.

<figure><img src="/files/bcBdoHnTTwBsvhrh9Hpr" alt="" width="861"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Default period <a href="#periods-defaultperiod" id="periods-defaultperiod"></a>

The *default* period is the timeframe you see first when you open a database; it is automatically selected for you in the **Period** menu. This default period is initially set by your administrator (when they give you access to the database) but you can [change it](/basics/getting-started/periods/default-period-for-a-database) to suit your personal needs.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/qr4tre7x32>" %}
Change the default period for a database
{% endembed %}

## Defined period <a href="#periods-definedperiod" id="periods-definedperiod"></a>

A [defined period](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-period-analytics#changetheperiod-inanalytics-applyadefinedperiod) is a period that is set for the database by your administrator. You see a list of defined periods when you open the **Period** menu in a database. You can switch between these periods to quickly change your view of the data. Defined periods are usually dynamic, meaning they adjust according to today's date.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/unehka64ix>" %}
Select and change periods
{% endembed %}

## User-defined period <a href="#periods-user-definedperiod" id="periods-user-definedperiod"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
Additional user permissions required to add user-defined periods: **Apply Custom Period** and **Save User Defined Period**
{% endhint %}

In Analytics, a user-defined period is a period that is set by you. You add this period to the list of defined periods, so it is available for you (only) to select the next time you open the database. In the **Period** menu, user-defined periods sit below the defined periods (administrator-set) and a line separates the two categories.

You might want to add a user-defined period if there is a specific date range you frequently want to apply to your analysis but it is not included in the existing defined periods. User-defined periods can have fixed or dynamic dates, depending on the options you select when you add them.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/npkfb5mmc0>" %}
Add user-defined periods
{% endembed %}

Currently, you can't create user defined periods in Flex Modes. If you have Analytics, create the period there first. It will then become available in the **Period** menu in Flex Modes.

<figure><img src="/files/AuSnzdIRnLyDW21GXPkV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Custom period <a href="#periods-customperiod" id="periods-customperiod"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
Additional user permission required to apply a custom period: **Apply Custom Period**
{% endhint %}

A [custom period](broken://spaces/itAvDF3MljQXV0rjHRP7/pages/UQh8jcJNwCCFGidzTtIT#apply-a-custom-period) is a temporary date range that you apply to your current analysis; it is not added to the list of defined periods.

You might want to apply a custom period to view data for a one-off timeframe, such as the duration of a sales promotion. Custom periods can consist of a range of months, sections of months, one month at a time, and so on, depending on what *period types* are available in the database.

Custom period dates are fixed, for example, *January 2022*, as opposed to *last month*, which dynamically updates as you move into a new month. However, in the Financial Statements module, you can use the [offset](/basics/getting-started/periods/offset-dates) option when applying a custom period to set a date (or date range) based on today's date, so that the data updates.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/y3p1iamfd4>" %}
Create a custom period in Analytics
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/uzqjf2myvc>" %}
Create a custom period in Financial Statements
{% endembed %}

## Period types <a href="#periods-periodtypes" id="periods-periodtypes"></a>

[Period types](/administration/periods-administration/period-types) apply mainly to administrators. They define the core increments of time, forming the basis of defined periods. The *default* period types are Year, Month and Day. Other period types, known as *custom* period types, might also be available for a database. Examples of custom period types include Quarters and Weeks.


# Offset dates

Make periods dynamic (automatically updating) using offset date.

The **Offset** date option is available when you:

* Add a user-defined period.
* Apply a custom period (in Financial Statements).
* Set the period as part of defining a measure (in Analytics Custom mode or advanced search).
* Set a defined period for a database (administrators).

The setup window might behave differently depending on where you start from, but the concept of the **Offset** date option is the same. It allows you to set a date (or date range) based on today's date. Rather than enter a fixed date range, such as *Start: January 2023 and End: March 2023*, you define a dynamic date range, such as *Year-to-date* or *Last month*, so the data continues to update.

The offset settings for the Days period type are different from those of the Months and Years, as outlined below.

## Offsets in month and year-based date ranges <a href="#offsetdates-useoffsetsmonthandyear-baseddateranges" id="offsetdates-useoffsetsmonthandyear-baseddateranges"></a>

The general steps for using the **Offset** option with Month and Year period types are:

1. Select the **Year** or **Month** period type, as required.
2. Select the **Offset** checkbox to activate the offset date setting. You can set both the **Start** and **End** dates as offsets or just one of them.&#x20;
3. Enter the offset date as a number. The timeframe is displayed in words next to the offset box.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/VYjoGcyv72fT5Vm4tmCN" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The following examples (set in June 2024) are common *set-and-forget* dynamic periods you can add to your analysis using the month and year **Offset** options. As they are designed to work into the future, they’re a simple way to get a date range that updates each month or year. They save you from having to manually update the date range when you roll over into a new month, calendar year, or financial year.&#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
The **Most Recent** offset option sets the date as the 1st of the month, not the end. Therefore, depending on your required date range, you might need to select the following month in order to see the complete picture. For example, if you select **January** > **Most recent** to **March** > **Most recent**, the period will run from 1st January until the 1st March. If you want to include all of March in the range, you need to select April as the end month.
{% endhint %}

### Calendar year-to-date (most recent) <a href="#offsetdates-calendaryear-to-date-mostrecent" id="offsetdates-calendaryear-to-date-mostrecent"></a>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/v9VDwMduHBlN0kyeyGU1" alt="image-20240606-020500.png" width="545"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. In the **Current Period** > **Start** date, clear the **Offset** checkbox, then select **January** and **Most recent**.
3. In the **Current Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **0** as the offset number.
4. In the **Previous Period** > **Start** date, clear the **Offset** checkbox, then select **January** and **Second most recent**.
5. In the **Previous Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-12** as the offset number.

### Financial year-to-date (most recent) <a href="#offsetdates-financialyear-to-date-mostrecent" id="offsetdates-financialyear-to-date-mostrecent"></a>

For example, if your financial year runs from April to March, you can select **April** and the **Most recent** dynamic date option, along with an offset end, to always view the previous financial year’s data without having to select the year each year.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/9yrMqqxHhTlnTQBRHpAg" alt="image-20240606-033432.png" width="545"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. In the **Current Period** > **Start** date, clear the **Offset** checkbox, then select the **Start** month of the financial year (for example, **April**) and **Most recent**.
3. In the **Current Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **0** as the offset number.
4. In the **Previous Period** > **Start** date, clear the **Offset** checkbox, then select the **Start** month of the financial year (for example, **April**) and **Second most recent**.
5. In the **Previous Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-12** as the offset number.

### Last month (offset) <a href="#offsetdates-lastmonth-offset" id="offsetdates-lastmonth-offset"></a>

For example, suppose you want to view data for the last month and compare it with data for the same month in the previous year.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/zROkjGvwLADNQTkVFrgO" alt="image-20240609-210002.png" width="545"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. In the **Current Period** > **Start** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-1** as the offset number.
3. In the **Current Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-1** as the offset number.
4. In the **Previous Period** > **Start** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-13** as the offset number.
5. In the **Previous Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-13** as the offset number.

### This month (offset) <a href="#offsetdates-thismonth-offset" id="offsetdates-thismonth-offset"></a>

For example, suppose you want to view data for this month and compare it with data from last month.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/n2grjWMxaEYRI02Xk5f8" alt="image-20240609-210227.png" width="545"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. In the **Current Period** > **Start** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **0** as the offset number.
3. In the **Current Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **0** as the offset number.
4. In the **Previous Period** > **Start** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-1** as the offset number.
5. In the **Previous Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-1** as the offset number.

### Rolling 12 months (offset) <a href="#offsetdates-rolling12months-offset" id="offsetdates-rolling12months-offset"></a>

For example, suppose you want to view data for the last 12 months up to today and compare it with data from the same months in the previous year.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/rwX15tvMSotrq7P616Vz" alt="image-20240609-210728.png" width="545"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. In the **Current Period** > **Start** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-11** as the offset number.
3. In the **Current Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **0** as the offset number.
4. In the **Previous Period** > **Start** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-23** as the offset number.
5. In the **Previous Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-12** as the offset number.

### Last three years (offset) <a href="#offsetdates-lastthreeyears-offset" id="offsetdates-lastthreeyears-offset"></a>

For example, suppose you want to view data for the last three years.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/jnXzyFSF42mU1Zw9CV2h" alt="image-20240606-023302.png" width="545"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Year** period type.
2. In the **Current Period** > **Start** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **-2** as the offset number.
3. In the **Current Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** checkbox and enter **0** as the offset number.

## Offsets in day-based date ranges <a href="#offsetdates-useoffsetsforday-baseddateranges" id="offsetdates-useoffsetsforday-baseddateranges"></a>

The general steps for using the **Offset** option with the Day period types are:

1. Select the **Day** period type.
2. Click the date box to display the options window, then select the tab of the option you want to use:

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Actual" %}
This option does not use an offset. Therefore, the date is fixed.

Select a specific date.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/WKZWozf1bxwImByAizXX" alt="" width="221"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Offset" %}
This option is essentially a day offset, either forward or backward from today. This option is useful, for example, to set a rolling 7-day period. See other examples below.

Enter or select a specific number of days. Alternatively, for a quicker way of getting the correct offset value here, select the date on the **Actual** tab first, then select the **Offset** tab. The offset value will match the selected date.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Yf8X2ZkT4HMWiWwxvtwW" alt="" width="223"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Special" %}
This option allows you to select a day that is based on a **month** offset (selecting a certain type of day in a particular month). This option is useful, for example, when analyzing the month-to-date performance (see example below).

Select one of the four **Match…** options and offset that match against a chosen month.

* **First Day**: The first day of the offset month. For example, to view the first day of three months ago, enter an offset of -3.
* **Last Day**: The last day of the offset month. For example, to view the last day of next month, enter an offset of 1.
* **Match Today**: Tries to match today's date in the offset month. For example, if today is the 13th, you’ll get the 13th of the offset month. But if today is the 29th, 30th, or 31st, and a direct match is unavailable, you'll get the closest match.\
  Other examples: To match today, enter an offset of 0, to match today last month, enter an offset of -1, and so on.
* **Match Yesterday**: Tries to match yesterday's date in the offset month. For example, if yesterday is the 12th, you'll get the 12th of the offset month. If today is the 1st, you'll get the last day of the month prior to the offset month. If yesterday is the 29th or 30th and a direct match is unavailable, you'll get the closest match.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/pCxUwjGZcUdKCNrTPCQd" alt="" width="240"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

The following examples are common *set-and-forget* dynamic periods you can add to your analysis using the **Offset** option with the Day period type. As they are designed to work into the future, they’re a simple way to get a date range that updates each day.

### Month-to-date (special) <a href="#offsetdates-month-to-date-special" id="offsetdates-month-to-date-special"></a>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/RM8ItciCPJzlQ4cavfqy" alt="image-20240606-021834.png" width="545"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Day** period type.
2. In the **Current Period** > **Start** date, select the **Special** tab, then select the **First Day** of the month and enter **0** as the month.
3. In the **Current Period** > **End** date, select the **Offset** tab, then enter **0** as the offset.
4. In the **Previous Period** > **Start** date, select the **Special** tab, then select the **First Day** of the month and enter **-1** (or -12) as the month.
5. In the **Previous Period** > **End** date, select the **Special** tab, then select **Match Today** and enter **-1** (or -12) as the month.

### Today (offset) <a href="#offsetdates-today-offset" id="offsetdates-today-offset"></a>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/GbhfBwdKZFbhcOEsToFv" alt="image-20240606-035432.png" width="600"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Day** period type.
2. Click the **Current Period** > **Start** box, select the **Offset** tab, then enter **0** as the offset.
3. Click the **Current Period** > **End** box, select the **Offset** tab, then enter **0** as the offset.

### Yesterday (offset) <a href="#offsetdates-yesterday-offset" id="offsetdates-yesterday-offset"></a>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/QaSQhMvlFotyHj2r5t96" alt="image-20240606-035501.png" width="600"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Day** period type.
2. Click the **Current Period** > **Start** box, select the **Offset** tab, then enter **-1** as the offset.
3. Click the **Current Period** > **End** box, select the **Offset** tab, then enter **-1** as the offset.

### Last 7 days (offset) <a href="#offsetdates-last7days-offset" id="offsetdates-last7days-offset"></a>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/vZXyNFFiTkiHfREyzYQT" alt="image-20240606-035756.png" width="600"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Select the **Day** period type.
2. Click the **Current Period** > **Start** box, select the **Offset** tab, then enter **-6** as the offset.
3. Click the **Current Period** > **End** box, select the **Offset** tab, then enter **0** as the offset.


# Default period for a database

See data for a specific period every time you open a database.

The *default* period is the timeframe you see first when you open a database. Your administrator initially selects this period to give you access to the database. If the selected default period doesn't meet your needs, you can change it (for your own account only), so that a particular date range displays every time you open that database.

You can have a different default period for each database. The default period is selected automatically for you in the **Period** menu when you open the database. For example, in the following images, you can see that in the Sales database (which opens in the Analytics module), the default period is *Rolling 12 months*, and in the Financials database (which opens in the Financial Statements module), the default period is *FYTD* (financial year to date).

<figure><img src="/files/3gAichptNPLpX4OcJLfs" alt="image-20240414-205108.png" width="819"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

While you can change the period temporarily during your analysis, you might prefer to set your default period as follows:

1. On your Phocas homepage, locate the database and click its menu button (on the far right side).
2. Select **Set Default Period**.
3. Select the required period and click **Save**.


# Sharing and folders

Use the sharing and folders features for optimal team collaboration.

Typically, other Phocas users will share their favorites, dashboards, and alerts directly with you. If you have permission to create your own content items, you can share them with others.

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: **Collaboration** > **Share with Folders** and/or **Share with Users**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If you’re an administrator, you can share a favorite via the **Administration** > **Favorites** page and share a dashboard via the **Administration** > **Dashboards** page.
{% endhint %}

## Sharing <a href="#learn-about-how-sharing-works" id="learn-about-how-sharing-works"></a>

How you share a favorite depends on which module you're working in. Sharing works similarly in Analytics and Financial Statements, but differently in Flex Modes.

### Sharing in Analytics and Financial Statements

In Analytics and Financial Statements, a shared content item is always linked to its original owner.

When an item is shared:

* Shared users can view the item but can't edit, share, or delete it.
* If the owner updates the item, shared users automatically see the updated version.
* If the owner deletes the item, shared users lose access to it.

Each user's database permissions and restrictions still apply. For example, if an item contains data for Branch X and a user only has permission to view Branch Y, the item won't display for that user.

You can share content items you own with individual users and through folders.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/rV1mmjeSBfh21eH0qDuo" alt="" width="310"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

#### Share with individual users

Select the users you want to share the item with. Only users who have access to the underlying database appear in the list.

This option is useful when users don't have access to the folder containing the item.

#### Share through folders

Add the item to one or more folders. The item is shared with all users who have access to those folders.

See these pages for instructions:

* **Analytics** > [Save favorites and share favorites](/analytics/save-and-share-favorites)
* **Financial Statements** > [Save and share favorites](/financial-statements/using-statements/save-and-share-favorites)

### Sharing in Flex Modes

See [Flex Modes > Save and share favorites](/analytics/save-and-share-favorites) to learn how sharing and permissions work in Flex Modes. The option to share through folders is unavailable.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/GfHvgA7dPUheBinmjkh8" alt="" width="427"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Sharing dashboards

You can share a dashboard when:

1. From your homepage (see section below).
2. From within the dashboard itself. Open the dashboard, click the **Share** button in the dashboard toolbar, update the sharing settings in the **Edit Dashboard** window, then click **Save**.
3. When [creating a new dashboard](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard). In the **New Dashboard** window, select the required folders and users, then click **Save**.

<div align="left"><img src="https://docs.phocassoftware.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F900295827-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252F7pj8v25BOyqZTdG5mdD1%252Fuploads%252FYKfbK0eDgWmXdWqyQgJn%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dbbfafe73-1ebe-44f4-b4b8-8000cf45764e&#x26;width=768&#x26;dpr=3&#x26;quality=100&#x26;sign=8ddca8f&#x26;sv=2" alt="" width="375"></div>

### Sharing from your homepage

On your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage), locate the favorite, dashboard, or alert you want to share, then click its menu button and click **Share**.

In the **Share** window, select the required users and/or folders, then click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/eJEgOYVdYmTA4Kvo6el4" alt="" width="557"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Stop sharing <a href="#stop-sharing" id="stop-sharing"></a>

You can remove your shared favorites, dashboards, or alerts from one or more users or folders in a similar way to how you shared them.

For example, on your homepage, locate the item, click its menu button, and click **Share**. In the **Share** window, the **X** for the required users and folders, then click **Save**.

## Folders

Your administrator sets up and manages the folders for your Phocas site. For example, your organization might have folders for different functional business areas, such as a branch folder containing content items related to the branch's performance. All users who work in that branch would be granted access to the folder to see those items.

In Analytics and Financial Statements, when creating, sharing, or cloning a content item, you can select a folder to put it in.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/hbencufo0KeHJ6dIx8LP" alt="image-20240414-205911.png" width="272"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

On your Phocas homepage, the **Folder** column identifies the applicable folders for each content item. To see only the content items in a specific folder, click the **All** dropdown menu, click **Select none**, then select the checkbox for that folder and click out of the filter.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Y2JeioBCcv1TTJtGJmty" alt="image-20240414-210838.png" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Subscriptions

Stay on top of important changes by subscribing to favorites, dashboards, and alerts and receiving email notifications when they update.

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions:

* To subscribe to favorites and alerts, you need **Favorites** > **Subscribe**.&#x20;
* To subscribe to dashboards, you need **Dashboards** > **Subscribe**.
* For favorites and alerts, the available file types depend on your **Query** > **Export** permissions.
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
For organization-wide subscription management, including bulk subscription management and subscription settings, see the **Note for administrators** section below.
{% endhint %}

Phocas sends subscription emails to the address in your [account settings](/basics/getting-started/account-settings#enter-or-update-your-email-address).

You can subscribe yourself to items. Sharing an item does not subscribe anyone automatically.

Favorites (Flex favorites) created in the [Flex Modes](/flex-modes/save-and-share-favorites) module use a different subscription experience from Analytics and Financial Statements favorites. As a result, some subscription options and instructions on this page apply only to Flex favorites.

## Access the Subscribe option

There are several ways to start a subscription.

### From your homepage

On your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage), locate the dashboard, favorite, Flex favorite or alert, click its menu button, then click **Subscribe**.

<figure><img src="/files/555VOVRGfVuKQD1QgtdJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### From a dashboard, favorite, or alert

You can subscribe to dashboards, favorites and alerts associated with the Analytics and Financial Statements modules.

* Open the dashboard, favorite, or alert, click the blue arrow next to its name, then click **Subscribe**.
* When creating an alert, click **Create & Subscribe** in the **Create Alert** window. See [Use alerts](/basics/favorites/use-alerts) for more information.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/W2csf8zoyh74xy4lr2Gq" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Subscribe to a dashboard</p></figcaption></figure></div>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/QNzACYX4NYhUQgZiZpbG" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Subscribe to a favorite</p></figcaption></figure></div>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/cYmFu0Xkqt1dnb6xtRwM" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Subscribe to an alert</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### From a Flex favorite

1. Open the Flex favorite.
2. Do one of the following:
   * Click the blue arrow next to the favorite name.
   * Click the **Favorite options** button on the toolbar, then click **Create subscription**.
3. Click **Create Subscription**.

<figure><img src="/files/dNmQiVODhYxCgTnwD9K5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Configure the subscription

In the **Subscribe** window, select how and when you want to receive the subscription emails, then click **Save**.

{% hint style="success" %}
Click **Test Now** to send a test email to your email address and preview how the subscription email looks.
{% endhint %}

The available options depend on the item type:

<table><thead><tr><th width="149">Option</th><th width="127">Available for</th><th>Details</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Type</strong></td><td>Favorites and alerts</td><td>The format of the file attached to the email. Available formats include <strong>PDF</strong>, <strong>CSV</strong>, <strong>XLSX</strong>, and <strong>HTML</strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Delivery format</strong></td><td>Flex favorites</td><td><p>The email always includes a <strong>link</strong> that opens the favorite in Phocas. Keep the email as link-only or add a <strong>CSV</strong> or <strong>XLSX</strong> attachment.</p><p>If multiple Flex favorites use the same schedule, they are grouped into one email. Attached files are grouped into a ZIP file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Frequency:</strong></p><p><strong>On scheduled database build</strong></p></td><td>Favorites and alerts</td><td>Sends an email every time the underlying database builds.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Frequency: Daily, Weekly, or Monthly</strong></td><td>Dashboards, favorites, alerts, and Flex favorites</td><td><p>Sends the email on the days and time you select.</p><ul><li>Weekly subscriptions are sent every Monday by default.</li><li>Monthly subscriptions are sent on the 1st of each calendar month at the selected time, even if the database has not updated in that month.</li><li>If you select a monthly day that does not exist, such as 31 in February, the subscription is sent on the last day of the month.</li><li>For monthly Flex favorite subscriptions, you can select a calendar day, such as Day 2, or a relative option, such as the first, second, third, fourth, or last specific day in the month.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Time</strong></td><td>All</td><td><p>When you want to receive the email.</p><ul><li>The default time is 9 am.</li><li>For Flex favorites, the default delivery window is between 9 am and 10 am.</li><li>This setting uses the timezone in your <a href="/spaces/7pj8v25BOyqZTdG5mdD1/pages/tnROZfjtnOZfwBsa3oON">account settings</a> page.</li><li>Emails can arrive up to an hour later than the selected time.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Don’t send if there are no results</strong></td><td>Favorites and alerts</td><td>Select this checkbox if you only want emails when results exist.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Only deliver when there are results</strong></td><td>Flex favorites</td><td>Select this checkbox if you only want emails when results exist.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Only send on</strong></td><td>Alerts</td><td>The alert status that triggers the email.<br>Select one or more status checkboxes: <strong>Red alert</strong>, <strong>Yellow alert</strong>, or <strong>Green alert</strong>.<br>These statuses relate to the color coding in the alert's settings and the icon that appears next to the alert on the homepage. <br>If you don't select a status, the email is sent at your selected time, regardless of status.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% columns %}
{% column %}

<figure><img src="/files/2FoJWdtF1rp9AGkFIUxD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Dashboard subscription options<br>(Analytics or Financial Statements)</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/iUmm80cVQ4n5J4uOG0sC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Alert subscription options<br>(Analytics or Financial Statements)</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endcolumn %}

{% column %}

<figure><img src="/files/7apM4lK0uCA7lxRKOIme" alt=""><figcaption><p>Favorite subscription options<br>(Analytics or Financial Statements)</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/lDsdejEDqC4V8iXDwXId" alt=""><figcaption><p>Flex Modes favorite subscription options</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endcolumn %}
{% endcolumns %}

## Update or stop subscriptions

You can update your subscription settings or unsubscribe from subscriptions within Phocas or directly from the subscription email.

Administrators can manage subscriptions for all users.&#x20;

For details about each subscription option, see the [Configure the subscription](#configure-the-subscription) above.

### From your homepage

The **Subscriptions** tab on your homepage lets you view and manage all your subscriptions in one place.

<figure><img src="/files/x3cWlFJNyu8IgK5nokHR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Locate the item you want to manage.
2. Click its menu button, then click **Manage subscription**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/spaces/7pj8v25BOyqZTdG5mdD1/files/9QOWLU2zAQctceeEtVgc" alt="image-20240409-032555.png" width="132"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Update the subscription settings and click **Save**, or click **Unsubscribe** as required.

{% columns %}
{% column %}

<figure><img src="/files/I2jLzj2JauBnD3IYMrp0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Update a dashboard subscription</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/JNhGx9iMYW7k2w1QGAYc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Update an alert subscription</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endcolumn %}

{% column %}

<figure><img src="/files/E4UPCFUiQXHxsuBcVWzm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Update a favorite subscription</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/SDmdlquXqCZZhlVXs62X" alt=""><figcaption><p>Update a Flex favorite subscription</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endcolumn %}
{% endcolumns %}

### From a dashboard, favorite or alert

1. Open the dashboard, favorite, or alert.
2. Click the blue arrow next to its name, then click **Subscribe**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/IcxYx9I9OAKaWdFb2GiO" alt="" width="279"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Update the subscription settings and click **Save**, or click **Remove** to unsubscribe, as required.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ZszegFDEDvQ9A8jYymrr" alt="" width="281"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### From a Flex favorite

1. Open the Flex favorite.
2. Do one of the following:
   * Click the blue arrow next to the favorite name.
   * Click the **Favorite options** button on the toolbar.
3. Click **Update subscription**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/kO4XNxFVb21klMkdZ3a5" alt="" width="141"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Update the subscription settings and click **Update**, or click **Unsubscribe**, as required.\
   ![](/files/HGGlNOQvAldBFVqEKFz2)

### From the subscription email

Dashboard, favorite, and alert subscription emails include an **Unsubscribe** link.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/AEus2hMCxXruBQVLgaU3" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Flex favorite subscription emails include a **Manage subscriptions** button, which opens the **Subscriptions** tab on your homepage, and an **Unsubscribe** button.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/5gR0YAxCUd5NkWzg7xkl" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

***

## Note for administrators

Before users can subscribe to items, you must [configure the SMTP settings](/administration/configuration#smtp).

You can control which file types are available to individual users via the **Query** > **Export** [user permissions](/administration/users/add-update-user/user-permissions#query-permissions).

You can also [manage subscriptions](/administration/subscriptions-administration) for items across your organization:

* Subscribe or unsubscribe users on their behalf.
* Edit users’ subscription settings.
* View which users are subscribed to an item.
* Control the available subscription file types.


# View and save favorites

Quickly access your most useful analysis views across Analytics, Financial Statements, and Flex Modes.

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions:

* **Favorites** to view shared favorites
* **Favorites** > **Save** to save your own favorites.
* **Collaboration** > **Share with Folders** and/or **Collaboration** > **Share with Users** to share favorites

See [User licenses, profiles and permissions](/basics/getting-started/user-permissions-and-licenses) for a comparison of the Full and Viewer license regarding favorites.
{% endhint %}

Favorites let you save and return to any analysis or search result, whether it's a grid view, chart, or filtered financial statement.&#x20;

Typically, someone in your organization will share favorites with you. If you have the required user permissions, you can save your own favorites, share them with other users, add them to a dashboard, create alerts, and subscribe to scheduled updates.

## View favorites

In the Phocas menu, click **Favorites** to view a list of favorites and alerts, then click one to open it. After you open an item, it appears in the **Recents** list.

<figure><img src="/files/Lz7LpDVp4DkDFBR0GLFp" alt="" width="762"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

On your homepage, favorites are identified by the heart icon. To filter the grid to show only favorites, click the **All** dropdown in the **Type** column header, click **Select none**, select the **Favorite** checkbox, and click out of the filter.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/bhkfANCx5epZwZPXRL2F" alt="image-20240409-032403.png" width="332"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Click a favorite to open it. Its name displays at the top, next to the database name.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/LD6vCXN6xOV1qEISvFIY" alt="" width="352"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Save a favorite

How you save a favorite depends on which module you're working in. Select your module:

* Analytics: [Save favorites and add to dashboards](/analytics/save-and-share-favorites)&#x20;
* Financial Statements: [Save and share favorites](/financial-statements/using-statements/save-and-share-favorites)&#x20;
* Flex Modes: [Save and share favorites](/analytics/save-and-share-favorites)


# Manage favorites

Update your favorites as your needs change over time and share your favorites with your team for easier collaboration.

After you save a favorite, other actions become available. These actions require additional user permissions.&#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
The permissions described on this page apply to **Analytics**.\
In **Flex Modes**, favorites use a [simplified permissions model](broken://spaces/itAvDF3MljQXV0rjHRP7/pages/gSo0vWiaGcYNIEZBB0iB#database-and-user-permissions-in-flex-mode-favorites) and do not respect profile permissions.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Administrators with the **Favorites** permission can access the [**Favorites** page](/administration/favorites-administration), where they can manage all the favorites in your organization’s Phocas site.
{% endhint %}

## Edit a favorite <a href="#modify-a-favorite" id="modify-a-favorite"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: **Save Favorites** to edit your own favorites; **Manage Favorites** to edit favorites shared with you in Analytics.
{% endhint %}

You can modify and re-save (overwrite) your own favorites. You can't overwrite a favorite shared with you, unless you use the **Save as new favorite** method described above.

### Edit a favorite's name, description, or owner

You might want to change the name or description of one of your favorites or transfer the ownership so that another user can manage it. Changing the owner is especially important if you leave the business because if your Phocas account is deleted, the favorites you created will no longer be available to other users. &#x20;

You can quickly edit a favorite's name, description, and owner from your homepage. Locate the favorite and click its menu button, then click **Edit**. Make your changes and click **Save**.

You can also edit these details from within the favorite, as described in the next section.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/lVzusLv9KnxIB9l2R8CU" alt="image-20240520-221013.png" width="642"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Edit a favorite's contents

Editing the contents of a favorite is similar to saving a new one. For example, suppose you saved a favorite with a list of 10 key accounts and now want to add another account. &#x20;

1. Open the favorite.
2. Modify that favorite as required. For example, you might select and focus on another dimension.
3. Click the blue arrow next to the favorite name and select **Save**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/KZUgmZJMwXydiW2BwRJZ" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Edit the favorite’s name, description, and other settings as required. Phocas recognizes you're modifying an existing favorite and displays these saved settings for you.&#x20;
5. Click **Save**. The contents of the existing favorite are modified, but the other settings remain the same (unless you changed them too).

## Add a favorite to the dashboard <a href="#saveafavorite-addafavoritetothedashboard" id="saveafavorite-addafavoritetothedashboard"></a>

Favorites are a great way to add content to a [dashboard](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard#add-content-to-a-dashboard). The favorite, which can be in a grid or chart view, is displayed inside a dashboard widget. See [Add a favorite as a widget](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard#add-a-favorite-as-a-widget) for steps.

## Create an alert from a favorite

Alerts are favorites that are configured with color coding to help you monitor performance against set targets. They are displayed on your homepage, where the color identifies items that require your immediate attention. See [Use alerts](/basics/favorites/use-alerts) for more information.

## Share a favorite

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: Collaboration > Share with Folders and/or Share with Users.
{% endhint %}

Read the [Sharing and folders](/basics/getting-started/sharing-and-folders) page to learn about how sharing works.

Typically, you share a favorite when you create it. At the bottom of the **Favorite** window, select the checkboxes of the required folders and users, then click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/NMfmPFAT0EnOTCINGt2Q" alt="" width="310"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<details>

<summary>Example: Save and share a favorite</summary>

For example, suppose you create a pie chart comparing the profit last month in each territory. You now want to save the chart as a favorite and share it with the sales team by placing it in a sales folder. You also want the favorite to automatically update with new data as time goes on.

1. Select **Actions  > Save**.
2. Select **New** from the **Favorite** dropdown list, if not already selected.
3. Enter the name as *Territory Profitability* and leave the description blank.
4. Leave the period as Current (Previous Month).
5. Select the **Sales** folder.
6. Do not select any individual users. The favorite will be automatically shared with you as you are the owner.
7. Click **Save**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/mqC5zHwRDkwPLMQFw2bl" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

You can also share a favorite from your homepage. Locate the favorite, then click its menu button and click **Share**. In the **Share** window, select the required users and/or folders, then click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/4Z6MnI6lsiBqlY4enox6" alt="" width="371"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Share an embeddable link <a href="#shareadashboard-shareanembeddablelink" id="shareadashboard-shareanembeddablelink"></a>

You can generate a link for embedding a favorite into another website (such as an intranet, or another product) for authenticated users to view.

<details>

<summary>Steps</summary>

When the item is open, click the **Export** button in the toolbar, then select **Embed view** and click **Export**.

![](/files/VeRW6YHpTV8DR9E17lNn)

A new browser window opens with a unique embeddable URL, which you can then copy and paste into another application (the steps you need to take depend on the application you are using). In some cases, you need to put the URL inside an iframe HTML tag. For example, the code snippet might look like this:

`<iframe src="https://yourphocassiteurl.phocassoftware.com/Favourite/Embed/58" height="500" width="500"></iframe>`

In the example below, a favorite was embedded into another location and then opened by a user. You can see it looks a bit different in the embed view; the black bar, logo, and other Phocas tools are absent. Authenticated users can open the favorite to analyze the data in Phocas.

<img src="/files/cO5KDaUxCVipUtjXn6fk" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

## Subscribe to a favorite

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Favorites > Subscribe
{% endhint %}

Subscribe to favorites to receive email notifications whenever they're updated. See the [Subscriptions](/basics/getting-started/subscriptions) page for steps.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/dT45RROflb8uPoWRAtH6" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Delete a favorite

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: **Save Favorites**
{% endhint %}

You can delete the favorites that you create (own).&#x20;

On your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage), locate the favorite, click its menu button, and then click **Delete** > **Delete**. You can restore it within 45 days from the **Deleted items** tab.

If you have many shared favorites cluttering your homepage, rather than deleting them, use the grid filters to remove them from view.


# Set a favorite as your default view

Replace your default view in Analytics or Financial Statements with a favorite that contains the information you want to view immediately.

When you access a database in the Analytics or Financial Statements module, the layout and contents of the grid is the default view set up by your organization. You can change this view to meet your own needs, by setting a default view. Then, whenever you access the database, you see the data you need straight away, in your preferred view.

Default views are created from favorites. When you go to set your default view, you will see a list of the favorites you have saved, along with any that have been shared with you.

1. Ensure you have [saved the view as a favorite](/basics/favorites/view-and-save-favorites).
2. In Analytics or Financial Statements, click the blue arrow in the top bar and select **Set default view**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/wcvUyrbnE8cbYLcMh371" alt="" width="283"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Select the favorite you want to set as your default view and click **Save**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/4MfaUG2vXEUnXb11IjNi" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

To remove a default view, select the **Use Standard View** option.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/WfI7IUXlD3kljIfaweKW" alt="" width="170"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Use alerts

Keep track of performance targets.

Alerts are a special type of [favorite](/basics/favorites/view-and-save-favorites). They're a handy tool for monitoring performance against set targets. When created with [offset dates](/basics/getting-started/periods/offset-dates), alerts are dynamic, updating every time the underlying data updates. Typically, someone in your organization will share alerts with you, but you can also create your own.

## View alerts

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Favorites
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch these videos:&#x20;

* Phocas Demo: [Self-serve reports and alerts](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/self-serve-reports-and-alerts?autoplay=true) and [Track profitability of sales](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/track-profitability-of-sales?autoplay=true)
  {% endhint %}

Alerts display on your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage) on the **All** and **Alerts** tabs. The alert's color-coding lets you quickly see when a number, such as a sales quantity or revenue amount, reaches or falls into a specific point in a defined range. Click an alert to open it.

<figure><img src="/files/sF9ZPWH19sCzuXTvqcW6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you're [subscribed](/basics/getting-started/subscriptions) to an alert, you'll receive an email when the performance meets a particular status.  The email will contain data in the selected format, such as PDF or XLSX.

<figure><img src="/files/EaIO6pwmZkeUP9fS9kTG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Create an alert <a href="#alerts-createanalert" id="alerts-createanalert"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: Favorites; Save Favorite
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/3mt5aoguwt>" %}
Create a 'low margin' alert
{% endembed %}

There are different contexts from which to create an alert. The steps are similar, but the starting points are different.

### Create an alert from an analysis point <a href="#alerts-createanalert" id="alerts-createanalert"></a>

For example, suppose during your analysis, you identify the products you’ve sold in some quantity in the last year but nothing in the last two months. You want to keep a close eye on this scenario and act upon changes immediately, so you prefer to create an alert rather than a favorite.

1. Click the blue arrow next to the database name and select **Create alert**.
2. Enter a name for the alert (Declining Products).
3. Enter the **From** and **To** value range into the color boxes to set the conditional formatting. For example, up to 20 lost customers is acceptable (green), up to 50 lost customers is a problem (yellow), and anything more than 50 is bad (red).<br>

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/jEDspXjBI8KojRIIdv4l" alt="" width="210"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Either click **Create** or click **Create & Subscribe** to subscribe to the alert and receive an email each time it reaches a particular status. &#x20;
5. Go to your homepage to view the new alert.

### Create an alert from a favorite

Suppose you are particularly interested in one of your favorites and want to be alerted whenever its data changes.

Open the favorite, click the blue arrow next to the database name, and select **Create alert**. Then, set up the alert as required (see steps above).

### Create an alert from a Summary chart

A Summary chart typically has the red, yellow, and green color coding already configured, so it's a great way to quickly create an alert. If you’ve already created one, you can start from there. Alternatively, you can create a Summary chart and then create the alert. Some of the settings are prepopulated for you.

<details>

<summary>Example: Create a Summary chart alert</summary>

Suppose you carried out an advanced search and identified the *lost* customers, who have purchased something in the last year but nothing in the last three months.

Firstly, [create the Summary chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/summary-charts):

1. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
2. Click the **KPI** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Summary** option.
3. Select **Summary** > **Count**.
4. Select **Summary Type** > **Traffic Lights**. Note that you cannot save an emoji Summary chart as an alert, only as a favorite.
5. Enter the **From** and **To** value range into the color boxes to set the conditional formatting. For example, up to 20 lost customers is acceptable (green), up to 50 lost customers is a problem (yellow), and anything more than 50 is bad (red).

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/i5H9gaYX6gLufTB7QUf3" alt="image-20240414-192800.png" width="181"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Next, save the chart as a favorite:

1. Click the blue arrow next to the database name and select **Create alert**.
2. Enter a name for the alert (Lost Customers) and any other details, such as a prefix or suffix.
3. If required, change the Red, Yellow, and Green ranges. They are prepopulated with the values set in the chart.&#x20;
4. Click **Create**.

</details>

## Subscribe to an alert <a href="#alerts-subscribetoanalert" id="alerts-subscribetoanalert"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Favorites; Subscribe
{% endhint %}

Subscribe to alerts to receive email notifications whenever a specific target is reached.

As an alert is a type of favorite, you subscribe to an alert in a similar way to how you subscribe to a favorite. The difference is in the **Subscribe** window, where you have the option to select the status that triggers the email: **Red alert**, **Yellow alert**, or **Green alert**. These statuses relate to the color coding in the alert's settings and the icon that appears next to the alert on the homepage. If you do not select a status, the alert will be sent to your inbox at your nominated time, regardless of status.  See the [Subscriptions](/basics/getting-started/subscriptions) page for steps.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/3rrWFPzAfzH0HVcUpAaP" alt="image-20240414-200149.png" width="242"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Delete an alert <a href="#alerts-deleteanalert" id="alerts-deleteanalert"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: Favorites; Save Favorite
{% endhint %}

You can delete the alerts that you created (own).

On your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage), locate the alert and click the menu button (three dots) at the end of its row, then click **Delete** > **Delete**. You can restore it within 45 days from the **Deleted items** tab.


# Use dashboards

Dynamic, interactive, shared dashboards allow your team to monitor performance and collaboratively analyze the latest data changes.

{% hint style="info" %}

* The Dashboards feature is available to users with Full and Viewer licenses. See [User licenses, profiles and permissions](/basics/getting-started/user-permissions-and-licenses) for a comparison of dashboard-related actions available with each license. For example, if you have a Viewer license, you won't be able to see or do everything outlined on this page.
* To view shared dashboards, you need the Dashboards user permission. Other dashboard-related actions require additional user permissions.
  {% endhint %}

The Dashboards feature supports the Analytics and Financial Statements modules. It allows you to view customized, interactive visualizations that present key performance indicators (KPIs) and metrics in a clear and easy-to-understand format.

## Access dashboards

Typically, someone in your organization will share dashboards with you. If you have the required user permissions, you can [create your own dashboards](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard).

Access dashboards from the side navigation menu or from the dashboards homepage.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the dashboard doesn't display any data and you get an error message instead, it means you don't have access to the underlying database. Contact your administrator.
{% endhint %}

### Open dashboards from the side navigation

In your Phocas side navigation menu, do one of the following:

* Click **Dashboards**, then select a dashboard.
* Click **Recents**, then select a dashboard.

The dashboard opens.

Dashboards appear in the Recents menu after you open them. The list updates automatically based on your most recently viewed items.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/WGpBppC8GrzamU7xB0Xn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Open the dashboards homepage

Open your  [Phocas homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage) and click the **Dashboards** subtab.

The dashboards homepage opens. Here, you can:

* View all dashboards you have access to
* Search for a dashboard using the keyword field
* Filter dashboards by database, folder, or owner
* Open a dashboard by clicking its name
* Access more options from the menu on each dashboard

<figure><img src="/files/rbEL5O4aOu8EiXTOCTTk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Use the tabs at the top of the page to switch between dashboards and other saved items, such as alerts, bookmarks, and subscriptions. Dashboard items are identified by the gauge icon.&#x20;

## Find your way around a dashboard

Dashboards have dynamic, interactive content that refreshes regularly to keep the latest and most relevant information at your fingertips. While each dashboard is different, it shares common elements and functionality, as illustrated and explained below.

<figure><img src="/files/p5q7KmQcxXu79WOEdf9H" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="1. Widget" %}
Each dashboard comprises a collection of widgets containing content such as charts, grids, lists, nested tables, text, images, videos, and web content. Most widgets are based on favorites. When the same item, such as a Customer or Product, displays in multiple chart widgets, it displays as the same color in each chart, maintaining consistency across the dashboard.

Some grid widgets include a search box, which allows you to search for specific data without leaving the dashboard.

When you hover over a widget, its toolbar displays. The buttons you see and actions you can take depend on your user permissions and whether you're in editing or viewing mode. Here is the full list from left to right:

<figure><img src="/files/uQXoJvhc1v8Pwcd1RaNf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Delete**: Delete the widget permanently. However, if the widget was originally created from a favorite, the favorite will not be deleted.
* **Clone**: [Make a copy of the widget](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard#clone-a-widget).
* **Edit**: Edit the widget’s configuration on the **Widget** screen, which is the same screen that displays when creating a new widget. You can change the underlying data, the dashboard line in which it displays, its name or description, whether it is filterable or has a search box, and more. For more information about most of these tasks see [Manage dashboards](/basics/dashboards/manage-dashboards).
* **Enter full screen mode**: View the widgets in full screen mode. This is useful when presenting, or when you want to see more detail in widgets, especially grid widgets where data can appear small.
* **Minimize**: Temporarily minimize the widget to create more space on your dashboard. This option is not available when the **Flex** display is selected in the line settings.
* **Export**: Download the widget’s data in a range of formats, or in the case of a chart, an image (camera icon).
* **Analyze**: Open the widget’s underlying data in the Phocas grid for further analysis or a more detailed view, provided you have permission to see the data. Usually opens in a new browser window.
* **Query**: View information about the selections and settings present when the widget was created, including the database, dimension, and period. Not available for URL widgets.
* **Resize**: Permanently [change the size of the widget](/basics/dashboards/manage-dashboards#resize-widgets). This option is not available when **Equal Width** display is selected in the line settings. This option does not display in the toolbar; it is in the bottom right corner of the widget.&#x20;
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="2. Line" %}
The widgets on a dashboard are organized into lines. Often a *line* contains many widgets, displaying as multiple lines of widgets, so we call it a section for navigation purposes. You can use the **Go to section** button at the top of the dashboard to quickly jump to that section (line).

When you hover over a line, its line toolbar displays:

<figure><img src="/files/91mtaiyDfLqQwXPbAB2Q" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Move**: Drag and drop a line to a different position on the dashboard. As you drag, a blue box displays to indicate the proposed destination. Release, and the line snaps to the blue box.
* **Edit**: Change the name or description of the line or change how the widgets display in the line.
* **Delete**: Permanently delete the line if you do not need it. This action will also delete all the widgets in the line. A warning message displays, as there is no way of recovering a deleted line.
* **Clone**: Make a copy of the line, including all its widgets, and place it below the original line. Then, drag it to a different position on the dashboard or edit it as required.
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="3. Action buttons" %}
On the top left of the dashboard are three action buttons:

* **Focus**: This button becomes active after you select a specific data item in an interactive widget. Click it to filter out the other data. See [Filter a dashboard](/basics/dashboards/use-dashboards#filter-a-dashboard-focus-on-data) below.
* **Reset**: Click this button to remove any filters and return the dashboard to its original state.
* **Go to section**: Click this button and select a particular section (line) in the dashboard to quickly jump directly to it. This is a handy navigation tool when you have a large dashboard with multiple lines of widgets.
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="4. Dashboard toolbar" %}
The dashboard toolbar in the top right corner allows you to configure the dashboard by adding widgets or lines, setting the refresh frequency or sharing your dashboard with colleagues. The buttons you see and actions you can take depend on your user permissions and whether you own the dashboard. Here is the full list:

* **Embed view**: Open the dashboard in a new browser tab.
* **Custom**: [Apply a custom period](#apply-a-custom-period-to-a-dashboard) to the widgets on the dashboard.
* [**Print**](#print-a-dashboard): Open the dashboard in a new browser tab, where you have the option to print it in PDF or send it to a printer.
* **Share**: [Share the dashboard](/basics/dashboards/manage-dashboards#share-a-dashboard). This is also a way to [rename a dashboard](/basics/dashboards/manage-dashboards#edit-a-dashboards-name-description-or-owner).
* **Refresh**: Refresh the data on the dashboard now. If you have permission, you can [set a dashboard to automatically refresh](#refresh-a-dashboard) on a regular basis.
* **Unlock and edit:** Put the dashboard into edit mode, where you can take the following actions:&#x20;
  * [Apply a theme](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard#apply-a-theme) to change the colors used in chart widgets.
  * [Add a line](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard#add-a-line) at the bottom of the dashboard in which to add more widgets.
  * [Add a widget](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard#add-content-to-a-dashboard) in the form of a query, list, nested table, text, or URL.
  * [Delete the dashboard](/basics/dashboards/manage-dashboards#delete-a-dashboard).
  * **Clone** (make a copy) of the dashboard to [create a new dashboard](/basics/dashboards/create-a-dashboard).
    {% endtab %}
    {% endtabs %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/23mz77hjwp>" %}
Discover dashboards
{% endembed %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch these other videos:

* Phocas Demo: [Quick and easy access to data](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/quick-and-easy-access-to-data?autoplay=true), [Track performance](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/track-performance?autoplay=true), and [Management reporting](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/management-reporting?autoplay=true)
* PUG Training: [Dashboards 101](https://www.phocassoftware.com/customer/training-series/dashboards#session1)
  {% endhint %}

## Analyze a dashboard

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Analyze widgets
{% endhint %}

From a dashboard, you can directly open the underlying data in the grid view for analysis purposes. For example, suppose you are viewing a Sales dashboard and see that the UK region is underperforming compared to last year. You want to find out why this is the case.

1. Hover over the widget to display the widget menu. In this example, it is the **Customer Group** bullet chart.
2. Click the **Analyze** button in the widget menu. The data opens in the grid, in either the Analytics or Financial Statements module, as applicable.
3. Proceed to analyze the data.

<figure><img src="/files/XMpyxOIWkoTIKKfBFxTC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Filter a dashboard (focus on data)

In interactive dashboards, you can select and focus on specific data, such as a region, customer, or product.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/16le0bazem>" %}
Filter, focus and reset on a dashboard
{% endembed %}

Select one or more chart segments or grid rows to activate the **Focus** button at the top of the dashboard. Then click the **Focus** button to apply the filter. The other data is removed from the applicable widgets and those widgets update to display only the data you're interested in. The unrelated widgets are not filtered.

To remove a filter, either click the **X** on the filter or click the **Reset** button.

If you own the dashboard, you can [set the order in which the filters are applied](/basics/dashboards/manage-dashboards#set-the-filtering-order) and [remove the ability for other users to filter widgets](/basics/dashboards/manage-dashboards#switch-widget-filters-on-or-off).

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Apply a filter</summary>

Suppose you are looking at a dashboard in which no filters have been applied. You're interested in the sales rep performance. The Total revenue value in the top-left widget (underlined in red) includes revenue from all customers. You want to focus on the revenue earned in a specific customer segment, so you need to apply a filter.

![](/files/Sdk4lEblTIhaTLqHQA0t)

1. Select the item you want to focus on. In this example, you select the **Manufacturing** segment in the **Customer Type** pie chart.
2. Click the **Focus** button at the top left of the dashboard. The filter displays at the top of the dashboard in the status bar, and all the widgets that have been filtered have a small filter icon next to their title.

<img src="/files/hVh997inECzrhILw1Hqa" alt="" data-size="original">

You can hover over a filter in the status bar to display a tooltip listing your focused selections, filters and so on.

<div align="left"><img src="/files/IgwCnzsmYZLSjpdKkoCM" alt=""></div>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Apply multiple filters</summary>

Suppose you want to filter a dashboard to focus on the data related to a specific sales rep and customer.

1. Select the items you want to focus on. In this example, you select sales rep Shelly and customer D\&R Henderson.
2. Click the **Focus** button at the top left of the dashboard. The filters display at the top of the dashboard in the status bar, and all the widgets that have been filtered have a small filter icon next to their title.

<img src="/files/XvXGml8mTZIhXq8NPoUv" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

## Apply a custom period to a dashboard

You can adjust the period for all the widgets on a dashboard, so they show data for the same period. Like all [custom periods](/basics/getting-started/periods#periods-customperiod) in Phocas, this is temporary and cannot be saved with the dashboard.

In the dashboard toolbar, click the **Custom** (period) button, then set the custom dates as required and click **Apply**.

After you apply the period, a message at the top of the screen tells you how many widgets were updated. Some widgets might not update, for example, if they are not filterable or their date range is outside of the dates you want to see.

The period displays in the status bar. Click the **X** or the **Reset** button to remove the custom period.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/6U9TUiBPfhF5erbvgD9m" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Refresh a dashboard <a href="#refresh-a-dashboard" id="refresh-a-dashboard"></a>

In the dashboard toolbar, click the **Refresh** button to update the dashboard with any new data.

If you have the **Timed Refresh** dashboard permission, you get additional refresh options:

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/gIdM22J0g6dBcSFofI6u" alt="" width="213"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

* **Automatic**: Updates the dashboard automatically whenever there is new data.&#x20;
  * This option is particularly useful for dashboards that progressively build throughout the day, and if your dashboard is displayed on a big screen, for example, in a warehouse or office. The dashboard widgets flash briefly each time the underlying data is updated (when the database builds and if the value has changed).&#x20;
  * Summary chart query widgets with a change in data will flash the updated color, for example if the data update moves their status from green to red, red to green, and so on.
  * In the following dashboard, the Sales widget on the top line has flashed green to signify that a) the database has been built and b) the updated data has moved into the green range.
* **Now**: Updates the dashboard immediately.
* **15 Minutes** or **1 Hour**: Updates the dashboard every 15 minutes or every hour.
* **Stop**: Stops the dashboard from refreshing.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Your selected refresh interval is not saved with the dashboard and is reset if you move away from the dashboard.
{% endhint %}

## Copy values from grid widgets

You can copy values from grid widgets on your dashboards and paste them into other applications, such as Excel or Google Sheets. This is supported in all **non-nested grid cells**, including matrix view.

To copy values:

1. Select a cell or range of cells.
2. Right-click and select **Copy**, or press:
   * **Ctrl+C** on Windows
   * **Cmd+C** on Mac
3. Paste the values into another application.

When you copy multiple cells, the values are copied as tab-separated data, so they paste cleanly into spreadsheet applications.

Right-click behavior depends on your selection:

* If you right-click a cell within the current selection, all selected cells are copied.
* If you right-click a cell outside the current selection, only that cell is copied.

## Print a dashboard

When you print a dashboard, the Print window displays a preview of the dashboard, with the dashboard name, your display name, and current date and time (in locale format) at the top of the page. However, how a dashboard looks when it prints depends on several factors:

* The type of dashboard line. Lines set to display widgets at 'Equal Width' contain widgets in a single horizontal line. While you can scroll to see them all on screen, not all of them might appear in the printed document.
* Nested tables are expanded in the printed document.
* URL widgets and List widgets do not display in the printed document.

1. Open the dashboard.
2. Click the **Print** button in the dashboard toolbar.
3. In the Print window, select the page size and orientation. In most browsers you have to set these settings in the browser print window as well (Chrome recognizes your original selections).
4. Select **Print** to open your browser's print dialog.

## Open a linked dashboard <a href="#open-a-linked-dashboard" id="open-a-linked-dashboard"></a>

Some grid widgets have blue links in the **Code** column, indicating there is an active link to another dashboard. Click a link to open the linked dashboard in a new tab. The dashboard opens, already filtered by the selected code.


# Create a dashboard

Create dynamic and interactive dashboards to monitor the KPIs relevant to your role in the business.

Either start from scratch and save a brand-new dashboard or clone an existing dashboard as a starting point. Use offset dates to make your dashboards dynamic, which means they automatically update each time they are opened. When you create a dashboard, you become its owner.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/r3w2nf27lp>" %}
Create an interactive dashboard
{% endembed %}

{% hint style="success" %}

* Watch these PUG Training videos:
  * [Building advanced dashboards](https://www.phocassoftware.com/customer/training-series/dashboards#session2)
  * [Multi-database dashboarding](https://www.phocassoftware.com/customer/training-series/dashboards#session3)
    {% endhint %}

## Create a dashboard from scratch <a href="#createadashboard-createanewdashboard" id="createadashboard-createanewdashboard"></a>

1. In the Phocas side navigation menu, click **Dashboards**.
2. Click the **New dashboard +** button at the top of the panel.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/IaxLsoeZL7IzKMTrHT76" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Configure the dashboard's settings. The available settings depend on your user permissions.
   * **Name** and **Description**: You must enter a name for the dashboard, but the description is optional.
   * **Owner**: Your name is selected by default, as you are creating the dashboard. If you want to change ownership, select a different user from the list.
   * **Folders** and **Users**: By default, your dashboard is not shared with anyone, but you can assign it to folders or share it with specific users. See [Sharing and folders](/basics/getting-started/sharing-and-folders) for more information.
4. Click **Save**. Proceed to [add content to your dashboard](#add-content-to-a-dashboard).\
   ![](/files/v7NiUNcJtFRKJDbtAwO4)

## Clone an existing dashboard <a href="#createadashboard-cloneanexistingdashboard" id="createadashboard-cloneanexistingdashboard"></a>

You can clone a dashboard that you own, that is, one that you created. This is a handy option if you have a dashboard you like but want to change a few things. You can then change the content to suit your needs and, if required, share it with other users.

1. Open the dashboard you want to clone.
2. Click the **Clone** button on the dashboard toolbar.
3. Enter a new name and description.
4. Update the sharing settings, if required.
5. Click **Save**.
6. Proceed to [edit the dashboard](/basics/dashboards/manage-dashboards#edit-a-dashboard).

## Add content to a dashboard

A dashboard is made up of 'widgets', which you can add directly on the dashboard or from the grid or chart view. Common dashboard content includes charts, lists, nested tables, text, images, videos, and web content. Most dashboards contain favorites.

### Add a favorite as a widget

One of the simplest ways to add content to a dashboard is to add a saved favorite. This action essentially creates a copy of the original favorite. There is no link between the original favorite and the new dashboard widget; they exist as separate entities.

1. Open the favorite, then click the blue arrow next to the favorite name and select **Add to dashboard**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/O1PZ1M8JXuz0vvCyd3ge" alt="" width="210"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
2. Enter a new name for the favorite. A description is optional.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/bNLhGpbu7b1g4JsOaK2V" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Either click **Save & Open** to view the dashboard now or click **Save** to continue with your analysis.

### Add an analysis point as a widget

You can turn an analysis point into a widget on a dashboard without leaving the grid or chart view. You can add to an existing dashboard, a new dashboard, or, if you have permission, a shared dashboard.

For example, suppose you are analyzing your Sales database and have created a pie chart showing the profit of each branch for the year to date.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/jy3q3aHPnGAjpCXyB7KV" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Click the arrow next to the dashboard name and select **Add to dashboard** > **Yes**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/bjGJROA1VluBM8tKryPD" alt="" width="113"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
2. Select the dashboard to which you want to add the widget or select **New** to create a new dashboard.
3. Select an existing line or select **New** to create a new line.
4. Enter a name for the new widget and, if necessary, the new dashboard. A description is optional (it displays at the top of the widget on the dashboard).
5. Specify the limit rows value. This option displays if you have selected a dimension. It filters either the top or bottom records by the specified value. For example, setting **Limit Rows** to Bottom 10 would only show the bottom 10 records. This action is also known as 'Top/Bottom N Analysis'.
6. Either click **Save & Open** to view the dashboard or **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/UYo9t5LibIFDtfECwKh6" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Add a query widget

You can add a widget to a dashboard from scratch.

For example, suppose you want to have a widget that shows the sales revenue earned by each Sales Rep for the year to date.

1. Open the dashboard and click **Unlock and edit**.
2. Click **Add widget** > **Query**. The widget configuration screen has a database selection on the top right and widget settings on the left (as shown below). The Phocas grid appears inside the screen and operates as usual.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/0UkJj6GZfcsDwjt1q3jD" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Set up your analysis:
   1. Select the database (**Sales**). The grid updates to reflect your selection.

      <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/0akR2irpFKYq5TBdAtl7" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
   2. Conduct your analysis in the grid: Select the **Sales Rep** dimension, then select **Period** > **Year to Date**, **Measure** > **Revenue** and **Mode** > **Total**. Sort the **Revenue** column in descending order.

      <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Z3UZIt3Q6z4ZHR1VnQj8" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Configure widget settings:
   * **Line**: Select an existing line or select **New** to create a new line.
   * **Name**: Enter a name for the new widget.
   * **Description**: Enter a description. The description is optional (it displays at the top of the widget on the dashboard).
   * **Is Filterable** and **Link to Dashboard**: Use these options to [make the dashboard interactive](/basics/dashboards/use-dashboards#filter-a-dashboard-focus-on-data).
   * **Minimized on Open**: Select Yes if you want the widget to be minimized when you open a dashboard so that only its title and description are visible. Otherwise, leave this option set as **No**.
   * **Run As** (only users whose profile has Run As permission enabled will see this option): Select the required user.
     * This option gives the widget the 'view' permissions of a selected user, rather than the user who is actually viewing the dashboard.
     * For example, a manager wants to show a sales performance widget for all branches to staff who normally only see information about their own branch. The manager can select his or her own name from the dropdown to allow users to view the widget exactly as the manager sees it, although they cannot analyze the widget.
   * **Limit Rows**: Specify the limit rows value. This option displays if you have selected a dimension. It filters either the top or bottom records by the specified value. For example, setting **Limit Rows** to Bottom 10 would only show the bottom 10 records. This action is also known as 'Top/Bottom N Analysis'.
   * **Hide search box**: Hide the search box to create more space for rows. This option displays if your widget contains data at a deeper level than Summary view, as it will automatically contain a search box.
5. Click **Save**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/LanSSHpWSZwe9XWOCjm9" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Add a list widget

You can add a list of databases, dashboards, favorites, or alerts to a dashboard. These lists can be filtered. You can only add one type of list at a time, but you can add as many lists as you want as individual widgets.

1. Open the dashboard and click **Unlock and edit**.
2. Click **Add widget** > **List**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/IwbMywjw1VN3d20IPvl6" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Select the type of list you want to display on the dashboard.
4. Apply a filter and/or sort if required. For example, you can filter by when the list contents were last updated and sort by name or when updated.
5. Select an existing line or select **New** to create a new line.
6. Enter a description for the list.
7. Click **Save**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/tPRDB2FJ4EIbSI25hqnD" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Add a text widget

You can add a text area in which you and other users can add information or comments about the items on the dashboard. It has a simple editor window, in which you can choose from built-in styles or set your own formatting.

1. Open the dashboard and click **Unlock and edit**.
2. Click **Add widget** > **Text**.
3. Select an existing line or select **New** to create a new line.
4. Enter a name and description for the widget.
5. Click **Save**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/aaq6hfiQrVOhx3QfGTe2" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Add a web page

You can embed a web page in your dashboard using a URL widget. For example, you could add an internal or external page, login screen, or entry point to other web-based systems.

1. Open the dashboard and click **Unlock and edit**.
2. Click **Add widget** > **URL**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/zdKrHxfeHXrD78COyFpK" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Select an existing lineClick **Add widgetw** or select **New** to create a new line.
4. Enter a name for the widget.
5. Enter the URL of the web page you want to display on the dashboard. If possible, copy and paste the full URL for accuracy. The prefix *https\://* should be used (as shown in the image below), as trying to embed an *http\://* address typically fails on web-hosted instances of Phocas.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/iTe0elQyVJb6d1oiNGb9" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
6. If you want the URL to be displayed as well as the web page, select **Show URL** > **Yes**.
7. Click **Save**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/XQIPdEKXNqaCQfEM2FLG" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Sites that do not allow embedding: Many popular websites do not allow their pages to be embedded within another web page, for example, Facebook. There might be instructions on their website, or in your browser settings, about enabling embedding.

### Add a nested table

A nested table is an expandable report with up to three levels that you can add to a dashboard. It appears on its own line, stretching the full width of the dashboard. Each level, and rows within a level, can be expanded and collapsed.

<figure><img src="/files/zjhQAIL1mTiUx5kq5AoC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Transaction mode and Summary view queries must be placed at the lowest level in the nested table. If you try to set them as higher levels, they will not display in the table.

1. Open the dashboard and click **Unlock and edit**.
2. Click **Add widget** > **Nested Table**. There are three tabs on the Nested Table screen, one for each level, plus a preview tab.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/qyaaXQJ7lo7ujGUROjLD" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Define level 1:
   1. On the **Level 1** tab, select the database (**Sales**). The grid updates to reflect your selection.

      <figure><img src="/files/SIiAsZ74mCpSbabybEFX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
   2. Select a dimension.
   3. Select and focus on data in the usual way, changing the mode, period, properties, measures, and so on. Your settings and selections will be displayed in the nested table.
4. Define the other levels. Repeat the above steps on the **Level 2** tab and, if needed, **Level 3** tab. You can use different data structures for different levels. Remember that queries from Summary view or Transaction mode must be the lowest level in the nesting.
5. Enter a name for the new widget, and a description, if required.
6. Click the **Preview** tab to see how the nested table widget will look before you add it to your dashboard. Note that the preview will only provide a snippet of your data.
7. Click **Save**. A nested table may take some time to build, particularly if multiple levels have been chosen with large amounts of data.\
   The nested table widget will appear on a new line at the bottom of the dashboard.

### Clone a widget

The ability to clone (copy) a widget is particularly useful when you want to create multiple similar widgets. For example, you might want to have several summary widgets, which might have a different measure or summary type. Cloned widgets are added to the same line as the original widget. You cannot clone nested widgets.

Open the dashboard and click **Unlock and edit**. Locate the widget you want to clone, then click the **Clone** button in its toolbar.

### Add a line

Open the dashboard and click **Unlock and edit**. Click **Add line**. A new line displays at the bottom of your dashboard. You can then proceed to add widget on the line.


# Set a dashboard as your homepage

Replace your default Phocas homepage with a dashboard that contains the information you want to view immediately.

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Dashboards
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/cl5orr8z78>" %}
Set a dashboard as your homepage
{% endembed %}

Open the dashboard you want to set as your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage), then click the arrow next to the dashboard name and select **Set as Home Dashboard** > **Yes**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ANmyOMoRz8yBHtVHY8wY" alt="" width="334"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The next time you open Phocas or when you click the **Phocas** logo from anywhere within Phocas (to go to your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage)), you will be taken to that dashboard. You can switch homepages as often as you like. If you delete a dashboard you have set as your homepage, the original default homepage will be reinstated.


# Manage dashboards

Update your dashboards as your needs change over time and share your dashboards with your team for easier collaboration.

After you create a dashboard, other actions become available. These actions require additional user permissions.

{% hint style="info" %}
Administrators with the **Dashboards** permission can access the [**Dashboards** page](/administration/dashboards-administration), where they can manage all the dashboards in your organization’s Phocas site.
{% endhint %}

## Edit a dashboard

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: **Save Dashboards** to edit your own dashboards; **Manage Dashboards** to edit dashboards shared with you.
{% endhint %}

There are several ways to change the look and feel of a dashboard. If you create a dashboard, you customize it to suit your needs at the time, but you can come back to make changes later. You can make changes at the dashboard, line, and widget levels. If you are viewing a shared dashboard, some of these customization options might be unavailable.

To prevent accidental changes, especially when viewing dashboards on mobile devices, dashboards are locked. To put your dashboard into edit mode, click the **Unlock and edit** button in the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/DlMzLcfPihKphfvZwcGD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Edit a dashboard's name, description, or owner

You might want to change the name or description of one of your dashboards or transfer the ownership so that another user can manage it. Changing the owner is especially important if you leave the business because if your Phocas account is deleted, the dashboards you created will no longer be available to other users.

You can quickly edit a dashboard's name, description, and owner from your homepage. Locate the dashboard and click its menu button, then click **Edit**. Make your changes and click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/P2lGtkLy8K32w4WCdPAr" alt="image-20240520-221240.png" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

You can also edit these details from within the dashboard. In the dashboard toolbar, click the **Share** button, edit the name, and click **Save**.

### Change the way widgets display in a line

In edit mode, hover over the line and click the **Edit** button, then on the **Line** screen, select one of these **Display** options:

* **Stack**: Stack widgets vertically when they will not fit on a line horizontally.
* **Equal width**: Set all widgets to the same width, filling the line and adjusting to the browser window's size. This is useful when a dashboard is going to be viewed using different screens and devices. The minimum widget width is 200 pixels, after which the line will scroll horizontally. The height of all widgets can be adjusted by clicking and dragging from the bottom of any of the widgets in the line. In the image below, three different-sized widgets have been automatically resized to be of equal width.

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/d0kCwhRm1ShtV47hLBUb" alt="" width="224"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* **Horizontal scroll**: Allow the widgets to take up as much space as they need, next to each other on the line. Users must scroll to see them.
* **Flex**: Allow the widgets to be resized (see below). This option is also responsive, for different window sizes or devices.

### Show when the widget was last updated

If you have a dashboard that updates frequently, you can add details of exactly when a widget was updated. This is particularly useful on dashboards that contain widgets from multiple sources.

Hover over a widget and click the **Edit** button, then on the **Widget** screen, add the **\[updateDelta]** placeholder in the **Description** box and click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/kMfdmRdaWXNhraD301Xr" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Rearrange widgets <a href="#rearrange-widgets" id="rearrange-widgets"></a>

Click the widget and drag the toolbar to a new position on the dashboard.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/66cUE6VWsftaJ9AjSr05" alt="" width="224"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Resize widgets <a href="#resize-widgets" id="resize-widgets"></a>

To temporarily minimize the widget, hover over the widget and click the **Minimize** button.

If the **Flex** option is enabled in the line settings (above), you can permanently change the widget's size: Click and drag the **Re-size** button in the bottom right corner of the widget. The size appears in pixels as you drag.

### Switch widget filters on or off <a href="#switch-widget-filters-on-or-off" id="switch-widget-filters-on-or-off"></a>

Widget types that can be selected and filtered have the filter option switched on by default. You might want to turn this off, for example, to compare the whole company to just one sales rep, or just one branch. So you might have two identical widgets, one that filters and the other that does not.

Hover over a widget and click the **Edit** button. Then, on the **Widget** screen, select **Is Filterable** > **No** and click **Save**. You can turn the filter back on in the same way.

### Set the filtering order <a href="#set-the-filtering-order" id="set-the-filtering-order"></a>

You can determine whether to apply a dashboard filter before or after an existing widget filter, such as an advanced search filter. The order in which the filter is applied affects the results.

Hover over a widget and click the **Edit** button, then on the **Widget** screen, if the widget has a filter applied, you will see an option to select either **Filter applied first** or **Filter applied last**. Select the required option and click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/XuMWZuJvqqWalchj7ODF" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

For example, the image below shows the different results returned depending on the filter order.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/izLLAgXZuQrmJyK2PMfQ" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Apply a theme

Change the color scheme used in the chart widgets, ensuring a consistent look across every widget on the dashboard.

Click the **Theme** button (colored rings), then select the required theme from the list.

To revert to the default theme, select the **None** option.

<figure><img src="/files/s6pHPShDXIATIuOxgqXm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Link dashboards <a href="#link-dashboards" id="link-dashboards"></a>

You can link dashboards to each other. You select a link within a widget in one dashboard to open in another dashboard. You can also choose to filter the data shown in the second dashboard. Only grid widgets (not charts) can be linked.

You can select the dashboard you want to link to when you create a widget or go back and edit a widget’s configuration. From the **Link To Dashboard** dropdown list, select the dashboard you want to link to and click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/y573hefpB7zBmUfFv3dk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Each data item in the **Code** column of that widget turns blue, indicating there is an active link.

## Share a dashboard

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: Collaboration > Share with Folders and/or Share with Users.
{% endhint %}

Read the [Sharing and folders](/basics/getting-started/sharing-and-folders) page to learn how sharing works.

There are multiple ways to share your dashboards. Typically, you share a dashboard when you create it. At the bottom of the **New Dashboard** window, select the checkboxes for the required folders and users, then click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/6jQ8bJPFOVA9bGf3OQC0" alt="" width="313"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Other ways to share your dashboards are outlined below.

### Share from your homepage

On your homepage, locate the favorite, dashboard, or alert you want to share, then click its menu button and click **Share**. In the **Share** window, select the required users and/or folders, then click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/XJc6bEbL26DaSuq64fYh" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Stop sharing

You can remove your shared dashboards from one or more users or folders in a similar way to how you shared them. On your homepage, locate the item, click its menu button, and click **Share**. In the **Share** window, click the **X** for the required users and folders, then click **Save**.

## Subscribe to a dashboard

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Dashboards > Subscribe
{% endhint %}

Subscribe to dashboards to receive email notifications whenever they're updated. See the [Subscriptions](/basics/getting-started/subscriptions) page for steps.

## Delete a dashboard

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: Save Dashboards
{% endhint %}

You can delete the dashboards that you create (own) in two ways:

* On your homepage, locate the dashboard, click its menu button, and then click **Delete** > **Delete**.
* Open the dashboard, then click the **Delete** (button in the top bar above the widgets) > **Yes**.

You can restore deleted dashboards within 45 days from the **Deleted items** tab on your [homepage](/basics/getting-started/homepage).

If you have many shared dashboards cluttering your homepage, use the grid filters to remove them from view.


# Rename and reorder database items

Make fast, in-context updates to your database and see results immediately, without needing to rebuild it.

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions:

* Non-administrators: Data > Edit databases
* Administrators: Administration > Databases and Sync

You also need to have access to all the items in the database. If you have any database restrictions, you won't be able to edit the database.
{% endhint %}

If you have the required user permissions and database access, you can update a database directly on the page and see the results immediately. You can rename, reorder, and describe dimensions, properties, measures, and streams.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/p79qc5ra3d>" %}
Rename and reorder database items
{% endembed %}

With Designer access, you can also edit these items in the database design. However, editing items directly on the page gives you more context and saves time, as you do not need to rebuild the database.

You can assign this permission to non-administrative users. This allows them to update database items without accessing the **Administration > Designer** module.

## Open the Edit database menu <a href="#open-the-edit-database-window" id="open-the-edit-database-window"></a>

Use the **Edit database** menu to update dimensions, properties, measures, streams and databases in one place.

When you're in a database, use one of these options:

1. At the bottom of the dimension list, click **Edit dimensions**.
2. Select **Properties** > **Edit properties**.
3. Select **Measures** > **Edit measures**.
4. Select **Streams** > **Edit streams**.
5. Select the **blue arrow next to the database name > Edit database.**

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/PlbuB7T0HHsSzjDgq3CB" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

You can edit all item types from the same menu by selecting the tabs at the top.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/lPhkkhBSIcWFQWQZoHo5" alt="" width="254"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Edit database items <a href="#rename-an-item" id="rename-an-item"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
Changes apply immediately. Other active users might need to refresh their screens to see updates.
{% endhint %}

### Rename an item <a href="#rename-an-item" id="rename-an-item"></a>

Rename dimensions, properties, measures, and streams to give them meaningful titles.

Some items are locked because they are used in other modules. You cannot rename these items. Avoid using [reserved words and characters](/administration/reserved-words-and-characters).

1. Open the **Edit database** menu.
2. Select the **Dimensions**, **Properties**, **Measures**, or **Streams** tab.
3. Select the item you want to rename.
4. Enter a new name in the title box.
5. Select **Save**.

The change is applied immediately and is visible to all users with access to the database.

### Add descriptions to items

Use descriptions in Designer Lite to explain what a database item means. Descriptions help people understand the purpose of dimensions, properties, measures, streams, and databases when they use Phocas.

Descriptions display as tooltips when you hover over the item. They apply to everyone in your organization and take effect as soon as you save your changes.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/4ochaADdHkYxzXzZfbry" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="info" %}
When you duplicate a database, you can choose whether to copy its glossary descriptions to the new database.
{% endhint %}

### Add a description

1. Open the **Edit database** menu.
2. Select the tab for the item you want to update, such as **Dimensions**, **Properties**, **Measures**, **Streams**, or **Database**.
3. Select the item.
4. Enter a description.
5. Select **Save**.

For calculated measures, Phocas automatically displays the calculation in the tooltip. If you add a description, it appears with the calculation to provide extra context.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/eS34yah0jckAXFSSAFTJ" alt="" width="327"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Database descriptions appear when you hover over the database name on the Home page.

### Reorder items <a href="#reorder-items" id="reorder-items"></a>

Change the order in which items appear in their menus. By default, items follow the order defined in the database design.

1. Open the **Edit database** menu.
2. Select the item you want to move.
3. Drag the **Move** handle to the new position.
4. Click **Save**.

The list updates to reflect the new order.

### Create or edit calculated measures

In addition to renaming and reordering measures, you can create or edit calculated measures by updating their expressions or defining new ones based on existing data.

#### Edit a calculated measure

You can update existing calculated measures by editing their expressions. Existing measures display as tags that you can use when modifying expressions.

1. Open the **Edit database** menu.
2. Select the **Measures** tab.
3. Select the calculated measure.
4. Update the title and/or expression.
5. Click **Save**.

The updated calculated measure is available in the **Measures** dropdown menu.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/qD7FqTpb191SujxpOJ7R" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Edit a calculated measure</p></figcaption></figure></div>

#### Create a calculated measure

You can also create new calculated measures to show more specific values based on your existing data.

1. Open the **Edit database** menu.
2. Select the **Measures** tab.
3. Click the **+** button next to the search box.
4. Enter a title.
5. Define the calculation using existing measures.
6. Click **Save**.

The new calculated measure is available in the **Measures** dropdown menu.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Z2UIqHvuFJ6wEcHF3a21" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Create a new calculated measure</p></figcaption></figure></div>

***

### Troubleshooting

**I got a message saying I can't edit the database. Why is that?**

To edit a database, you need both the required user permissions and unrestricted access to the database.

If you see the message *"You can't edit this database because a dimension, stream, and/or measure is restricted"*, it means your user account has a database restriction applied. For example, you might have access to only specific dimensions, streams, measures, or properties within the database.

Even if you have permission to edit databases, you can't edit a database when any restrictions are applied to your account.

To resolve this issue:

* Ask your administrator to remove the database restrictions from your user account.
* Confirm that you have the appropriate permission (see top of this page). If not, ask your administrator to assign them to your user account.


# Upload a file

Add data to your Phocas site using the file upload feature.

{% hint style="info" %}

* User permissions:
  * Non-administrators: Databases and File Upload > Allow File Upload
  * Administrators: Administration > Databases and Sync
* Note there are some [technical limitations](/other-information/technical-limitations) to adding data to Phocas.
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}

* Watch this PUG Training video: [Loading new data sets](https://www.phocassoftware.com/customer/training-series/technical#session2) (07:28 to 11:24)
* This method of adding data to Phocas doesn't require administrator privileges. However, if you are an administrator, you might prefer this method instead of using [Designer](/administration/designer) or [Sync](/administration/sync), as it's easier. This method also allows you to [automatically join or split items](/administration/sync/automatically-join-items).
  {% endhint %}

You can add data using CSV, XLXS, and other document file types. You can either add it as a new file to Phocas or replace (overwrite) a file that's already been added to Phocas. If you choose to share the file, it'll be available to your administrator as a source for database design.&#x20;

1. If you're an administrator, click **Administration** > **Upload files**; otherwise, click **Toolbox** > **Upload files**.<br>

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/tbbHOlYCMXLPHtArRJWU" alt="" width="377"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/DOQm9wBaBX0C3SuGDJZc" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
2. Locate the file on your computer, then select or drag the file into the upload area.
3. Select or clear the **This file has a header row** checkbox, as applicable. We strongly recommend all files have header rows and that this checkbox is selected accordingly. If you're uploading a budget file, you must select this checkbox to enable Designer to recognize the file as a budget file.
4. Select where you want to place the file:
   * **Personal source**: This folder is only accessible to you (signed in user). This is a useful option if you're uploading confidential data or any data you don't want others to see.
   * **Shared User Uploads**: This folder is available to all users with permission to upload files (see specific user permissions at the top of this page). You must select this option if you're uploading data you want other users to be able to access, such as a budget file.
5. Select one of these options:
   * **Upload the file as a new file with this name**: Select this option if you're adding a brand new file to Phocas, then edit the file name if required, and click **Upload**.
   * **Replace an existing file**: Select this option if you're uploading an updated version of a file that's already in Phocas, such as a budget. Note that in the case of an XLSX file with multiple worksheets, you will replace all of those worksheets during the upload process, as you cannot select a particular worksheet to replace. Select the file you want to replace, then click **Replace**.<br>

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/zm5STgWYDWs81L6dXlag" alt="image-20240611-025802.png" width="369"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

     After the file is uploaded, a message displays, advising you to let your administrator know the file is available.<br>

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/GNBs1BGo05JQCOmDpERW" alt="image-20240611-025823.png" width="359"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
6. (If applicable) Contact your administrator to let them know the file is available.
7. (Administrators) In Designer, view and use the new file in a database design. It displays in [the data sources panel](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/basics/other-tools/spaces/vQCmtGTR7MsjcI62Vdki/pages/LPWlRqrbP3ugSCA0ZiwS#id-6.-data-sources-panel) under your personal data source, labeled with your user name. You can also delete the data sources from there.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/C36jtTrl2IUuxVQtngEM" alt="image-20240611-025335.png" width="416"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Encrypt (share secrets)

Securely share secrets, such as sign-in credentials, with Phocas.

During implementation, we might ask you to share secrets with us (for example, credentials), and we might share secrets with you.

We recommend using [Phocas Encrypt](https://encrypt.phocassoftware.com) to share secrets securely. Avoid sharing secrets via email or other third-party tools.

### About Phocas Encrypt

Phocas Encrypt is hosted within our cloud environment. It uses end-to-end encryption to create one-time links to the secrets you want to share with a *single person* (for example, your Phocas Adoptions or Activations consultant).

When you share a secret:

* It's encrypted in your browser.
* It's stored in a database until retrieved.
* It can't be decrypted without the key.

Learn more about how we protect your data on the [Security information](/other-information/security-information) page.

### Send a secret

1. Open [https://encrypt.phocassoftware.com](https://encrypt.phocassoftware.com/). You usually receive this link during implementation.
2. Select the shortest deletion time that matches your current interaction with Phocas. For example:
   * **One Hour**: If you're on the phone with a consultant.
   * **One Day**: If you're working over email and it’s not Friday.
   * **One Week**: Other cases.
3. Leave **One-time download** and **Generate decryption key** selected.
4. Add your secret using your preferred method:
   * **Use the form**: In the **Your Secret** box, type or paste your secret, then click **Encrypt Message**.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ewbOnJxm2sOar32RVti2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
   * **Upload a file**: In the top-right corner, click **Upload**, then locate the file on your computer and drag it into the upload area.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/F4M2Lcb6P7XcTexeYEfW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
5. Choose which link type to use:
   * **One-click link** (easiest): Includes **both the secret ID and decryption key**. There is a small risk of exposing it if someone else clicks the link first. Only use if interception risk is low.
   * **Short link** (most secure): Includes **only the secret ID**. You must **send the decryption key separately** using another communication method.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/p3b3PHBKluNx0GGjr2Lv" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
6. Choose how to share the link:
   * **Copy**: Copies the link to your clipboard. Paste it into your preferred communication channel and send it to the recipient.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/SWTmekSrCddiSjcXDNo1" alt="" width="489"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
   * **Email**: Opens your default email application with a draft email containing the link. Complete the email and send it to the recipient.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/53IVVcqb4qlHgZfeYrmG" alt="" width="777"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
7. If you share a **short link** (step 5 above), copy the **Decryption key** and send it to the recipient using a different communication method (for example, phone call or SMS).
8. Close the browser window.

### Receive a secret

You’ll receive an email or message containing the link.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/tFsBeINJhkAi5btceey7" alt="" width="550"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Click the link. This opens a warning message explaining that you are about to retrieve a one-time secret.
2. Click **Reveal Secure Message**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/pjyC4aLPLamO7cLzEFlg" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. View the decrypted message or download the file. In the case of a message:
   1. **Show** displays decrypted text and **Copy** copies it to your clipboard.
   2. **Show QR Code** allows you to share the secret with a mobile device.

      <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/j0XouDS9mlEI8qp5fN2g" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Use the secret before closing the page - the link only works once.

### Troubleshooting

1. **Link doesn’t work?**

It might have:

* Already been clicked.
* Expired based on the deletion time.

If you are the **sender**, repeat the steps to resend.\
If you are the **receiver**, ask the sender to resend.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/yJgLCl7YywOShiwyYDNM" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

2. **Can't copy the secret on a mobile device?**

Some mobile devices don't display a **Copy** option immediately after scanning the QR code.&#x20;

For example, on an iPhone, tap the scan icon <img src="/files/8mwifkORcN8XzOk5D5Va" alt="" data-size="line"> after scanning the QR code to display the **Copy** option.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Hns8lzQhJm2Cvf5QgvcG" alt="" width="185"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Analytics

Phocas’s business intelligence software allows you to drill into your business data, moving from the basics of viewing your data in the grid through to analysis and visualizations.

Use the search box to quickly find what you’re looking for or browse the full list of pages in the menu on the left.

{% hint style="success" %}
A newer, more flexible analysis experience is now available in Flex Modes. See the [Flex Modes documentation](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/flex-modes/) or the [Flex Modes and Analytics comparison page](/analytics/analytics/compare-analytics-and-flex-modes).
{% endhint %}

***

Want to know what's new? [Read our release notes](/other-information/release-notes)

Can’t find what you are looking for? [Raise a Customer Support Desk request](https://portal.usepylon.com/phocas/login)


# Compare Analytics and Flex Modes

A quick comparison of how Analytics and Flex Modes differ in functionality and workflow.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Flex Modes does not yet support all Analytics features. For example, you cannot add Flex Modes content to a dashboard yet.
{% endhint %}

[Analytics](/analytics/take-a-tour-of-analytics) is the established module for building structured analysis in Phocas. It provides several predefined modes, and when you want to customize the layout, you switch to Custom mode.

[Flex Modes documentation](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/flex-modes/) covers a newer module designed to make analysis more direct and flexible. It makes customization part of the default workflow, so you work directly in the grid as you explore your data.

### Build and adjust your analysis

Both modules provide predefined modes and let you build your own views using dimensions, measures, and calculations. The main difference is how you customize and interact with the grid.

#### Custom mode in Analytics

Analytics has predefined modes, and [Custom mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/custom-mode) is the path when you want to tailor the grid layout. It's suited to structured, repeatable analysis where the layout and column logic are carefully defined in advance.

Creating or updating a view in Custom mode follows a structured setup process. You open a dedicated configuration window, add and configure columns, then apply the changes to update the grid.

#### Flex Modes

Flex Modes is designed for a more exploratory workflow. The grid itself becomes the workspace, so you can add measures, bring in data from different streams, and create calculations directly in context. Changes happen immediately, making it easier to refine your view and explore different perspectives without interrupting your workflow.

Flex Modes also removes some of the structural limitations of Analytics. For example, you can combine data from multiple streams in a single grid and create calculations more freely, without switching to a separate setup mode.

### Move from summary to transactions

[Transaction mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/transaction-mode) is available in Analytics for more detailed transaction-level work. It is typically used to search for specific transactions or export transaction-level data, rather than to explore summary analysis.

Flex Modes changes how you move between summary data and transaction detail. See the [Flex Modes documentation](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/flex-modes/) for the current workflow.


# Take a tour of Analytics

Learn about the key elements of the Analytics user interface (UI).

In Phocas, when you open an operational database (such as Sales, Purchasing, or Inventory) via your homepage, dashboard, or some other means, it opens in the Analytics module.&#x20;

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/fjdmgj4pwz>" %}
Explore the Phocas grid
{% endembed %}

Analytics has three key elements, as identified by the numbers in the image and explained below.

<figure><img src="/files/E89vm6OSUmCwH4RPQM69" alt="" width="948"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="1. Grid" %}
The grid is where you view and analyze your data to uncover important insights and get answers to your questions. Initially, the grid displays a summary view of the data (aggregation of transactions) in the underlying database. This high-level overview of the data is the starting point for your analysis. As you drill down into the data, the grid updates accordingly.

During your analysis, the **status bar** (sometimes called *breadcrumbs* due to its appearance) displays above the grid. It shows the various selections and settings you have applied, including search criteria, matrixes, and custom periods. This information is useful when you want to review the path you've taken or remind yourself of the actions you took along the way.

In the following example, the status bar shows the actions that were taken during the analysis session. A custom period (January 2022 to February 2022) was applied, one product class (A) was selected and focused on, and three product sub classes (DL, FL and LD) were selected and focused on. When you hover over an item in the status bar, a tooltip displays more information.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/E125HV91K8cvoWKrrF9w" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Depending on your analysis, you might see the following items in the status bar:

* **Custom period:** If you apply a custom period, a clock icon displays with the current start and end dates.&#x20;
* **Focused data**: If you select and focus on data, a filter icon displays with the dimension name, along with the code(s) of the focused data in brackets. If you have focused on more than three rows of data, only the count of those rows displays in the brackets.
* **Search criteria:** If you search for data, a filter icon displays with the dimension name, along with the search term plus any search criteria (such as 'like') in brackets.
* **Matrixed items**: If you select and matrix data, a matrix icon displays with the dimension name, along with the count of rows in brackets.

This information about the data is also available in the Information window.
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="2. Dimensions and related actions" %}
The panel on the left has the following elements:

* [**Dimensions**](/basics/getting-started/dimensions): View the list of dimensions in the underlying database, such as Sales Rep or Product Class. Use these dimensions to [add levels](/analytics/add-levels-to-the-grid-nest) to the statement grid and [filter the data](/analytics/use-dimensions) to focus on specific information. You can hide this list if you want a better view of the grid.
* [**Focus**](/analytics/focus-on-data-analytics), [**Reset**](/analytics/reset-data), [**Matrix**](/analytics/compare-data-with-matrix-mode), and [**Summary**](/analytics/view-a-summary-of-the-data) buttons: Use the buttons above the dimension list to focus on specific entities within a dimension, reset the grid to the default view, transform the grid into matrix mode, or return to the summary (high-level) view of the data.
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="3. Toolbar (menus and action buttons)" %}
The toolbar on the top has several menus and action buttons you can use to:

* [Change your view of the data in the grid](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics), such the properties, measures and data stream that display and the time period that applies. You can also change the mode, which is a pre-defined view of data that displays particular columns in the grid.
* [Get more options for viewing data](/analytics/get-more-options-for-viewing-data): Take your analysis results further, such visualize the data in a chart or export the data to another application.
  {% endtab %}
  {% endtabs %}


# Work with the grid

The grid displays your data in a table, allowing you to sort, filter, and analyze it easily.

The following information relates directly to the use of the grid. The options that are available depend on the type and amount of data in the grid.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/fjdmgj4pwz>" %}
Explore the Phocas grid
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/by30fkgf9v>" %}
Gain more screen space and other tips
{% endembed %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch this PUG training video: [Grid 101](https://www.phocassoftware.com/customer/training-series/the-grid#session1)
{% endhint %}

## Sort data <a href="#workwiththegrid-sortdata" id="workwiththegrid-sortdata"></a>

When you select a dimension to filter the data in the grid, you can sort the columns to change the order in which that data displays. You can sort the data in ascending or descending order, numerically and alphabetically. Phocas remembers your sort order, even if you change from one dimension to another, until you click the **Reset** button.

There are two ways to sort the data:

* Click a column header to switch between ascending and descending order.
* Right-click a cell in a column, then click **Sort** > **Ascending** / **Descending**.

For example, suppose you are analyzing the **Sales Rep** data in **Variance** mode. By default, the data is sorted by the **Current** column, in descending order, so you can see the highest performing Sales Reps at the top of the grid. To see which Sales Reps have had the greatest change in performance compared to last year, sort the data by the **Variance** column in descending order.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ROhlqmeAvKvhPCDr1cnO" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Freeze properties <a href="#workwiththegrid-freezeproperties" id="workwiththegrid-freezeproperties"></a>

When the grid has a lot of columns, you need to scroll horizontally across the grid to view the far-right columns. When you scroll, the **Code** property column is always visible but other properties (such as the **Name**, **Country** and so on) might become hidden from view. You can *freeze* the properties columns, so they are always in visible during your analysis.

Click the **Freeze Columns** (snowflake) button in the bottom-left corner of the grid.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Q7nSef0tskBlr2iheeBe" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Click the **Freeze Columns** button again to return to the default scrolling behavior.

## View the record count <a href="#workwiththegrid-viewtherecordcount" id="workwiththegrid-viewtherecordcount"></a>

In the bottom-right corner of the grid you can see the record count. The record count is the number of rows of data in the grid, which might be across multiple pages, not just the rows you see on the screen at the time. The record count updates when you make changes to the data, such as select a dimension or change the period.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/9j2MJn6p7MHXyFD1imy5" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Move between pages <a href="#workwiththegrid-movebetweenpages" id="workwiththegrid-movebetweenpages"></a>

By default, if the grid contains a lot of records, there will be multiple pages in the grid, with a maximum of 100 rows on each page. Use the pagination buttons on the bottom-left of the grid to move between the pages.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/XjqmoOxlTkrrgRHoHMlI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Show all records <a href="#workwiththegrid-showallrecords" id="workwiththegrid-showallrecords"></a>

As stated above, the grid might contain multiple pages of records. If you prefer to view all the records (rows) on one page and scroll down through them, click the **Show all** button.

<figure><img src="/files/DjaFbSEUFP1VaTe3g78f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click the **Show all** button again to return to the default paginated layout.

## Identify missing (incomplete) data <a href="#workwiththegrid-identifymissing-incomplete-data" id="workwiththegrid-identifymissing-incomplete-data"></a>

In the grid, you might see a row with ## in the first column. This string of characters is Phocas’s way of informing you that some data is missing at the source (database) level. Although the record comes from the underlying database, there’s something wrong with the way the data was recorded. This issue might arise for a variety of reasons, such as the data not being correctly allocated (categorized) against a particular dimension.

For example, suppose sales transactions are recorded in your ERP but the product is not allocated to an item class. In Phocas, the item class information is missing, therefore ## displays.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/qCjsSG4YGikH0mm3jc8i" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

When the raw data is adjusted (cleaned) in the ERP system, the ## automatically disappears after the next database build.

## Access additional actions (context menu) <a href="#workwiththegrid-accessadditionalactions-contextmenu" id="workwiththegrid-accessadditionalactions-contextmenu"></a>

When you right-click (or long-tap on a device) a cell in the grid, an actions menu displays. This is menu is contextual, so the actions that are available depend on the circumstances, such as what cell in the grid is selected.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ncJZZ8cbp9unZUDe7Les" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Use keyboard shortcuts

Here’s a list of handy keyboard shortcuts you can use in Analytics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="188"></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Alt+C</strong></td><td>Open Custom mode, when a dimension is selected</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Alt+H</strong></td><td>Go to your homepage</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Alt+i</strong></td><td>Open the Information window</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Alt+R</strong></td><td>Reset the data in the grid</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Alt+S</strong></td><td>Open the Advanced search window</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Alt+Up</strong>, <strong>Alt+Down</strong></td><td>Switch between dimensions</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ctrl+C</strong></td><td>Copy from the grid</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ctrl+P</strong></td><td>Print a dashboard print</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ctrl+Space</strong></td><td>Focus on a selection</td></tr></tbody></table>


# View a summary of the data

Get a high-level view of the data, the starting point for analysis.

As its name suggests, the Summary view displays a summarized view of your data. Depending on your analysis, this might be a summary of all the data in the underlying database or a summary of a selection of that data. What you can see and do depends on whether you have selected any dimensions.

In the **Summary** view, the **Summary** button (above the list of dimensions) is blue.

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch this Phocas Academy video: [Sort and summarize your data](https://www.phocassoftware.com/academy/videos/sort-and-summarize-your-data)
{% endhint %}

## View a summary of the database (no dimensions selected) <a href="#viewasummaryofthedata-viewasummaryofthedatabase-nodimensionsselected" id="viewasummaryofthedata-viewasummaryofthedatabase-nodimensionsselected"></a>

When you first open Analytics, you are in **Summary** view by default. As no dimensions are selected at this stage, the grid displays a summary of the whole database, which typically includes data for the current and previous periods and cumulative data.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/1mog1nqCAA2ooE0wpUb5" alt="" width="550"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

In this summary context, some functions are unavailable or have limited options. You can change your view of the data in the grid to some extent. For example, you can select a different mode or period.

## View a summary of selected data <a href="#viewasummaryofthedata-viewasummaryofselecteddata" id="viewasummaryofthedata-viewasummaryofselecteddata"></a>

When you select a dimension, you filter the data in the grid, so you are no longer in the **Summary** view. The **Summary** button is grey.

As you conduct your analysis, you might want to return to the **Summary** view to get a more concise view of your selected data. For example, suppose you focus on some rows within the **Customer** dimension but then want a high-level overview of those customers.

Click the grey **Summary** button. The grid displays a high-level overview of the selected rows (not the entire database). The header above the grid identifies the data that is being summarized.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/GHGO2JdE0l69UBx7VXs9" alt="" width="380"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The full range of functions is available in this context of the Summary view.

{% hint style="success" %}
It's particularly useful to return to the **Summary** view when creating specific charts (such as a Line chart), as they display better with less detail.
{% endhint %}

## Return to the database summary (no dimensions selected) <a href="#viewasummaryofthedata-returntothedatabasesummary-nodimensionsselected" id="viewasummaryofthedata-returntothedatabasesummary-nodimensionsselected"></a>

During your analysis, click the Reset button to return to the original summary view of the database.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/1KkEN585fzeMOAR07Ni9" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Customize your view

Change the standard view of the data to suit your personal analysis needs.

The top left bar above the grid contains the following functions (tools) you can use to change your view of the data in the grid.

Use the menus in the toolbar to change how the data is displayed in the grid and clearly see the information that you're interested in.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/qLng1xCPhYnF3M3b0BtK" alt="" width="448"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<table><thead><tr><th width="170">Menu</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><a href="/pages/uaATk4onjSAarafkDpyV"><strong>Mode</strong></a></td><td>The columns that display in the grid.</td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/OJZIUVzuo5p1uJwyIrR1"><strong>Properties</strong></a></td><td>The type of details (for the selected dimension) that display in the first column(s) in the grid, such as <em>Name</em> and <em>Code</em>.</td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/0XqelgFq1zer4kvyU0pZ"><strong>Measures</strong></a></td><td>The type of numerical data that displays in the grid, such as <em>Local Value</em>, <em>Profit</em> or <em>Quantity</em>.</td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/NvbUpYKG6oeBFjTwVzK6"><strong>Stream</strong></a></td><td>The source of the data in the grid.</td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/7Tndy4NJLuQ0ncVHrjAQ"><strong>Activity filter</strong></a></td><td>A way to determine if the grid displays data for which there are transactions (activity) or not (no activity) or both (all).</td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/1xd71wajI5ojAHMpDjU5"><strong>Format</strong></a></td><td>The format of numerical data in the grid, such as actual numbers, percentages or average. </td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/PJe2M645G9J5Ywb5PFtV"><strong>Period</strong></a></td><td>The timeframe (date range) that applies to the data in the grid, such as <em>Rolling 12 Months</em>, <em>Quarter 1</em> or <em>Year to Date</em>.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
Save your new view as a favorite, so you can quickly access it next time.
{% endhint %}

To return to the standard view, click the **Reset** button.


# Change the mode

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Mode

Depending on your user profile, you might not have access to certain modes, and some modes are not always available on all Phocas sites.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

A mode is a pre-defined view of data that displays particular columns in the grid. Changing the mode allows you to quickly change the columns and therefore, the data that displays in the grid.

Some modes are only available when you [select a dimension](/analytics/use-dimensions) and are in a filtered view, and some modes work differently when you are using the [Summary view](/analytics/view-a-summary-of-the-data).

Click the **Mode** menu and select the mode you want to apply to the grid. The grid updates automatically to display the new column layout and the **Mode** menu displays the name of the selected mode.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/avcvyjnz3x>" %}
Change the mode
{% endembed %}

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/dI0koAKiZWkIchRu0y68" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The following list gives a brief description of each type of mode. Click the links for more information and examples.

* [Period](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/period-mode) (default): In the Summary view, provides a high-level overview of all your data. With a dimension selected, provides a month-by-month or day-by-day view (current period) of your data.
* [Period Variance](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/period-variance-mode): Combination of Period mode and Variance mode; compares time units within current and previous periods side-by-side, for example, months of this year vs. months of last year.
* [Period Stream](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/period-stream-mode): Combination of Period mode and Stream mode; compares two streams of data side-by-side, such as your sales vs. budget, for selected date ranges.
* [Moving](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/moving-mode): Similar to Period mode, except that each month has the previous 11 months added to it, thus creating a moving, annual total view.
* [Stream](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/stream-mode): Compares two or more streams of data side-by-side, such as this current vs. budget.
* [Total](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/total-mode): Simplest view available - removes other columns (with the exception of the properties) and shows only a Total column.
* [Transaction](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/transaction-mode): Most detailed view available - takes the data currently displayed in the grid and replaces it with the relevant individual transactions.&#x20;
* [Search](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/search-mode): Displays your complete 'master' lists, such as customer master or product master, independent of periods and without any transactions listed. Good for fast searching. Only available when a dimension has been selected.
* [Variance](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/variance-mode): Compares current and previous period data side-by-side, such as this year vs. last year. Only available when a dimension has been selected.
* [Market](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/market-mode): Compares a market segment to the overall market. Only available when a dimension has been selected.
* [Matrix](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/matrix-mode): Plots two dimensions against each other (one as columns, the other as rows), similar to a pivot table. Good for identifying cross-sell opportunities and gaps. Only available when a dimension has been selected. Initially accessed via the **Matrix** button rather than the **Mode** menu.
* [Matrix Variance](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/matrix-variance-mode): Takes your existing matrix and adds a variance, so you can make comparisons, such as this year vs. last year. Only available in the **Modes** menu when you are in Matrix mode.
* [Matrix Share](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/matrix-share-mode): Takes your existing matrix but displays the data as a percentage. Each row sums to 100%. Only available in the **Modes** menu when you are in Matrix mode.
* [Custom](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/custom-mode): Allows you to edit and rearrange columns in the grid, create new columns, and use calculations. Only available when a dimension has been selected.


# Period mode

Period mode is the default mode that applies to the grid. It works in conjunction with the **Period** function (menu) to display data for selected time periods.

{% hint style="info" %}
Every database has a default period that determines the date range that displays when you select a database. You can change to a different date range using the **Period** menu.
{% endhint %}

## Period mode in Summary view <a href="#periodmode-periodmodeinsummaryview" id="periodmode-periodmodeinsummaryview"></a>

In Summary view, Period mode gives you an overview of your data across the current period. The grid displays seven columns, starting with the **Period** column that displays the relevant time unit (day/month/year) for the selected period. For example, if the period is Year to Date, the months display and if the period is Quarter 1, the three months in that quarter display. The other columns are: **Current (period)**, **Current Cumulative**, **Previous (period)**, **Previous Cumulative**, **% Variance** and **% Variance Cumulative**.

<figure><img src="/files/49pzhDYEpUM9LVDS1IWY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Period mode in a filtered view <a href="#periodmode-periodmodeinafilteredview" id="periodmode-periodmodeinafilteredview"></a>

When you select a dimension, the grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for that dimension, a **Total** column, and a column for each time unit in the current period. This new layout gives you a month-by-month or day-by-day view of your data, for example. If more than one measure is selected, more columns will display.

<figure><img src="/files/z3T0HFxt53P4eRULVKSa" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Example of Period mode <a href="#periodmode-exampleofperiodmode" id="periodmode-exampleofperiodmode"></a>

Use Period mode to view daily sales by product class for a particular month:

1. Click **Mode** > **Period**.
2. Click the **Product Class** dimension.
3. Click **Period** > **Custom**.
4. In the **Custom Period** window, select **Day**, enter the required start and end date for the current period and click **Apply**. The grid updates to display the daily sales of each product class.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/rDLP496dpTWLaBrNpiPE" alt="" width="612"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Period Variance mode

{% hint style="info" %}
You must select a dimension to activate this mode; it is not available in Summary view. Only one measure can be used.
{% endhint %}

Period Variance mode allows you to compare time units within current and previous periods side-by-side, for example, months of this year vs. months of last year. It is effectively a combination of Period mode and Variance mode.

The following example uses Period Variance mode in the Sales database to analyze a customer's spending for the current month, compared with the previous month. You want to view the sales figures and the variance as a percentage.

1. Click the **Customer** dimension, select the customer (**Intercast Ltd**), then click the **Focus** button. The grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for that dimension, a **Total** column, and a column for each time unit in the current period.
2. Click **Period** > **Current month**.&#x20;
3. Click **Mode** > **Period Variance**. The grid updates to display a double-height header. The upper header displays the periods, the lower headers display current, previous, variance and % variance for each period.


# Period Stream mode

{% hint style="info" %}
Period Stream mode might not be turned on for your site. When turned on, this mode is only available when [streams](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/period-stream-mode) exist for the selected [database](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/period-stream-mode) and dimension. This mode is not available in Summary view. Only one measure can be used.
{% endhint %}

Period Stream mode allows you to compare two streams of data (datasets) side-by-side, such as your sales vs. budget, for selected date ranges. It is like a combination of Period mode and Stream mode. It displays selected current and 'previous; results, along with Variance and percentage variance columns.

## Example of Period Stream mode <a href="#periodstreammode-example-useperiodstreammode" id="periodstreammode-example-useperiodstreammode"></a>

The following example uses Period Stream mode in the Sales database to compare sales with orders for the last three months, for a selection of customers.

1. Click the **Customer** dimension, select the customers, then click the **Focus** button. The grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for that dimension, a **Total** column, and a column for each time unit in the current period.
2. Click **Period** > **Last 3 months**.&#x20;
3. Click **Mode** > **Period Stream**. The **Variance Stream** menu becomes available on the right of the **Stream** menu.
4. Click **Variance Stream > Orders**. The grid updates to display the sales and orders data, both as total and for each of the last three months. It also displays the variance between them (as an amount and percentage).

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/AJID5vikOop1Kd4eQohw" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Note about Custom mode columns in Period Stream mode <a href="#periodstreammode-noteaboutcustommodecolumnsinperiodstreammode" id="periodstreammode-noteaboutcustommodecolumnsinperiodstreammode"></a>

When you are in Period Stream mode, the column headings in the **Custom Mode** window show the 'grouping' title first, followed by the individual column title, separated by a 'pipe' character (such as 'Total|Sales' in the image below). If you are changing the title for the grouping, you need to change it for all the columns that are in that group.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/C6AE6sdJwAunkatbEgWr" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

How these columns display in the grid:

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Zh9gX3QNV187ePGU5KHP" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Moving mode

Moving mode is similar to Period mode, except that each month typically has the previous 11 months added to it, creating a moving, annual total view.&#x20;

## Moving mode in Summary view <a href="#movingmode-movingmodeinsummaryview" id="movingmode-movingmodeinsummaryview"></a>

In Summary view, the grid in Moving mode displays the same columns as [Period mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/period-mode), however, the data that displays is different. One exception is the data in the cumulative columns, which is not shown as moving, so it is the same as it is in Period mode.

For example, in the images below, where Period mode displays the January 2023 current value as 8,762,679.93, Moving mode displays it as 77,158,052.24, which is the current cumulative sum of March 2022 to January 2023 (68,865,975.52) plus the February 2022 value (8,292,076.72).&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/gXDpN94Igx88KXTaQm74" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/AWRoiDVkhrFHsbBzpx4I" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Moving mode in a filtered view <a href="#movingmode-movingmodeinafilteredview" id="movingmode-movingmodeinafilteredview"></a>

When you select a dimension, the grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for that dimension, a **Total** column, and a column for each month (plus the previous 11 months) in the current period.

<figure><img src="/files/dpMQvcYSqBbACZ0HPJEJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Example of Moving mode <a href="#movingmode-exampleofmovingmode" id="movingmode-exampleofmovingmode"></a>

Use Moving mode to view the Sales Rep performance from a moving, annual total perspective:

1. Click **Mode** > **Moving**.
2. Click the **Sales Rep** dimension. The grid updates to display the moving total of sales generated by each Sales Rep, each month. Each month has the previous 11 months added to give a moving annual total. <br>

   <figure><img src="/files/2xftYhKl4qeGaVEGZMke" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Stream mode

{% hint style="info" %}
The Stream mode is only available when streams exist for the database and dimension you have selected.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

Stream mode allows you to compare multiple streams of data side-by-side, such as your sales vs. budget or sales vs. orders, which is useful for building KPI reports. In Stream mode, the **Variance Stream** menu becomes available on the right of the **Stream** menu and you use these two menus to control which streams display in the grid.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/btnqif0g48>" %}
Track sales rep performance against budget
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/37jage9v9k>" %}
Compare multiple data streams using Stream mode
{% endembed %}

## Stream mode in Summary view <a href="#streammode-streammodeinsummaryview" id="streammode-streammodeinsummaryview"></a>

In Summary view, the grid displays the relevant time unit (day/month/year) within the current period, plus the following columns: stream (such as **Sales**), stream cumulative, variance stream (such as **Budget**), variance stream cumulative, **% Variance** and **% Variance Cumulative**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ixpHf3CC9hyVrQ3TeMUx" alt="" width="612"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Stream mode in a filtered view <a href="#streammode-streammodeinafilteredview" id="streammode-streammodeinafilteredview"></a>

When you select a dimension, the grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for that dimension plus columns for the stream, variance stream, variance, and percentage variance. The delta (triangle) icon indicates a change or difference.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/tAVCV5eSroL9aldcflAE" alt="" width="612"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Example 1: Use Stream mode to compare two streams <a href="#streammode-example1-usestreammodetocomparetwostreams" id="streammode-example1-usestreammodetocomparetwostreams"></a>

Use stream mode to compare a Sales Rep's performance against the sales budget:

1. Click **Mode** > **Stream**.
2. Click the **Sales Rep** dimension.
3. Click **Stream** > **Sales**.
4. Click **Variance Stream** > **Budget**, then click out of the menu. The grid updates to display the Sales Rep data from the two streams, along with the variance between them (as an amount and percentage), for the selected period (in this case it's rolling 12 months).

   <figure><img src="/files/lhwRdBIqcfU8l61pUYT4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Example 2: Use Stream mode to compare multiple streams <a href="#streammode-example2-usestreammodetocomparemultiplestreams" id="streammode-example2-usestreammodetocomparemultiplestreams"></a>

Use stream mode to compare a Sales Rep's performance against multiple streams: Following on from the example above, click **Variance Stream** > **Stretch Budget** (leave **Budget** selected) then click out of the menu.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/OHzph31ZAgB1ao4texJA" alt="" width="198"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The grid updates to display both the Budget and the Stretch Budget data, along with variance columns that show the difference between Sales and Budget, and Sales and Stretch Budget.

<figure><img src="/files/Gr7FqFYLPtCkrKEpncRg" alt="" width="841"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
To see your results in a chart, switch to chart view and select the appropriate chart type.  For best results when viewing multiple streams, first select **Summary view,** then switch to chart view and select line chart.
{% endhint %}

## Example 3: Use Stream mode with historical data <a href="#streammode-example3-usestreammodewithhistoricaldata" id="streammode-example3-usestreammodewithhistoricaldata"></a>

Use Stream mode to introduce historical data into the comparison: Following from the example 1 above, click **Variance Stream** > **Sales (previous)** then click out of the menu.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/9ADzYMsvRW4blZosUuHd" alt="" width="226"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The grid updates to display a combination of current and previous data, along with the comparison stream.

<figure><img src="/files/gFVqKzdmHIsJYajUB342" alt="" width="853"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Total mode

Total mode is the simplest mode available, giving you the most basic view, focusing on the total values. This mode is particularly useful when you have multiple measures selected.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/9lr0d6m82s>" %}
Combine inventory and sales to find dead stock
{% endembed %}

## Period mode in Summary view <a href="#totalmode-periodmodeinsummaryview" id="totalmode-periodmodeinsummaryview"></a>

In Summary view, the grid displays the relevant time unit (day/month/year) within the current period, plus a total column. If more than one measure is selected, more columns will display.

<figure><img src="/files/GjRh7Licifpye4lb6sti" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Period mode in a filtered view <a href="#totalmode-periodmodeinafilteredview" id="totalmode-periodmodeinafilteredview"></a>

When you select a dimension, the grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for that dimension plus the **Total** column.

<figure><img src="/files/GauMBL0ARyIBuoRqH4ub" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Example of Total mode <a href="#totalmode-exampleoftotalmode" id="totalmode-exampleoftotalmode"></a>

Use Total mode to view the total number of products sold this year to date (YTD).

1. Click **Mode** > **Total**.
2. Click the **Product** dimension.
3. Click **Measures** > **Quantity** and clear any other selected measures.
4. Click **Period** > **FYTD**. The grid updates to display the quantity sold of each product so far this year.

   <figure><img src="/files/nE5oehToHYzXSEggNRSy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Transaction mode

{% hint style="warning" %}
Restrictions applied to data items don't apply in this mode because this mode searches the source data. For example, if there’s a restriction on the Store dimension to prevent users from accessing data for a particular store, the restriction will not apply to other dimensions, such as Product. When you view the product list, you'll see all products from all stores.
{% endhint %}

During your analysis, you might ask yourself, '*What’s behind this number? Where did this number come from? How did we get these results?*' Transaction mode can help you to answer such questions, as it takes the data currently displayed in the grid and replaces it with the relevant individual transactions\*. It provides the most detailed data view, allowing you to see the base transactions, such as invoice lines.

{% hint style="info" %}
\*You might not see all expected transactions in the grid because:

* There's a limit to the number of transactions that are displayed.&#x20;
* If there’s no differentiation between two or more transactions, those transactions will be aggregated in the grid. Adding a differentiating property, such as the Due Date, will split those transactions.
  {% endhint %}

Typically, you would not use Transaction mode in Summary view. It is best to filter the data first to narrow your search, as you can't select or focus on data when in Transaction mode. Also, as there's a limit to the number of transactions displayed in the grid, you might not see all the transactions and, therefore, not find the answers you are looking for.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/kmmzdpna2g>" %}
What did I sell yesterday?
{% endembed %}

{% hint style="success" %}
See this related page: [Drill down into your data (view transactions)](/analytics/drill-down-into-your-data-view-transactions)
{% endhint %}

## Open Transaction mode <a href="#transactionmode-opentransactionmode" id="transactionmode-opentransactionmode"></a>

After you have selected and focused on data, there are two ways of opening Transaction mode:

* In the functions menu, click **Mode** > **Transaction**. This method retains your period selection and the grid displays the transactions\* for that period.

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/klRvOmV6d3yY0iFzGV0B" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* In the grid, right-click a value cell and select **Transactions**. This method changes your selected period into a custom period that corresponds to the transaction(s), and the grid displays those transactions. This custom period persists even after you leave Transaction mode or reset the grid. In effect, you apply another filter to the grid (for that specific time period).

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/EW32GNxVDmLZVdWFTjPW" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## View transactions <a href="#transactionmode-viewtransactions" id="transactionmode-viewtransactions"></a>

When you open Transaction mode, the transactions (see blue note above) display as rows in the grid.

In Transaction mode, the **Summary** button is blue. This is because no dimensions are selected. You are looking at the raw, unfiltered data from our ERP system.

Initially, in Transaction mode, the grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for the selected dimension, plus a column for all active measures. You can customize this view of the transactions via the **Properties** menu, which behaves differently in Transaction mode (see below).&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/qNnNN59pfRNy97TyFedM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If an invoice number has a blue link, you can click that link to view the invoice for that transaction.

## Customize Transaction mode - change the properties  <a href="#transactionmode-customizetransactionmode-changetheproperties" id="transactionmode-customizetransactionmode-changetheproperties"></a>

As mentioned above, the **Properties** menu behaves differently in Transaction mode. This is because in Transaction mode, no dimensions are selected, therefore, the **Properties** menu lists all the properties for all the dimensions. You have a lot of options to choose from.

1. Click the **Properties** button. A window displays the properties of all dimensions in the database and the transaction properties.
2. Select the items you want to display as columns in the grid and click **Apply**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/MuaHHE4IZEzfOnpFPEnY" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Search for transactions <a href="#transactionmode-searchfortransactions" id="transactionmode-searchfortransactions"></a>

In Transaction mode, you can search for transactions that meet certain conditions. For example, you might want to find a particular invoice or instances where cost is greater than value, which you might use to look for 'giveaways' or other behavior affecting the sales value. You can find this information by[ performing an advanced search](/analytics/search-for-data/advanced-search) on properties and measures.

In Transaction mode, the **Advanced Search** window displays the stream's name above the dimensions. This is the only mode in which you will see this.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/SqEuxdA3iQis81cUHeG4" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="success" %}
Save the search as a favorite or add it to a dashboard. Otherwise, if you close Transaction mode, the search is lost and you must start again.
{% endhint %}

## Close Transaction mode <a href="#transactionmode-closetransactionmode" id="transactionmode-closetransactionmode"></a>

Click any dimension or select another mode to return to the default Period mode. You cannot click **Reset** to exit Transaction mode.

## Example of  Transaction mode <a href="#transactionmode-example-usetransactionmode" id="transactionmode-example-usetransactionmode"></a>

Use Transaction mode in the Sales database to view individual invoice lines within a customer account.&#x20;

Firstly, prepare your data:

1. Click the **Customer** dimension.
2. Select a customer (100195) and click **Focus**.
3. Click **Period** > **Previous Month**.
4. Click **Measures** > **Quantity** and **Local Value**. The grid displays the following columns: **Code**, **Name**, **Local Value** and **Quantity**.
5. Select **Mode** > **Transaction**. The grid now displays the following columns: (Invoice) **Date**, **Order Number**, **Invoice Number**, **Source**, **Code**, **Name**, **Local Value** and **Quantity**.

Then, change the properties:

1. Click **Properties**.
2. Remove the **Order Number** and **Source** properties and keep the other selected properties. Then, add the following properties: Product Code, Product Name, and **Sales Rep Name**.
3. Click **Apply**.&#x20;

The grid updates to display the new columns layout. You can see the value and quantity of the products purchased, as well as the invoice date and number and Sales Rep, as illustrated in the image in the View transaction section above.


# Matrix mode

Matrix mode plots two dimensions against each other (one as columns, the other as rows), similar to a pivot table. It is a powerful tool that allows you to compare data and is useful for identifying cross-sell opportunities, and gaps.&#x20;

Although matrix is a type of mode, it does not display as an option in the **Modes** menu initially; you access it via the **Matrix** button. See [Compare data with Matrix mode](/analytics/compare-data-with-matrix-mode) for detailed information and examples.


# Matrix Variance mode

{% hint style="info" %}
This mode is only available when a matrix is active; it is not available in Summary view.
{% endhint %}

Matrix Variance mode takes an existing matrix and adds additional columns, to show the previous period and variance. It is effectively a combination of Matrix mode and Variance mode. Matrix Variance mode is useful if you want to compare an existing matrix with another period, for example, last year, month or quarter.&#x20;

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/tcl3yfczqq>" %}
Matrix Variance and Matrix Share mode
{% endembed %}

The following example uses Matrix Variance mode to identify which customers have bought downlights but not transformers, both this year and last year:

1. Start with an existing a matrix (this example continues with the example in the [Compare data with Matrix mode](/analytics/compare-data-with-matrix-mode) page).
2. Select **Mode** > **Matrix Variance**. The grid updates to display additional columns for the previous period and the variance between the current and previous period.

   <figure><img src="/files/g46SHa8f0XlVSL3NTc7M" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. (Optional) Go back to your regular matrix: click **Mode** > **Matrix**.&#x20;


# Matrix Share mode

{% hint style="info" %}
This mode is only available when a matrix is active; it is not available in Summary view.
{% endhint %}

Matrix Share mode takes your existing matrix and displays the data as a percentage, with each row summing to 100 per cent. It is a useful tool where ratios are important, for example, if you want to compare the ratio of Product X to Product Y.&#x20;

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/tcl3yfczqq>" %}
Matrix Variance and Matrix Share mode
{% endembed %}

The following example uses Matrix Share mode to identify which customers have bought downlights but not transformers, both this year and last year. Suppose you know that typically one transformer is required to run two downlights. That is, a 33.3% / 66.6% split, based on quantity. You want to identify the customers that are outside that ratio, in other words, which customers are buying fewer transformers than expected.

1. Start with an existing a matrix (this example continues with the example in the [Compare data with Matrix mode](/analytics/compare-data-with-matrix-mode) page).
2. Select **Measures** > **Quantity** and remove the **Local Value** measure.
3. Select **Mode** > **Matrix Share**. The grid updates to display the quantity data rather than the local values, and the percentage split for each customer, for each item (the columns sum to 100%).

   <figure><img src="/files/O9PsqeDoPN9dERc4uSHN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. (Optional) Go back to your regular matrix: click **Mode** > **Matrix**.&#x20;


# Variance mode

{% hint style="info" %}
You must select a dimension to activate this mode; it is not available in Summary view.
{% endhint %}

Variance mode is the easiest way for you to compare current and previous results for a selected dimension. It works in conjunction with the Period function (menu) to display comparative data for selected time periods. For example, you might want to compare the sales of a product this year vs. last year, or this quarter vs. last quarter.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/xw06vid46q>" %}
Show positive or negative variance
{% endembed %}

When you select a dimension and select Variance mode, the grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for the selected dimension, along with columns for the **Current** and **Previous** periods, and the **Variance** and **% Variance**.&#x20;

## How the variance is calculated <a href="#variancemode-learnabouthowthevarianceiscalculated" id="variancemode-learnabouthowthevarianceiscalculated"></a>

* The values in the **Variance** column = (Current - Previous)
* The values in the **% Variance** column = ((Current - Previous) / Previous) \*100
* The totals at the top of the **Current**, **Previous** and **Variance** columns are the sum of all the cells in their respective columns
* The total at the top of the **% Variance** column = ((Total Current - Total Previous) / Total Previous) \*100

## Example 1: Use Variance mode to identify declining customers <a href="#variancemode-example1-usevariancemodetoidentifydecliningcustomers" id="variancemode-example1-usevariancemodetoidentifydecliningcustomers"></a>

Use Variance mode to identify customers who have spent less this year than they did last year.

1. Click the **Customer** dimension.
2. Click **Mode** > **Variance**.
3. Select **Period** > **Year to date**.
4. Sort the **Variance** column in ascending order. The grid updates to display the sales of each customer, with the worst performers at the top of the list. You can now compare each customer's performance against last year.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/umSdQ7jgnmMMDUnNzupo" alt="" width="612"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Example 2: Use Variance mode to investigate product performance in a country <a href="#variancemode-example2-usevariancemodetoinvestigateproductperformanceinacountry" id="variancemode-example2-usevariancemodetoinvestigateproductperformanceinacountry"></a>

Use Variance mode to investigate how this year's product sales in Australia compare with last year.

1. Click the **Country** dimension, select the **AUS** (Australia) row, then click the **Focus** button.
2. Click the **Product Class** dimension
3. Click **Mode** > **Variance**.
4. Select **Period** > **Financial YTD** (year to date).
5. Sort the **Variance** column in descending order. The grid updates to display the sales of each product class in Australia, with the product that has the greatest positive variance at the top. You can now compare the performance of each product class against last year.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/QYlTc1f7SMjxVd8VWH9a" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Search mode

{% hint style="warning" %}
Restrictions applied to data items don't apply in this mode because this mode searches the source data. For example, if there’s a restriction on the Store dimension to prevent users from accessing data for a particular store, the restriction will not apply to other dimensions, such as Product. When you view the product list, you'll see all products from all stores.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
You must select a dimension to activate this mode; it is not available in Summary view.
{% endhint %}

Search mode allows you view and search master lists of data, such as customer or product master list. Search mode displays all the active properties for a selected dimension, independent of periods. As no period information is taken into account, Search mode is useful for finding data that might sit outside your current time period.

Search mode does not display any transaction information. Measures, streams, format and filter buttons are unavailable in Search mode.

The following example uses Search mode in the Purchasing database to locate a specific product (2-metre mains lead) purchased outside the standard YTD period.

1. Click the **Product** dimension.
2. Click **Mode** > **Search**. The grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for the product dimension. As no period is applied, all products (past and current) in the purchasing master list display in the grid.
3. Type *lead* in the **Search** box and press **Enter**.
4. Select the correct lead from the list that displays and click the **Focus** button. The product would not have been found if we had searched in the current YTD period. Selections and search information is displayed in the status bar.


# Market mode

{% hint style="warning" %}
Impact on performance: Market mode can have a major impact on performance, especially on large databases. While it can be used effectively on general queries, caution should be used when using this option on a collection of dashboard widgets, as the compound impact on performance can be severe.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
You must select a dimension to activate this mode; it is not available in Summary view. This mode cannot be charted.
{% endhint %}

Market mode counts the number of entities (such as customers) in one column (the market\*) and a subset of entities in another column (the segment), then compares the results in a third column. You can use Market mode to compare a market segment to the overall market, in other words, to calculate and display the market penetration.

Looking at the first line in the image below, the total market in Greater London is 455 customers but only 57 of those customers are buying this segment (the selected product groups), giving a market penetration of 12.53%. This example uses a count measure but other measures, such as value or quantity, can also be used. &#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/CP5z7OBH4o4N4umG4pAw" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

\* The market only includes selections that have activity in the period.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/xv48ja26uu>" %}
Use Market Mode to analyze market penetration
{% endembed %}

The following example shows the number of customers (market) who bought downlights and transformers products (segment).

1. Select the market: Click the **Country** dimension, select the **UK** country, then click the **Focus** button. The grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for that dimension, a **Total** column, and a column for each time unit in the current period.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/8cmPWby7inz1JDpSfQ41" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
2. Select the mode: Click **Mode** > **Market**. The selections you made above display next to the word **Market** in the status bar. They function in a similar way to the lock selections functionality (they no longer display on the dimension button). The grid updates to display the following new columns for each measure: **Market**, **Segment** and **% of Market**.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/2NtTJhTytS5BuOOuKuIk" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
3. Select the segment: Click the **Product Sub Class** dimension, select the **Downlights (DL)** and **Transformers (TR)** products, then click the **Focus** button. The selections you made display next to the word **Segment** in the status bar. The data updates in the **Segment** and the **% of Market** columns.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/uyUeOpXOcGUBRP5NQQrZ" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Define the market (select what you want to count): From the orange dropdown box, select the **Customer Ship To** dimension, so the number of customers defines the market.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/35fORRvrttSXIT3bFwzd" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
5. Prepare the grid for analysis: Click the **Territory** dimension, then click **Measures** > **None** to remove columns and simplify the grid.
6. View and analyze the results. For example, you can see that of the 109 customers in Essex, only 16 are purchasing in the selected segments (downlights and transformers).

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/mNavAeXzbzT0tzCUvaA1" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

While still in **market mode**, you can change your segment by clearing the current selections and selecting and focusing on other data. The status bar will update accordingly. However, you can't change the market. To set a different market, you need to start again. &#x20;


# Custom mode

{% hint style="info" %}
You must select a dimension to activate this mode; it is not available in Summary view.
{% endhint %}

Custom mode allows you to design your own version of the grid. By defining which columns appear and how they're configured, you gain enhanced flexibility to focus on the metrics that matter most to you. Whether you're comparing sales to budget, tracking performance against targets, or building complex calculations, Custom Mode provides the tools to create a personalized view of your data. See the bottom of the page for examples and videos.

## View the column configuration <a href="#custommode-viewthecolumnconfiguration" id="custommode-viewthecolumnconfiguration"></a>

After you select a dimension, click **Mode** > **Custom** or use **Alt+C** to access the **Custom Mode** window.

The **Custom Mode** window displays a representation of the columns that are currently in the grid (except for the property columns). Each row (top to bottom) corresponds to a column (left to right) in the grid, as illustrated in the images below.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/7E7NV2PaYem1QtlBwOsJ" alt="" width="612"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

You can edit, delete or clone existing columns, add new columns and reorder the columns, as outlined below. After you apply your changes, the grid updates to display your customized column layout and **Custom** displays in the **Mode** menu.

## Edit a column <a href="#custommode-editacolumn" id="custommode-editacolumn"></a>

1. Edit the name of the column, if required: Click in the name box and overwrite the name as required. See notes about names in the **Add a column** section below.
2. Edit the column configuration settings, if required. The options that are available depend on the type of column (see table and examples below).
3. Continue customizing the columns or click **Apply** to view your changes in the grid.

## Delete a column <a href="#custommode-deleteacolumn" id="custommode-deleteacolumn"></a>

To delete an individual column, click the column’s **Clear** button.

To delete all columns, click the **Clear** button at the bottom of the window.

Continue customizing the columns or click **Apply** to view your changes in the grid.  &#x20;

## Move a column <a href="#custommode-moveacolumn" id="custommode-moveacolumn"></a>

1. Click and hold the column’s **Move** button, then drag the column (row) up or down to its new position. This action corresponds to moving the column left or right in the grid.
2. Continue customizing the columns or click **Apply** to view your changes in the grid.

## Clone a column <a href="#custommode-cloneacolumn" id="custommode-cloneacolumn"></a>

Rather than add a new column from scratch, you can clone an existing column and edit its configuration to meet your needs. The new column is represented by a new row at the bottom of the other rows (you might need to scroll down to find it), which has identical settings but the name is appended with the number 1. For example, if you clone the **Total Value** column, the new column is automatically named **Total Value 1**. Cloning is a useful option when you want to add a number of similar columns in the grid, as it takes less time to complete.

1. Click the column’s **Clone** button.
2. Edit the new column’s name and settings, as required.
3. Continue customizing the columns or click **Apply** to view your changes in the grid.

## Add a new column <a href="#custommode-addanewcolumn" id="custommode-addanewcolumn"></a>

You can add three types of columns:

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Measure" %}
A [measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics) is a type of numerical data, such as value, quantity, profit, margin. You can add Measure columns based on any measure in your current database. The Measure columns can include period information, including offset dates and data from different streams.
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Variance" %}
A variance is the difference between two measures. The Variance column displays either the actual difference value, such as 100,000 or the percentage difference, such as 2%.&#x20;

If you want to use a Variance column, avoid using the word '*Variance*' (with a capital 'V') in the column heading, as this is a reserved word and may affect some functionality.

{% hint style="info" %}
The **Variance** and **% Variance** columns are also available in Variance mode. You can use Variance mode instead, for example, if you want to quickly show the difference between sales this year and sales last year, or the % difference between sales and budget. However, if you use Custom mode, you have mode customization options.
{% endhint %}
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Calculation" %}
A calculation uses basic mathematical operations to calculate the value that appears in a column, based on existing measures. Basic algebra is used, where variables are defined as a, b, c and so on.

The standard order of operations is followed, which means that multiplication and division operations are processed before addition and subtraction, regardless of position in the expression. You can use brackets to override this order. &#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
It is recommended you use parentheses in calculations. For example, use (a/b)\*100, rather than a/b\*100.
{% endhint %}

The available expressions are: **+** plus, **-** minus, **\*** multiply and **/** divide.

For example, if you define variable 'a' as 'profit in January', and 'b' as 'profit in February' and you enter '(a + b)/2' as the expression, the data in each cell of that column will show the average profit for January and February. &#x20;

There are two special placeholders that can be used in expressions to derive date-based averages:

* {PERIOD\_COUNT} - If the active period was from Jan 2023 to March 2023, the Period\_Count would be 3. An expression such as 'a / {period\_count}' would calculate the average value per period for the number of periods active at the time.&#x20;
* {PERIOD\_DAYS} - Returns the number of days in each period.
  {% endtab %}
  {% endtabs %}

When you add a column, it is represented by a new blank row at the bottom of the other rows (you might need to scroll down to find it).

1. Click the green **New Column** button and select one of the following column types: **Calculation**, **Measure** or **Variance** (see descriptions in table below).
2. Enter a name for the column, keeping the following notes in mind:
   * **Length**: The name corresponds to the column heading. The column widths are generated based on the number of characters in the heading, so keep the name as short as possible.
   * **Reserved word**: Avoid using the word '*Variance*' (with a capital 'V') in the column heading, as this is a reserved word and may affect some functionality.&#x20;
   * **Offset dates**: There are two special placeholders you can use to supply offset dates in the heading; *{FDATE}* and *{TDATE}*. These placeholders are replaced at runtime with the From/To date respectively of the period being selected. For example '*Budget {FDATE}*' when run for a period starting July 2023 would display 'Budget Jul-2023'.
3. Configure the column as required. See the table and examples below for more information. Notes on common settings are as follows:

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/C3opLLLI8iq5PxuuDtLF" alt="" width="170"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   * **Measure** button: Allows you to [define the measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics#changethemeasures-defineameasure) on which the column is based.
   * **Format** button: Allows you to customize the appearance of the data in each column, such as the number of decimal places and the use of a thousands separator or percentage symbol. Click the **Format** button (it will say something like ‘1,234.57’) to view your options and select the required format. You can also create a custom format.
   * **Calculated Total** options: Allows you to determine how the value in the **Total** row of that column is calculated. You can select from the following options: Average, Min, Max, Sum Total, Calculated Total, Median and Mode. Some aggregation methods are more suitable than others, depending on the selected measure. See example below.
   * **Append to above** option: Allows you to append columns, resulting in two columns sharing a heading. Click the vertical ellipsis button to append a column to the one above (in reality, the column to the left).  This makes the columns operate as a single ‘block' and the lower column’s heading becomes disabled (as it now shares the upper heading).&#x20;
     * You are unlikely to use this feature on its own, but the functionality is required for Stream mode's multi-stream comparisons, which use double height headers. You can see how it works by going from Stream mode back to Custom mode, where you’ll see appended columns automatically set up.
     * Cloning, moving or deleting the upper column controls these actions for the ‘block'. Cloning, moving or deleting is disabled for the lower column.
     * A lock icon displays to the left of the column. Click this icon to detach the column.
   * **Include in global period** checkbox: Allows you to override the default behavior, whereby you cannot change the period. If you select this checkbox for a row, the **Period** menu becomes active for that column. This checkbox usually displays at the end of the column settings row but might be underneath if there is not enough space, as in the following image.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/6b7Nrd3CykvTBHkrjv3F" alt="" width="424"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Review your Custom mode settings <a href="#custommode-reviewyourcustommodesettings" id="custommode-reviewyourcustommodesettings"></a>

To view information about your custom columns and other settings, click the Information button in the top right menu.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/TaZduXlb3apwUIGc98Si" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/DSzFEPNQev8k6s1TY75W" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Save a custom view as a favorite  <a href="#custommode-saveacustomviewasafavorite" id="custommode-saveacustomviewasafavorite"></a>

You can save a Custom mode view when you save a favorite.&#x20;

## Reset Custom mode   <a href="#custommode-resetcustommode" id="custommode-resetcustommode"></a>

To clear all Custom mode settings and return to Period mode, click the **Reset** button.

***

## Examples

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Select the best Calculated Total option</summary>

When it comes to selecting the best (most suitable) way to calculate the total, consider the type of measure that is used.

**Sum Total v Calculated Total v Average**

The most common method to calculate the total is Sum Total. It adds up all the values in the column and returns the total. This is suitable for calculating the total sales value or quantity. However, it is useless when the column contains percentages, such as the margin, as the result is meaningless. Therefore, Calculated Total or Average are better options when dealing with percentages.

In the following image, there are three versions of the **July** column, which contains the margin values. In each version, a different method is used to calculate the total and as a result, the values in the **Total** row are different. As you can see, the Sum Total does not make much sense, so Calculated Total or Average would be better options.

<img src="/files/YiAK37v3k8AjQSfb5P2f" alt="" data-size="original">

**Mode**

Mode is a statistical function. It returns the most commonly occurring number from a list, or value in a column. It is often used with Median, Mean, Standard Deviations and so on. For example, if the list was 2,5,2,4,6,2,4,4,3,2,2,6,7,9 the mode would be 2.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Add Measure columns to compare sales values</summary>

Use Custom mode in the Sales database to add four new Measure columns in the grid: **Sales Last Month**, **Sales This Month**, **Budget This Month** and **Sales Year to Date** to analyze the Sales Rep performance.

In the **Custom Mode** window, delete (clear) all the existing columns.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Measure**, then configure column 1 (**Sales Last Month**):

1. Type the name '*Sales Last Month*'.
2. Define the measure: Click the **Measure** button, then select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**. On the **Period** tab, select the **Custom (Month)** time unit, select the **Offset** checkboxes and set start and end to -1. Click **Apply**.
3. Click the **Format** button and select the **1,235** option to remove decimal places.

Clone column 1 to create column 2 (**Sales This Month**), then configure column 2:

1. Edit the name to be '*Sales This Month*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button > **Period** tab, edit the start and end to 0 and click **Apply**.

Clone column 2 to create column 3 (**Budget This Month**), then configure column 3:

1. Edit the name to be '*Budget This Month*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button > **Stream** > **Budget** and click **Apply**.

Clone column 2 again to create column 4 (**Sales Year to Date**), then configure column 4:

1. Edit the name to be '*Sales YTD*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button > **Period** tab, clear the **Offset** checkbox for the start date and select January, then click **Apply**.

Review your new column configurations and click **Apply**. The grid updates to display the new columns, as illustrated in the image below.

Save this view as a favorite. Because offset dates were used, it will automatically update.

<img src="/files/9jCmhguCIdxED8UQi4D4" alt="" data-size="original">

<img src="/files/6cyiKeHBuykO7lpsxoV3" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 3: Add a Variance column to calculate the difference between sales and budget values</summary>

Use Custom mode in the Sales database to add a variance column in the grid showing the **% variance** between sales and budget, and two corresponding Measure columns showing the **Sales** and **Budget** values to compare the Sales Rep performance.

In the **Custom Mode** window, delete (clear) all the existing columns.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Variance**, then configure column 1 (**% variance**):

1. Type the name '*% variance*'.
2. Define variable **a**: Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**, then click **Apply**.
3. Define variable **b**: Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Budget** and **Measure** > **Value**, then click **Apply**.
4. Click **a - b** button to switch to **a % b** calculation. The calculation used is; *((a-b)/b)\*100*.
5. Click the **Format** button and select the **1235%** option to display the variance calculation result as a percentage.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Measure**, then configure column 1 (**Sales**):

1. Type the name '*Sales*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**, then click **Apply**.
3. Click the **Format** button and select the **1,235** option to remove decimal places.

Clone column 2 to create column 3 (**Budget**), then configure column 3:

1. Edit the name to be '*Budget*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button > **Stream** > **Budget** and click **Apply**.

Review your new column configurations and click **Apply**. The grid updates to display the new columns, as illustrated in the image below. You can see sales expressed as a percentage of budget in the new **%variance** column. Because you didn't define any periods, the default period has been used.

<img src="/files/SjnvSLUw58w2aOU2rPDt" alt="" data-size="original">

<img src="/files/6cMWpDGXrMxg4BixR5QF" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 4: Add Calculation columns to get insights on the average profit</summary>

Use Custom mode in the Sales database to add three new columns in the grid to display the results of the following calculations: average profit over the last 6 months, profit this month and the difference between the two (to show whether last month is ahead of or behind the average profit).

In the **Custom Mode** window, delete (clear) all the existing columns.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Calculation**, then configure column 1 (**Average profit over the last 6 months**):

Type the name '*Av profit 6 months*'.

Define variable **a** as the average profit over 6 months:

1. Click the **Add Measure** (plus) button > **Measure**.
2. Define the measure: Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Profit**. On the **Period** tab, select the **Custom (Month)** time unit, select the **Offset** checkboxes and set start to -6 and end to -1. Click **Apply**.

Define the expression: Enter  ‘*a/6*’ in the **Expression** box to calculate the average profit over the 6 months.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Measure**, then configure column 2 (**Profit last month**):

1. Type the name '*Difference*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**.
3. Click the **Period** tab and select the **Custom (Month)** time unit, select the **Offset** checkboxes and set start and end to 0.
4. Click **Apply**.

Clone column 1 to create column 3 (**Difference between the average and this month**), then configure column 3:

1. Edit the name to be '*Sales This Month*'.
2. Define variable **a** as the total profit over 6 months: Nothing to do here as the cloned configuration is sufficient.
3. Define variable **b** as the total profit this month: Click the **Add Measure** (plus) button > **Measure**. Define the measure: Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream** > **Sales** and **Measure** > **Profit**. On the **Period** tab, select the **Custom (Month)** time unit, select the **Offset** checkboxes and set start and end to 0. Click **Apply**.
4. Define the expression: Enter  ‘*b-(a/6)*’ in the **Expression** box to calculate the difference between the average profit over the 6 months and the profit this month.

Review your new column configurations and click **Apply**. The grid updates to display the new columns, as illustrated in the image below. In this example, the **Customer** dimension has been selected and the **Difference** column was sorted in **descending** order. This will display the customers with above average profit at the top of the list.

<img src="/files/4dEPEph2jhBBsbj7cbRL" alt="" data-size="original">

<img src="/files/O2yB9mnUdeF8w2wjC9GU" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Select the best Calculated Total option</summary>

When it comes to selecting the best (most suitable) way to calculate the total, consider the type of measure that is used.

**Sum Total v Calculated Total v Average**

The most common method to calculate the total is Sum Total. It adds up all the values in the column and returns the total. This is suitable for calculating the total sales value or quantity. However, it is useless when the column contains percentages, such as the margin, as the result is meaningless. Therefore, Calculated Total or Average are better options when dealing with percentages.

In the following image, there are three versions of the **July** column, which contains the margin values. In each version, a different method is used to calculate the total and as a result, the values in the **Total** row are different. As you can see, the Sum Total does not make much sense, so Calculated Total or Average would be better options.

<img src="/files/YiAK37v3k8AjQSfb5P2f" alt="" data-size="original">

**Mode**

Mode is a statistical function. It returns the most commonly occurring number from a list, or value in a column. It is often used with Median, Mean, Standard Deviations and so on. For example, if the list was 2,5,2,4,6,2,4,4,3,2,2,6,7,9 the mode would be 2.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Add Measure columns to compare sales values</summary>

Use Custom mode in the Sales database to add four new Measure columns in the grid: **Sales Last Month**, **Sales This Month**, **Budget This Month** and **Sales Year to Date** to analyze the Sales Rep performance.

In the **Custom Mode** window, delete (clear) all the existing columns.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Measure**, then configure column 1 (**Sales Last Month**):

1. Type the name '*Sales Last Month*'.&#x20;
2. Define the measure: Click the **Measure** button, then select **Stream** > **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**.&#x20;
3. On the **Period** tab, select the **Custom (Month)** time unit, select the **Offset** checkboxes and set start and end to -1 and click **Apply**.&#x20;
4. Click the **Format** button and select the **1,235** option to remove decimal places.

Clone column 1 to create column 2 (**Sales This Month**), then configure column 2:

1. Edit the name to be '*Sales This Month*'.&#x20;
2. Click the **Measure** button > **Period** tab, edit the start and end to 0 and click **Apply**.

Clone column 2 to create column 3 (**Budget This Month**), then configure column 3:

1. Edit the name to be '*Budget This Month*'.&#x20;
2. Click the **Measure** button > **Stream** > **Budget** and click **Apply**.

Clone column 2 again to create column 4 (**Sales Year to Date**), then configure column 4:

1. Edit the name to be '*Sales YTD*'.&#x20;
2. Click the **Measure** button > **Period** tab, clear the **Offset** checkbox for the start date and select January, then click **Apply**.

Review your new column configurations and click **Apply**. The grid updates to display the new columns, as illustrated in the image below.

Save this view as a favorite. Because offset dates were used, it will automatically update.

<img src="/files/9jCmhguCIdxED8UQi4D4" alt="" data-size="original">

<img src="/files/6cyiKeHBuykO7lpsxoV3" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Add a Variance column to calculate the difference between sales and budget values</summary>

Use Custom mode in the Sales database to add a variance column in the grid showing the **% variance** between sales and budget, and two corresponding Measure columns showing the **Sales** and **Budget** values to compare the Sales Rep performance.

In the **Custom Mode** window, delete (clear) all the existing columns.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Variance**, then configure column 1 (**% variance**). Type the name '*% variance*':

1. Define variable **a**: Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**, then click **Apply**.
2. Define variable **b**: Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Budget** and **Measure** > **Value**, then click **Apply**.
3. Click **a - b** button to switch to **a % b** calculation. The calculation used is; *((a-b)/b)\*100*.
4. Click the **Format** button and select the **1235%** option to display the variance calculation result as a percentage.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Measure**, then configure column 1 (**Sales**):

1. Type the name '*Sales*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**, then click **Apply**.
3. Click the **Format** button and select the **1,235** option to remove decimal places.

Clone column 2 to create column 3 (**Budget**), then configure column 3:

1. Edit the name to be '*Budget*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button > **Stream** > **Budget** and click **Apply**.

Review your new column configurations and click **Apply**. The grid updates to display the new columns, as illustrated in the image below. You can see sales expressed as a percentage of budget in the new **%variance** column. Because you didn't define any periods, the default period has been used.

<img src="/files/SjnvSLUw58w2aOU2rPDt" alt="" data-size="original">

<img src="/files/6cMWpDGXrMxg4BixR5QF" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Add Calculation columns to get insights on the average profit</summary>

Use Custom mode in the Sales database to add three new columns in the grid to display the results of the following calculations: average profit over the last 6 months, profit this month and the difference between the two (to show whether last month is ahead of or behind the average profit).

In the **Custom Mode** window, delete (clear) all the existing columns.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Calculation**, then configure column 1 (**Average profit over the last 6 months**):

1. Type the name '*Av profit 6 months*'.
2. Define variable **a** as the average profit over 6 months. Click the **Add Measure** (plus) button > **Measure**. Define the measure: Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Profit**. On the **Period** tab, select the **Custom (Month)** time unit, select the **Offset** checkboxes and set start to -6 and end to -1. Click **Apply**.
3. Define the expression: Enter  ‘*a/6*’ in the **Expression** box to calculate the average profit over the 6 months.

Click the green **New Column** button > **Measure**, then configure column 2 (**Profit last month**):

1. Type the name '*Difference*'.
2. Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**.
3. Click the **Period** tab and select the **Custom (Month)** time unit, select the **Offset** checkboxes and set start and end to 0.
4. Click **Apply**.

Clone column 1 to create column 3 (**Difference between the average and this month**), then configure column 3:

1. Edit the name to be '*Sales This Month*'.
2. Define variable **a** as the total profit over 6 months: Nothing to do here as the cloned configuration is sufficient.
3. Define variable **b** as the total profit this month. Click the **Add Measure** (plus) button > **Measure**. Define the measure: Click the **Measure** button and select **Stream**> **Sales** and **Measure** > **Profit**. On the **Period** tab, select the **Custom (Month)** time unit, select the **Offset** checkboxes and set start and end to 0. Click **Apply**.
4. Define the expression: Enter  ‘*b-(a/6)*’ in the **Expression** box to calculate the difference between the average profit over the 6 months and the profit this month.

Review your new column configurations and click **Apply**. The grid updates to display the new columns, as illustrated in the image below. In this example, the **Customer** dimension has been selected and the **Difference** column was sorted in **descending** order. This will display the customers with above average profit at the top of the list.

<img src="/files/4dEPEph2jhBBsbj7cbRL" alt="" data-size="original">

<img src="/files/O2yB9mnUdeF8w2wjC9GU" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

## Videos

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch these other videos:

* Phocas Demo: [Optimize stock](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/optimize-stock?autoplay=true)
* PUG Training: [Custom reporting + gap analysis](https://www.phocassoftware.com/customer/training-series/the-grid#session3)
  {% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/maiyob2452>" %}
Generate a budget based on previous sales
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/7ag5vy6trk>" %}
Forecast months of stock on hand (custom mode)
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/c8c0llyspn>" %}
Use custom mode to show target performance
{% endembed %}


# Change the properties

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Properties
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
You must select a dimension to activate the **Properties** menu; it is not available in Summary view.
{% endhint %}

Properties are information stored about a dimension, displayed as columns in the grid when you select that dimension. By default, the **Code** and **Name** property columns display for all dimensions.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/xWVpzecOpksbBNA2MaU5" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The available properties depend on the selected dimension and the underlying database. For example, you might have the Address property for a Customer dimension or Unit of Measure property for the Product dimension.

You can remove one or both default properties and add other properties as required. The grid updates to display the selected properties, which remain until you reset the grid, at which point the default properties display once again.  &#x20;

{% hint style="success" %}
The **Properties** menu label identifies the selected properties. If multiple properties are selected, a summary displays. You can hover over the **Properties** menu to display a tooltip listing all the selected properties.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/v2h0yaa305>" %}
Sort and summarize your data
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/7194zk2a9z>" %}
Narrow your search by entity or property
{% endembed %}

## Add and remove property columns <a href="#changetheproperties-addandremovepropertycolumns" id="changetheproperties-addandremovepropertycolumns"></a>

1. Click the dimension, then click the **Properties** menu.
2. Select the checkboxes of the properties you want to add to the grid and clear the checkboxes of the properties you don’t want.
   * To quickly select and apply one property only, double click that property in the list.
   * If you’ve added levels to the grid (you're viewing a nested grid), you can't turn off the Code property because it’s required to link the nested rows together correctly.
3. Click anywhere outside the **Properties** menu to update the grid and view the new properties.

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Add properties to identify the Territory and Sales Rep for each customer in Australia</summary>

<img src="/files/tXQDRutQXkkxYghN9GAP" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Use properties to help pinpoint information</summary>

Suppose you want to identify the 10 customers who are declining the most in the year to date, and get some useful details (properties), such as their contact details.

1. Click the **Customer** dimension, then click **Mode > Variance**.&#x20;
2. Sort the **Variance** column in ascending order. The worst performing (declining) customers display at the top of the list.
3. Select and focus on the 10 worst performing customers (top 10 in the list).
4. Add the **City**, **Zip** and **Telephone** properties (see above). The new property columns display in the grid, so you can now see the contact details of those declining customers.

   <figure><img src="/files/g7qhZAwIS3VbOdTxlYkB" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When the grid has a lot of columns and you need to scroll horizontally to view the far-right columns, it is useful to [freeze the property columns](/analytics/work-with-the-grid#workwiththegrid-freezeproperties) so they always remain in view.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 3: Use properties to create a new dimension</summary>

A property can be used as if it is a dimension, to display a subset of data that was not previously available via the dimensions list on the left of the grid.

For example, suppose you want to analyze the Sales data according to the suburbs in which your customers are located but you do not have a Suburb dimension.

1. Click the **Territory** dimension, then select and focus on the territory you are interested in (California in the USA).
2. Click the **Customer** dimension.
3. Add the **Suburb** property and remove all other properties. All the customers are now grouped into their respective suburbs. You can now continue with your analysis from this point forward.

Watch the video at the top of the page: Narrow your search by entity or property

</details>

## Create a custom property <a href="#changetheproperties-createacustomproperty" id="changetheproperties-createacustomproperty"></a>

You can create a custom property based on properties and measures that are stored against dimensions in the database. Custom properties are useful, as they can be saved and applied to analyses that you conduct frequently. Once saved, the custom property displays in the **Properties** menu for the relevant dimension. When you select and apply a custom property, the grid automatically changes to [Custom mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/custom-mode).

Click the dimension and click the **Properties** > **Custom**. The process you follow in the **Custom Properties** window is similar to the process of adding columns in Custom mode, or [performing an advanced search](/analytics/search-for-data/advanced-search). If you have permission, you will also see an option to share the custom property with other users.

For example, suppose you have a ‘2021 price’ property and a ‘2022 price’ property for your Product dimension\* but you want to get an average price across the two years. You can achieve this by creating a custom property (Avg Price) based on a calculation.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/5wc8O0LkDi5ABnFlWjkR" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The new property will display in the Properties menu for the Product dimension and when selected, a new column for the Average Price displays in the grid.

These two properties need to be numeric properties, as set in Designer, in order to display in Analytics.

## View all properties <a href="#changetheproperties-viewallproperties" id="changetheproperties-viewallproperties"></a>

Right-click > **Properties** on any row (or long-tap on a device) to display a window containing all properties for that row, including those not displayed in the grid.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/gzYdj22oUC3itHjw4HtD" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Change the measures (Analytics)

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Change Measures
{% endhint %}

Measures are different types of numerical data values that are displayed in the grid. They can be *calculated* or *non-calculated* (raw data). Typical measures you might see in a Sales database are listed below. The measures you have might be different from these.

| Measure    | Data or value displayed                                            | Data source |
| ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------- |
| Value      | Value of sales (sales value)                                       | Raw data    |
| Cost       | Cost of sales (cost price)                                         | Raw data    |
| Quantity   | Quantity of items sold                                             | Raw data    |
| Profit     | Profit as a dollar or pound value (Value–Cost).                    | Calculated  |
| Margin     | Margin as a percentage (Profit/Value).                             | Calculated  |
| Value/Item | Average sales value per item (Value/Quantity)                      | Calculated  |
| Cost/Item  | Average cost per item (Cost/Quantity)                              | Calculated  |
| Lines      | The number of transactions lines imported into the Phocas database | Raw data    |

In values in the **Total** row of calculated measures are not actually totaled; the calculation is applied to the total data.

The **Measures** menu identifies the selected measure. When you first open a database or reset the data during your analysis, the default measure is selected. Typically, in a Sales database, the default measure is **Value**. If multiple measures are selected, a summary displays. You can hover over the **Measures** menu to display a tooltip listing all the selected measures.

## View measures in Summary view <a href="#changethemeasures-viewmeasuresinsummaryview" id="changethemeasures-viewmeasuresinsummaryview"></a>

In Summary view, the values you see in the grid correspond to the default measure, so you can see a summary of that measure (**Local Values**) across the period. You can switch to a different measure, such as **Cost** or add multiple measures columns to the grid to view all of those high-level data values.

<figure><img src="/files/fKI7cC1w51ED5dsMUrh0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## View measures in a filtered view <a href="#changethemeasures-viewmeasuresinafilteredview" id="changethemeasures-viewmeasuresinafilteredview"></a>

When you select a dimension, the grid displays columns for the active properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for that dimension, along with additional columns displaying data for the default measure. The columns that display depend on the selected mode. If you select more than one measure, more columns will display.

In the context of a filtered view, the measures are data values relating to the selected dimension. You can switch to a different measure or add multiple measures to view those additional data values in the grid.

<figure><img src="/files/8rzMtUaxaUbFqjfCN77i" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Add and remove measure columns <a href="#changethemeasures-addandremovemeasurecolumns" id="changethemeasures-addandremovemeasurecolumns"></a>

The **Measures** menu has a list of all the measures in the database, however, only the measures that contain data are available for selection. Typically, in a Sales stream, all measures are available but if, for example, you switch to a Budget stream, you will see that your choice of measures is limited.

When you are in an advanced search or Custom mode, all measures are available (even if they don't contain any data).

1. In Summary view or when you have selected a dimension (as applicable), click the **Measures** menu.
2. Select the checkboxes of the measures you want to add to the grid and clear the checkboxes of the measures you do NOT want.
3. Click anywhere outside the **Measures** menu to update the grid and view the new measures.

{% hint style="success" %}
To quickly select and apply one measure only, double click that measure in the list.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If you select multiple measures:

* The number of columns in the grid increases accordingly, making your view more complex. Use [Total mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/total-mode) to simplify the view.
* Some chart types might not be available.
  {% endhint %}

## Format a measure <a href="#changethemeasures-formatameasure" id="changethemeasures-formatameasure"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Format Measures
{% endhint %}

By default, the measures display in the format your administrator set in the Designer module. You can override this format and customize the appearance of the measures to meet your personal needs. You can select from a list of predefined format options, which include the use of decimal places, thousand separators, and percentage symbols. If none of those options meet your needs exactly, you can create a custom format that can contain a prefix and/or suffix, such as a currency symbol. For example, you might want to remove the thousands to save space in the grid, so 4,000 becomes 4, 57,300 becomes 57.3, and so on.

Click the **Measures** menu, then click the **Formatting** option at the bottom of the measures list. In the **Measures Formatting** window, edit the default format of each measure, as required. You can use a predefined or custom format, as described below. Then click **Apply**.

{% hint style="info" %}
The measure formatting is stored in the site database and works across all your devices. The formatting will remain until you change it, even if you log out.
{% endhint %}

In the image below, compare the default appearance of data in the **Local Value** column with the customized format of the data in the **Local Cost** column (it has dollar signs and no decimal places).

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/QpfuCfxyvkkKsZhlI128" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Use a predefined format

Click the **Formatting** button (it might say **Default** or something like **1,234.57**) to view your options and select the required format.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/lzirLMVXjV6I4WWjRQdb" alt="" width="72"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Apply a custom format

Click the **Formatting** button and select the **Custom** option, then select one of these methods:

* Manually enter the required format into the box. For example:
  * To remove thousands, enter: #,##0,.00
  * To remove thousands and use K as a descriptor, enter: 0,0,.00,"K"
  * To remove millions, enter: #,##0,,.00
  * To display negative figures in parentheses, enter: #,0.00;(#,0.00);0.00
* Click the **More options** button and specify a prefix, suffix and/or number decimal places, and select the separate thousands checkbox, if required, then click **Apply**.

## Hide a measure <a href="#changethemeasures-hideameasure" id="changethemeasures-hideameasure"></a>

By default, all measures are set to **Visible**, so they display in the list in the **Measures** menu. You have the option to set a measure as NOT visible, in other words, hide the measure from the list. This option is useful when the database has a lot of measures and therefore, the list of measures is very long but you are only ever interested in some of those measures. You can remove the redundant measures from the list, so you can find the ones you want more easily.

Click the **Measures** > **Formatting** and clear (deselect) the **Visible** checkbox for the measure.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/l6xCCm2QUvuvLe8UmeYj" alt="" width="454"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Define a measure <a href="#changethemeasures-defineameasure" id="changethemeasures-defineameasure"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
The information in this section relates to other Phocas functions and is referenced by other user documentation pages.
{% endhint %}

When you use [Custom mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/custom-mode) and create some [advanced search rules](/analytics/search-for-data/advanced-search), you need to define a measure by applying parameters such as time period, stream, format and filter selections.

The first thing to be aware of is the **Measure** button will not say *Measure* on its label. It will be named differently depending on the default measure set in the database you are in. For example, if you are in a Sales database this button will say something like *Sales Local Value*. However, when you hover over the button it displays *Measure* in a tooltip.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/HMBNySfQviKdqj7J7wTu" alt="" width="272"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

When you click the **Measure** button, the **Measure** window displays. This is where you define the measure, using the settings that are organized into three tabs. The combination of these settings determines the value of the measure.

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Measure" %}

1. Select the [stream](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-stream) you want your measure to come from (if available).
2. Select the [measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics). Only the measures in the current database will be displayed.
3. Select **Actual** or **Daily Average** [format](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-data-format). **Apply**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/6hH4QfWz1dhnwf0bincq" alt="" width="209"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Period" %}
This optional setting allows you to add a time period to a measure. If you skip this option, either the default or active period will apply to your measure.

1. Choose a time unit (month, day, year) from the list of available [defined periods](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-period-analytics).
2. Enter a start date and end date. These can be fixed dates (such as January 2016) or [offset dates](/basics/getting-started/periods/offset-dates). **Apply**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/UbHr1u0fImDY4ei1ZVKX" alt="" width="209"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Settings" %}
This optional setting allows you to further refine the measure by making additional selections on a dimension to act as a filter for the values being calculated.

Select a dimension, then select the required entities within that dimension.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/gQr50fLvE11SiA9bNtQv" alt="" width="196"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

This setting is particularly important when you are defining a measure in an advanced search based on filtered data, as it ensures you get the expected results.
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

## Add a Count column <a href="#changethemeasures-addacountcolumn" id="changethemeasures-addacountcolumn"></a>

The Count feature displays specific count results as another measure column in the grid. Adding a ‘count’ column is simple way to see totals related to a dimension, such as the number of products customers are buying or the number of customers in a region.

{% hint style="info" %}
The Count feature is available in Total, Period, Variance and Stream modes, when you have selected a dimension.
{% endhint %}

In the following example, you add count columns to identify how many products were bought by each customer.

1. Click the **Customer** dimension.
2. Click **Mode** > **Total**.
3. Click **Measures** > **Count** and select **Product**. The options in the **Count** list are the same as the dimensions that you see down the left-hand side of the grid. This is because Phocas is counting entities within the datasets that make up dimensions.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/8jvIl1grWQvTJ3DBoq6I" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Click anywhere outside the **Measures** menu to update the grid and view the new Count column.

   <figure><img src="/files/WB3oMJNcTowrSjcVzl9R" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
5. (Optional) Visualize the data in a chart or save your view as a favorite.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Limitation: If you add a *count* widget to a dashboard, you should not make it filterable, as it may not perform as expected.
{% endhint %}

***

## Troubleshooting: Missing measures <a href="#changethemeasures-troubleshooting-missingmeasures" id="changethemeasures-troubleshooting-missingmeasures"></a>

If you are unable to view specific measures in the grid, it might be due to one of these reasons:

* **You hid the measure**: Check to see if you hid the measure (and have since forgotten you did so). Alternatively, you might have accidentally hidden it when you were formatting it. See the **Hide a measure** section above.
* **Your user restrictions are preventing you from seeing the measure**: Ask your administrator to check your user maintenance settings to ensure that the measure is visible to you. User restrictions override the database default restrictions. Administrators, see [Manage a user's database access and restrictions](/administration/users/manage-a-users-database-access-and-restrictions).
* **The default database restrictions are preventing you from seeing the measure**. Ask your administrator to check the database’s default restrictions to ensure that the measure is visible. These restrictions apply to all users unless overridden by the user’s individual restrictions. Administrators, see [Manage default database restrictions](/administration/databases-administration#manage-default-database-restrictions).


# Change the stream

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Change Stream
{% endhint %}

A stream is a series of data that comes from a different source. Typically, each business unit or department produces its own stream of data and these individual streams collectively make up the data in a database. If a database has more than one stream, the **Stream** menu displays in the toolbar, allowing you to switch between those streams. The available streams depend on the database. For example, in a Sales database, you might have a *Sales* stream, an *Inventory* stream, and a *Budget* stream.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/l6QGfB1lZNFWrNWSsIeG" alt="" width="612"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

You can change the stream both when you are in Summary view and when you select a dimension (filtered view). Click the **Stream** menu to view your options, then select a stream from the list (the default stream displays at the top).

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/LvWWOFXEu32qjtdJ7W4g" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The grid instantly updates to display the data from the new stream and the **Stream** button identifies your selection. Some of the dimensions might become unavailable as they do not apply to that stream.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/FdsCl0rXUG22kkCMaKkY" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

As illustrated above, you can only select one stream at a time. If you want to compare streams side-by-side, [use Stream mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/stream-mode).

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/KUMVHgTBfX7BvdspT9gq" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

More about streams:

* Streams do not respond to the **Reset** button. If you change the stream and then want to revert to the default stream, you need to manually change it back.
* If only one stream has been defined in the underlying database, neither the **Streams** menu nor the **Stream** mode option will be available.
* If a '*No results*' message displays when you change the stream, this might be simply because the data does not exist. For example, budgets might not exist for individual customers or there might be no orders in the system for a particular branch.


# Use the activity filter

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Change Activity Filter
{% endhint %}

A simple way to identify customers who are not buying or products that are not selling is to use the activity filter. You can also change this filter to combine activity with no activity to identify opportunities.

You can use the activity filter both when you are in Summary view and when you select a dimension (filtered view).

Click the **Activity Filter** menu, then select one of the options\*.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/VMLCPcmGikoc1aGsWpuY" alt="" width="106"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="info" %}
\*Depending on the database you are analyzing, the options might be different, as your administrator can customize the option labels in Designer to meet your business' requirements. The labels are usually in the context of *Activity*, *No Activity* or *All* but, for example, in a Sales database, you might have *Sales Only*, *No Sales*, *Opportunities*. Similarly, in a Purchasing database, you might have *Purchases Only*, *No purchases* and *Opportunities*.
{% endhint %}

<table><thead><tr><th width="159">Filter</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Activity</strong></td><td><p>Displays items for which there have been transactions in a period and where the result is not zero.</p><p>Usually the default view in a Sales database.</p><p>Hint: You can exclude items where positive and negative sales transactions have the net effect of summing to zero, such as refunds or giveaways, by selecting the <strong>Show net zero</strong> option in the <a href="/pages/3EHrUrOMzk0eWLFbHuyI">Options menu</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>No Activity</strong></td><td>Displays only items where there were no transactions in a period. All items with no sales are highlighted in green. Results depend on how up-to-date your source data is. For example, you might see customers that have long since ceased trading or products that have been discontinued.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>All</strong></td><td><p>Combines the other two options; displays all items, regardless of whether a transaction has occurred.</p><p>Note: Selecting <strong>Show net zero</strong> in the <a href="/pages/3EHrUrOMzk0eWLFbHuyI">Options menu</a> will affect the results so that <strong>All</strong> might not necessarily return the same number of rows as if you simply combined those two options.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Find customers who are not buying products</summary>

Use the activity filter in the Sales database to identify customers who have not purchased from Harry this calendar year-to-date (YTD).&#x20;

1. Click **Periods** > **Financial YTD**.
2. Click the **Sales Rep** dimension.
3. Search for, then select and focus on Harry.
4. Click the **Customer** dimension to display customers who have bought from Harry this calendar YTD.
5. Click **Activity Filter** > **No Activity**. The grid updates to display the 123 customers (highlighted in green) who have previously bought from Harry but have not bought from him this year so far.

<img src="/files/lAajw5Eg95WfbJ1LvrBG" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Identify products that aren't selling</summary>

Use the activity filter in the Sales database to identify which product categories your number one customer is not buying.&#x20;

1. Click the **Customer** dimension.
2. Sort the **Total** column in descending order.
3. Select and focus on the customer at the top of the list (the number one customer).
4. Select the **Product Category** dimension. The grid updates to display the product categories that the customer has been buying.
5. Click **Activity Filter** > **No Activity**. The grid now displays the product categories that the customer is not buying, highlighted in green.

</details>


# Change the data format

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Format
{% endhint %}

You can switch to another data format to help you with your analysis. The ‘actual’ option in the **Format** menu displays the data as-is, whereas the other options in the list are special formats you can apply.

The format options that are available depend on what [mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode) you are using and whether or not you have selected a dimension, as illustrated in the images below.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Afi6RcG746kE9SAcB2Oy" alt="" width="576"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/uh0c8cu3vh>" %}
Change your data format
{% endembed %}

## **Actual** <a href="#changethedataformat-actual" id="changethedataformat-actual"></a>

**Actual** is the default view for numerical data in Analytics, so this is what the data looks like before you apply any of the other formatting options. It displays the data in its original, default form in the columns in the grid.

## **Daily Average** <a href="#changethedataformat-dailyaverage" id="changethedataformat-dailyaverage"></a>

The **Daily Average** format replaces ‘actual’ data with a daily average, typically based on number of calendar days in each time unit. If your administrator has set working days calendars for your organization, you will see additional options appear from the **Daily Average** menu. These calendars are typically set up to align with your country's public holidays, half day holidays and so on. For example, you might have a calendar with working days only for Australia.

The daily average does not include the data from the current day. This is by design because 'today’ is not finished yet.

<details>

<summary><strong>Example: Compare the daily average sales</strong></summary>

In the Sales database, change the format to help you compare the daily average sales for February, March and April.

1. Click the **Customer** dimension.
2. Apply a [custom period](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-period-analytics): Start in February and end in April.&#x20;
3. Click **Format > Daily Average**. In this example, there are no working day calendars to select from\*. The grid updates to show the daily average in each month based on the total number of work days in each respective month. The number of work days displays in brackets in each column heading.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Qh5E9WAmbJv7cvZRTj1g" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

\*Suppose there were working day calendars to select from. You would click the **Format** menu and hover over the **Daily Average** option to display the options, then select the required calendar, such as **Aust** (Australia).

<img src="/files/OSo0o5rBz92To7wCaEUz" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

## **% Share** <a href="#changethedataformat-share" id="changethedataformat-share"></a>

The **% Share** format displays the data as a percentage of the total, with each column totaling 100%. Share is calculated as a percentage of records in the current view. Percentage share becomes available when a dimension is selected.

<details>

<summary><strong>Example: View what percentage each customer contributes to profit</strong></summary>

In the Sales database, change the format to view what percentage each customer contributes to the profit.

1. Click the **Customer** dimension.
2. Click **Measure** > **Profit**.
3. Click **Format** > **% Share**. The grid updates to show the percentage share for each customer, with the values in each column adding to 100%.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/CexXWKkCtwHNEdp6qrvp" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

To change back to dollar amounts, click **Format** > **Actual**.

</details>

## **Target %** <a href="#changethedataformat-target" id="changethedataformat-target"></a>

The **Target %** options is available in Stream mode, when a dimension is selected. It replaces the data in the **Variance %** column with a target %, where Target % = Stream/Variance Stream. It is often used to measure how close the sales are to the budget as a percentage.&#x20;

The [bullet chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/bullet-chart) always displays the target %, even when this is not displayed in the grid.

<details>

<summary><strong>Example: Analyze performance against budget</strong></summary>

In the Sales database, change the format to help you analyze how four states are performing against the budget for the year.

1. Click the **Country** dimension, then select and focus on the US.
2. Click the **Territory** dimension, sort by local value in descending order, then select and focus on the top four states (CA, TX, FL and MA).
3. Click **Mode** > **Stream**, then click **Stream** > **Sales** and **Variance Stream** > **Budget**.
4. Click **Period** > **Rolling 12 months**. As expected with Stream mode in a filtered view, the ![](/files/yI2OsoSVgCN9Du1iqByC) **Budgets** variance columns display the variance and percentage variance, so you can see how each state is performing against the budget. For example, you can say that California achieved -0.79% of its budget. This is difficult to judge, so you want to see this variance from a different perspective…

   <figure><img src="/files/LTjem08IYesSb7evhHIj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
5. Click **Format** > **Target %**. The grid updates to show the target % in the **Budgets** percentage variance column, giving you a difference perspective on the results. For example, you can now say that California achieved over 99% of its budget.

   <figure><img src="/files/qNkVMZPw2l9DSATXoiyj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>


# Change the period

{% hint style="success" %}
Periods are a core concept in Phocas. Read the [Periods](/basics/getting-started/periods) page to learn more about the **Period** menu and the different types of periods.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
The [Reset tool](/analytics/reset-data) does not work for the Period menu.
{% endhint %}

## Apply a defined period <a href="#changetheperiod-inanalytics-applyadefinedperiod" id="changetheperiod-inanalytics-applyadefinedperiod"></a>

You use the **Period** menu to change the timeframe that applies to the data in the grid.&#x20;

Click the **Period** menu to view the list of defined periods, then select the one you want to apply. The grid updates automatically.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/XT1vc2uH57k487gxmN7v" alt="" width="365"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/unehka64ix>" %}
Select and change periods
{% endembed %}

## Check what dates are used in a defined period <a href="#changetheperiod-inanalytics-checkwhatdatesareusedinadefinedperiod" id="changetheperiod-inanalytics-checkwhatdatesareusedinadefinedperiod"></a>

During your analysis, you might wonder why you do not see certain data in the grid. A common reason for missing data is that the data is not represented in the period that is currently applied to the grid. You should check the dates in the period to ensure the data you are looking for is within that range. If it is not, you can change the period to view the required data.

There are two ways you can find out the date range for a particular defined period:

* Apply the period, then click the **Information** button in the top right toolbar. The period details display in the **Information** window. Click **Close** to return to your analysis.

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/vRQXAtqq1bIhewYXD3dZ" alt="" width="534"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* (If you have permission) Apply the period, then when the grid updates, click the **Period** menu and select **Custom**. The **Custom Period** window displays the dates for that period. Click **Close** to return to your analysis.

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/OMk7EkW5XVDApdw8bONP" alt="" width="427"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Apply a custom period <a href="#changetheperiod-inanalytics-applyacustomperiod" id="changetheperiod-inanalytics-applyacustomperiod"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Apply Custom Period
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/y3p1iamfd4>" %}
Create a custom period in Analytics
{% endembed %}

1. Click the **Period** menu and select **Custom**.
2. In the **Custom Period** window, select the period type (time unit), such as year, month or day. The period types that are available depend on what was set up by your administrator when the database was created.
3. (Optional) Select the **Reversed** checkbox. By default, time units (years, months, weeks or days) display in the grid in chronological order from left to right. To avoid having to scroll across to the most recent time unit, you can reverse the display order.
4. Select a start and end date for your current period. The previous period automatically updates accordingly (one year earlier) but you can change those dates too, if required.
5. Click **Apply**. The **Custom** option displays in the **Period** menu and the grid updates to display the data for that period. The period range you set displays in the status bar above the grid.&#x20;

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/aZtbLfzoUXMU5ZVwLveA" alt="" width="267"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
6. (Optional) Save the results as a favorite to include the custom period.

<details>

<summary>Example 1: View a range of months</summary>

Apply a custom period in the Purchases database to identify customers who have purchased products during the summer season (in the northern hemisphere).

1. Select the **Customer** dimension.&#x20;
2. Ensure you are in Period mode, then click **Period** > **Custom**.
3. In the **Custom Period** window, select **Month** and set the Current period start date to June and the end date to August. The Previous period will default to June to August in the previous year.
4. Click **Apply**. The grid updates to display only customers who purchased products during the summer. The columns will be June, July and August, from left to right (unless you selected the **Reverse** option) and the date range displays in the status bar.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Compare data for sections of months</summary>

Apply a custom period in the Sales database to compare products sales for the first half of October compared with the first half of September.

1. Select the **Product** dimension.&#x20;
2. Ensure you are in Period mode, then click **Period** > **Custom**.
3. In the **Custom Period** window, select **Day**.
4. Set the Current period start date to 1 October 2022 and the end date to 16 October 2022.
5. Set the Previous period start date to 1 September 2022 and the end date to 16 September 2022.
6. Click **Apply**. The grid updates to display all products sold during the first half of October (Current Period column) and the first half of September (Previous Period column) and the date range displays in the status bar.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 3: View one month at a time</summary>

To view a single month, the start and end need to be the same, as illustrated in the image below.&#x20;

<img src="/files/pkKfTQFyLPL0pUTbcXg9" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

## Add your own defined period <a href="#changetheperiod-inanalytics-addauser-definedperiod" id="changetheperiod-inanalytics-addauser-definedperiod"></a>

{% hint style="success" %}
If you think your defined period would be useful to other users, ask your administrator to set a new period type in the database, so all users (provided they have permission) can see it in the **Period** list.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions: Query > Apply Custom Period and Save User Defined Period
{% endhint %}

You can add your own user-defined period from scratch or tweak an existing defined period, then add it as a new defined period. Either way, as it is your defined period, you can edit or delete it as required.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/npkfb5mmc0>" %}
Add user-defined periods
{% endembed %}

### Add a user-defined period from scratch <a href="#changetheperiod-inanalytics-addauser-definedperiodfromscratch" id="changetheperiod-inanalytics-addauser-definedperiodfromscratch"></a>

1. Click the **Period** menu and select **Add** at the bottom of the list.
2. In the **User Defined Period** window, enter a name for the period.
3. Select the period type (time unit), such as year, month, or day. The available period types depend on what your administrator set up when the database was created. You will typically see year, month, and day, but week and quarter are also common.
4. (Optional) Select the **Reversed** checkbox. By default, time units (years, months, weeks, or days) display in the grid in chronological order from left to right. To avoid having to scroll across to the most recent time unit, you can reverse the display order.
5. Select the start and end dates for your Current and Previous periods.
   * When you set up the Current period date range, the Previous period automatically updates accordingly (one year earlier), but you can change that too, if required.
   * When defining a date range based on months, you can select either a month in a fixed year or one of two dynamic options: **Most recent** (the past 12 months) or **Second most recent** (the 12 months prior to that). Using a dynamic option is a simple way to get a date range that updates each year, and it saves you from having to manually update dates when you roll over into a new calendar or financial year. For more information and examples, see the [Offset dates](/basics/getting-started/periods/offset-dates) page.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/2byjV73M00JaeBylHZJ4" alt="" width="156"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
   * To define a date range based on today's date so that the data continues to update dynamically, use an offset date.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/M9urXsEBxGkFJC8I0ixw" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
6. Click **Save & Apply**. The new period displays in the **Period** list and the grid updates to display the data for that period.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/LvYkRJgOPoSJ3BVh2IRh" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Add a user-defined period based on an existing period <a href="#changetheperiod-inanalytics-addauser-definedperiodbasedonanexistingperiod" id="changetheperiod-inanalytics-addauser-definedperiodbasedonanexistingperiod"></a>

You can use a period you have already created as the basis for another period. This is useful if you want to make a small change, as it saves you time.

1. Click the **Period** menu and select the defined period from the list.&#x20;
2. When the grid updates with the new defined period, click **Period** > **Add**.
3. In the **User Defined Period** window, enter a name for the period.
4. Adjust the dates as required.
5. Click **Save & Apply**. The new period displays in the **Period** list and the grid updates to display the data for that period.

### Edit or delete a user-defined period <a href="#changetheperiod-inanalytics-editordeleteauser-definedperiod" id="changetheperiod-inanalytics-editordeleteauser-definedperiod"></a>

You can change the setup of a defined period you add, or delete it if you no longer need it.

Click the **Period** menu and locate the period in the list, then either:

* Click the **Edit** button next to the period name, make your changes and click **Save & Apply**. Any existing favorites or widgets will update to reflect the changes.
* Click the **Delete** button next to the period name and click **Yes** to confirm. The period disappears from the **Period** list.


# Drill down into your data (view transactions)

Move from the high-level Summary view of the data into the lower-level transactional detail to understand what is happening in your business.

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch this Phocas Demo video: [Drill down and follow your train of thought](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/drill-down-and-follow-your-train-of-thought?autoplay=true)

Watch this Phocas Academy video: [What did I sell yesterday? (using transaction mode)](https://www.phocassoftware.com/academy/videos/what-did-i-sell-yesterday-using-transaction-mode)
{% endhint %}

The first step is to [filter the data](/analytics/use-dimensions). You can then [select](/analytics/select-data-analytics) and [focus](/analytics/focus-on-data-analytics) on specific data to deepen your analysis. You can repeat these steps and take other actions to deepen your analysis - you can drill all the way down into the transactions, viewing our data in [Transaction mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/transaction-mode).

As you drill down into the data, the number of records in the grid decreases. The filters you apply display across the top of the grid, so you can track where you are and follow your train of thought, all the way down until you find the answers to your questions.

The following two examples outline how you can use a combination of the Analytics features to drill down into your data. You can find detailed instructions in the related pages.

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Answer a question - what is the reason for the decrease in sales revenue?</summary>

You are analyzing your Sales database and see there is a decrease in revenue compared to last year. Firstly, you want to find out which Sales Reps are performing worse this year compared to last year.

1. Click the **Sales Rep** dimension to filter the data by Sales Rep.
2. Click **Mode** > **Variance** to change the grid into **Variance** mode.
3. Click the **Variance** column two times to sort the data by the variance in descending order.

   <figure><img src="/files/6quM8FO8U1vtUo8x20N9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You have identified the Sales Reps, now you want to know what key products are involved.

1. Select the rows of those Sales Reps, for example the top six.

   <figure><img src="/files/GlzqOW1XUOAwVJNLVRLs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Click the **Item Class** (Product) dimension.

You identified the products, now you want to know which customers are involved.

1. Select the rows of those products, for example the top two.
2. Click the **Customer** dimension.

At this stage, you have applied two filters to the data and are looking at a third dimension.

<img src="/files/5rDcCjc1MRPaEgERNwCY" alt="" data-size="original">

You have identified the customers but you want to take a closer look at those with the lowest sales.

1. Select the rows of those customers, for example the top three, then click the **Focus** button.

   <figure><img src="/files/Qu74uAsJaAceZp8yEBIR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Click **Mode** > **Transaction**.

You can now see the transactions (lowest level of detail) for those customers, including the order and invoice numbers. But you need more information. Where are these customers based? Who is their Sales Rep?

1. Click **Properties** and select **Territory** (Region) and **Sales Rep**.
2. Click **Measures** and select **Quantity** and **Local Margin**.

   <figure><img src="/files/VWlpD0mOBjkztyzzW8vm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You have added columns to the grid to get even more information, so now you can examine the data. For example, you might want to sort by **Quantity** or **Margin** in descending order, to see which Sales Rep is making the lowest quantity transactions or earning the lowest margin per sale.

You found the answer to your question - it’s time to take action. You can speak to the Sales Reps in question to find out what’s happening. Perhaps you need to manage their performance or initiate a new sales strategy.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Get insights on customers to see if their pattern of behavior is changing</summary>

You want to find out if there are any customers whose pattern of behavior is changing, in particular, declining monthly sales (buying less products month on month). Firstly, you want to find out if there are any such customers.

1. Ensure the grid is in **Period** mode (click **Mode** > **Period**).
2. Click the **Customer** dimension to filter the data by customer.

You have over 13,700 customers, so you need to narrow down the list before you can find the pattern of behavior. You can filter the data in the grid by condition.

1. Scroll across to the **November** (current month) column and right-click > **Nov 2022 LESS THAN** > **Oct 2022**.

   <figure><img src="/files/6Y45pK5o3spty0GAWQJy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

   Now the grid displays only the customers whose sales in November were less than in October (the previous month). You need to filter a few more times to find the pattern.
2. Right-click the **October** column and click **Oct 2022 LESS THAN** > **Sep 2022**. Now the grid displays only the customers whose sales are in November < October and October < September.
3. Right-click the September column and click **Sep 2022 LESS THAN** > **Aug 2022**. Now the grid displays only the customers whose sales are in November < October, October < September, and September < August.

You now have filtered the data to display a list of 64 customers that exhibit the behavior you are concerned about. The filters you applied display in the header above the grid.

<img src="/files/JVCwaeBqZjrVgs8UcGhK" alt="" data-size="original">

Next, you want to find out what products are involved.

1. Click the **Item Class** (Product) dimension.
2. Select the top two products and click the **Focus** button.

   <figure><img src="/files/DSCAex6q2hobg640DmaG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can now see a summary of sales for those two products in a trend over time but now you want to compare each customer side by side across those products.

1. Select the two product rows and click the **Matrix** button.
2. Click the **Customer** dimension.

You can now see the customers with their total sales, along with the sales for each of the two products.

<img src="/files/RWVcKN0AdBfBX4AjFlrv" alt="" data-size="original">

From here, there are several paths you can take, for example:

* You can browse the records in the grid to find customers whose product mix is off. For example, if customers typically buy the same amount of each product but one product value is higher than the other, the sales values are out of balance.
* You can look for movements. Click **Mode** > **Matrix Variance**. For those customers, you can now see what the total change is from this year to last year and what the change is within each product class. Scroll through the data to identify substantial movements. For example, there might be customers whose sales are up overall but down in one product class. There might be customers whose sales are down overall and most of the decline is from one product class.

You got some insights into the behavior of your customers, it’s time to take action. You have the opportunity to interrupt this declining trend in sales now before it is too late and you lose the customers. You might want to change the current sales strategy or implement other initiatives to stimulate sales.

</details>


# Use dimensions

Switch from the summary to a dimension to get a different view of the data.

Click a [dimension](/basics/getting-started/dimensions) button to view its entities (rows) in the grid.&#x20;

For example, suppose you are viewing your Sales database and want to look closer at your customers to see which customers generate the most sales revenue. When you click the **Customer** dimension, a list of customers displays in the grid.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/RV5zsxmaiYQzQS6IXRf8" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The grid now looks and behaves differently from when you're in the Summary view. The key characteristics are as follows:

* The selected dimension is blue.
* Properties (dimension metadata, such as Name and Code) display as columns. If the data in the **Code** column is blue, it indicates a link is available. You can select other properties to display or create your own custom property via the **Properties** menu.
* Measures (data values relating to dimensions) are displayed as columns, for example, the **Total Revenue** or **Current** column. By default, the data is sorted by the first measure column in ascending order. You can then sort the data in other ways. You can change the measures and their format via the **Measures** menu.
* Period columns display the related data for the selected period.
* Cells that don't contain data are blue.
* Negative figures are in red.

You can [select](/analytics/select-data-analytics) rows and cells and [focus](/analytics/focus-on-data-analytics) on specific data to filter the dataset.

<figure><img src="/files/CxIYzAYkWf4fgmmuajbH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you're looking at data from one dimension and want to switch to another, simply click the other dimension button. The grid updates to display the new dimension's entities.

{% hint style="success" %}
See [Work with the grid](/analytics/work-with-the-grid) to learn how to sort data, freeze properties, view the record count, and more.
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/9lr0d6m82s>" %}
Combine inventory and sales to find dead stock
{% endembed %}


# Select data

Select rows or cell data for further action.

Highlight and isolate specific rows or cells within a dataset to streamline your analysis and perform other tasks, including:

* View aggregated metrics (sum, average, count).
* [Focus](/analytics/focus-on-data-analytics) on that data.
* [Copy](/analytics/copy-or-export-data) a subset of the data without needing to export the full dataset.

Selections apply only to visible rows and columns, and are limited to the current page in the grid view.

## Select rows <a href="#selectdata-selectrowsofdata" id="selectdata-selectrowsofdata"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
This action is not available in the Summary view.
{% endhint %}

After you [select a dimension](/analytics/use-dimensions), you can select one or more rows in the grid to focus on.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/JU6Vh6PhFy7A242k6swZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To select a single row, click the row number on the left side of the grid.&#x20;

To select a range of individual rows, press and hold the **Shift** key while selecting the row numbers.

To select multiple consecutive rows:

* Click and drag your mouse across the rows you want to include in the selection.
* Select the first row number, press and hold the **Shift** key, click the last row number, and then release the **Shift** key.

To select all rows in the visible page, click the **Select** button in the top-left corner of the grid.

### Invert your selection <a href="#selectdata-invertyourselection" id="selectdata-invertyourselection"></a>

Inverting a selection deselects your original selection and selects everything else instead.

Select the row(s) as described above, then right-click the selection and click **Select** > **Inverse**.

<figure><img src="/files/eKiypyFdudKgcxdQswut" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Deselect rows <a href="#selectdata-deselectrows" id="selectdata-deselectrows"></a>

To deselect a row, click the row number again.

To deselect multiple rows, either:

* Click the **Select** (clear selection) button in the top-left corner of the grid.
* Right-click any cell in the grid and click **Select** > **None**.

{% hint style="warning" %}
You could also click the **Reset** button, but that will reset any other settings you have applied to the grid.
{% endhint %}

## Select cells <a href="#selectdata-selectsnippetsofdata" id="selectdata-selectsnippetsofdata"></a>

Rather than selecting a whole row, you can select a range of cells (snippets of data) to quickly analyze their aggregated metrics (where applicable) or copy the data for use elsewhere, such as a Microsoft Excel worksheet.

<figure><img src="/files/jzJ0OgMhg3wfpUcMoIrL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can select one or more cells in the grid. Your selection can include a mix of cell contents, such as a code, name, or value.&#x20;

To select one cell, click that cell. You can then click other individual cells, in any order, to build up your selection.

To select multiple consecutive items at the same time, use one of these methods:

* Click and drag your mouse over the cells you want to include in the selection.
* Click the first cell you want to include in the selection, press and hold the **Shift** key, click the last cell, then release the **Shift** key.

### View the average, count, and sum of selected data <a href="#selectdata-viewaverage-countandsumofselecteddata" id="selectdata-viewaverage-countandsumofselecteddata"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
Your administrator might turn off your permission to view count, sum, and average via in your user profile.
{% endhint %}

When you select one or more cells in the grid, the following aggregated information displays in a status bar at the bottom of the grid:

* **Average** of the selected cells (if they contain numerical data).
* **Count** of selected cells.
* **Sum** of selected cells (if they contain numerical data).

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/mTLAc2Hlpf29Muuuy5Zn" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Deselect cells <a href="#selectdata-deselectcells" id="selectdata-deselectcells"></a>

To deselect one cell, click the cell again.

To deselect multiple cells, either:

* Click the **Select** (clear selection) button in the top-left corner of the grid.
* Right-click any cell in the grid and click **Select** > **None**.


# Focus on data

Use the Focus tool to filter the dataset and take your analysis further, concentrating on specific rows of data.

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Focus and Reset
{% endhint %}

The **Focus** tool helps you narrow down a dataset to only the rows you care about, allowing deeper, more targeted analysis by hiding everything else. It's perfect for isolating top-performing items, specific customer segments, or just cleaning up your grid view.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/f4yaffo1z5>" %}
Focus on grid data
{% endembed %}

## Focus to filter data

Click a dimension, [select](/analytics/select-data-analytics) the row(s) you want to focus on, then click the **Focus** button.

The grid updates to display only your selected rows. Any totals or averages that display in the updated grid now relate only to the selected rows of data. The status bar above the grid identifies the selected data. The number of rows you have focused on displays in brackets on the corresponding dimension (which displays in blue).

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/91BD79eVRjPgJGsh8GLQ" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Exclude data

Rather than selecting rows to focus on, you can select rows to omit (remove) from the grid, allowing you to focus on the remaining rows. This feature is essentially a type of focus action that uses a *not equal to* selection.&#x20;

You might want to exclude rows of data that you are not interested in or are not relevant to your analysis questions. For example, suppose you are analyzing your customer sales for the last three months. Only four customers generated revenue above the target, so you want to take your analysis further, without those top-performing customers in the picture.

Select the rows you want to exclude, then right-click the selection and click **Exclude Selections**.

The grid updates and excludes the selected rows. An exclamation mark along with the number of excluded rows displays on the corresponding dimension button and the status bar.

<figure><img src="/files/5rgFBPtYY95l2aUbzvV2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The **Exclude Selections** option is NOT available when using one or more OR conditions in an [advanced search](/analytics/search-for-data/advanced-search), as illustrated in the image below.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/de6AG1Yu6m6LHrl9aVcO" alt="" width="657"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Lock selections

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Lock Selection
{% endhint %}

When you focus on data, you can lock that selection of data, so you can make further selections and clear or reset the data without affecting the original selections.

You might want to use this feature to:

* Data security reasons - Locking selections allows you to restrict what other people see on your screen. If you plan on sharing the data with colleagues or non-Phocas users, such as customers and suppliers, you can lock selections to create a base selection, regardless of the reset or clear actions, allowing you to show your screen to a third party without the risk of accidentally showing restricted content.&#x20;
* Save time during ad hoc analysis - If, for example, you intend to spend the next 20 minutes analyzing a random group of customers, it is useful to lock selections, so you don't need to keep selecting and focusing on those customers after each reset.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
The Lock Selections feature only applies to your current session. If you sign out and sign back in, the locked selections will be lost. However, if you save a favorite, your locked selections are also saved.
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/by30fkgf9v>" %}
Gain more screen space and other tips (includes how to lock data)
{% endembed %}

### Apply a lock  <a href="#lockselections-applyalock" id="lockselections-applyalock"></a>

1. Select and focus on the rows you want to lock.
2. Click the **Lock Selection** button on the toolbar. This button turns orange to indicate a lock is active. This button is disabled if the grid has no selections or no lock selections exist.
3. Continue with your analysis. &#x20;

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/sYupUvZi013sDQxlnKej" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Clear a lock  <a href="#lockselections-clearalock" id="lockselections-clearalock"></a>

1. Return to the dimension that contains the lock selections.
2. Click the **Lock Selection** button on the toolbar. All data will appear and the button will change back to gray.

### Lock selections after an advanced search <a href="#lockselections-lockselectionsafteranadvancedsearch" id="lockselections-lockselectionsafteranadvancedsearch"></a>

If you lock selections when an advanced search is active, you remove the advanced search rules and lock the search results. For example, suppose you perform an advanced search for all customers above $100,000 and it returns three results. If you lock selections button, the three customers will be locked.&#x20;

## Remove a filter

When you apply a filter to a dimension (focus on or exclude data), the number of selected rows is displayed on the dimension button. To remove the filter and see all the dimension's entities (rows) in the grid again, click the **X** on the dimension button.&#x20;

To completely [reset the data](/analytics/reset-data), click the **Reset** button.

{% hint style="info" %}
To retain your row selections when you revert to the full list of rows, click the **Select** button in the top-left corner of the grid. Your selections might not always display on the screen; they might be listed on another page of the grid. You can [move through the pages](/analytics/work-with-the-grid#workwiththegrid-movebetweenpages) to find them.
{% endhint %}


# Copy or export data

Copy or export the data for use elsewhere.

Whether you need to quickly copy a few cells or export a full dataset, the Copy and Export features allow you share insights, build reports, or continue analysis in other tools.&#x20;

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/by30fkgf9v>" %}
Gain more screen space and other tips (includes how to copy and export data)
{% endembed %}

## Copy data

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions:  Query > Export > Clipboard
{% endhint %}

You can copy rows of data or individual cells in the grid to paste into another application, such as Microsoft Excel.

Select the row(s) or snippet of data, then either:

* Right-click the selection and click **Copy.**
* Press **CTRL**+**C** (or **CMD**+**C** on a Mac).&#x20;

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/by30fkgf9v>" %}
Gain more screen space and other tips
{% endembed %}

## Export data

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions:  Query > Export plus specific permission is required for each file type
{% endhint %}

You can export data as an email, PDF, XLSX, or other file type. Whatever data is displayed on your screen will be exported, with some limits on the size of the dataset.&#x20;

Click the **Export** button in the top right bar above the grid, then in the **Export** window, select the required export file type and click **Export**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/WtdgKEMDfbvPPD4VeS60" alt="" width="374"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Export limitations <a href="#exportdata-exportlimitations" id="exportdata-exportlimitations"></a>

If you try to export too many rows or columns, some export options in the dropdown list will gray out and not be available. For example, if you tried to export 70,000 rows you might only see the CSV option.

Very large exports may return an error message. If this occurs, check that you really want to export the entire dataset. You can filter or make selections and focus to reduce the dataset to the information you require.

{% hint style="info" %}
XLSX exports support up to 1,048,576 rows and 16,384 columns.
{% endhint %}

### Export file types <a href="#exportdata-exportfiletypes" id="exportdata-exportfiletypes"></a>

The options that are available depend on the type of analysis you are doing.

<table><thead><tr><th width="131">Option</th><th>Description</th><th>Use</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Print</strong></td><td><p>Converts the data currently on your screen into a print-friendly format.</p><p>Only data can be printed. The status bar displays automatically.</p></td><td><p>Select <strong>Export</strong> > <strong>Print</strong>. Then follow your usual printing process.  </p><p>You can also select <strong>Options</strong> > <a href="/pages/3EHrUrOMzk0eWLFbHuyI#getmoreoptionsforviewingdata-monochromeexports">Monochrome exports</a> to export and print in 'black only'.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>PDF</strong><br> </td><td><p>Exports as a PDF. </p><p>Only the data is exported. Selections or period ranges may not be visible in the exported file. Formatting, such as red data for negative values, carries across.</p></td><td>Select <strong>Export</strong> > <strong>PDF</strong>. Different browsers will handle an exported file differently. You may be prompted to open or save the file, or it may appear at the bottom of your screen or in your downloads folder.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>XLSX</strong><br> </td><td><p>Exports as a Microsoft Excel worksheet</p><p>Only the data is exported. Formatting such as red data for negative values carries across.</p><p>Sheet 1 of the worksheet contains the data and Sheet 2 contains information relating to the export such as selections and period ranges.</p></td><td><p>Select <strong>Export</strong> > <strong>XLSX</strong>. You may be prompted to open or save the file, or it may appear at the bottom of your screen or in your downloads folder.</p><p>See note on this page about limits on number of rows and columns.</p><p> </p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>CSV</strong></td><td>Exports as a CSV (Comma Separated Value) file, a  file format commonly used as an alternative import/export format.</td><td>Select <strong>Export</strong> > <strong>CSV</strong>. You may be prompted to open or save the file, or it may appear at the bottom of your screen or in your downloads folder. See note about limits on number of rows and columns.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Email</strong></td><td><p>Emails your current analysis (data, chart or map) to a specified recipient. Only users with a valid username and password will be able to open the hyperlink to view the data. Permissions also apply, i.e., if a user is emailed data they would not normally have permission to view, they won't be able to open the hyperlink.</p><p>The 'from' name will be your username and the reply address your email address.</p><p>Administrators may need to add SMTP settings for this feature to function correctly.  </p></td><td>Select <strong>Export</strong> > <strong>Email</strong>. A screen will appear containing your own email address – you can replace this with another recipient's email address or enter multiple email addresses separated by a semicolon.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>KML</strong></td><td>Exports as a KML (keyhole markup language) file, a format used to display geographic data in an Earth browser or open source map. Use this option when exporting a map chart.</td><td>From a map chart, select <strong>Export</strong> > <strong>KML</strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Image</strong></td><td>Exports a chart as an image file. </td><td>From any chart, select <strong>Export</strong> > <strong>Image</strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Embed View</strong></td><td>Generates a link for embedding a favorite into another website (such as an intranet, or another product) for authenticated users to view. </td><td>From any favorite, select <strong>Export</strong> > <strong>Embed View</strong>. A new browser window opens with a unique embeddable URL, which can be copied and shared.</td></tr></tbody></table>


# Search for data

Learn about the various ways you can search for data.

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Search
{% endhint %}

There are several ways you can search for data:

* Search for data in the grid (selected dimension):
  * [**Perform a basic search**](/analytics/search-for-data/basic-search): Quickly search for specific data using the **Search** box in the top right corner above the grid. This method is useful when you know what you are looking for, such as a particular customer or product.
  * [**Perform an advanced search**](/analytics/search-for-data/advanced-search): Search for data using rules that you create. This method is useful when you want to get more refined search results and answers to specific questions, such as, ‘*Which sales reps earned sales revenue of less than $100,000 in the financial year to date*?’
  * [**Search for similar or comparative data**](/analytics/search-for-data/right-click-filter): Quickly search for data using the right-click > filter options. This method is useful when you want to find data that is similar or comparative to a specific data item, such as, ‘*Which customers earned revenue equal to or greater than this amount*?' This feature is sometimes referred to as an advanced search shortcut.
* [**Use Search mode**](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/search-mode): View and search master lists of data, independent of periods, and without any transactions listed.
* **Search favorites, dashboards or databases**: Search for data within a favorite, dashboard or database, all accessible from the Phocas navigation menu.


# Perform a basic search

When you filter the data by a dimension, the **Search** box in the the top right corner above the grid becomes available, so you can quickly perform a basic search for data within the selected dimension. You can search for individual or multiple items.&#x20;

There are two options for using the **Search** box, as outlined below. Searching is not case sensitive, so you can use either upper or lower case text and you will get the same results. When you perform a search, in effect, you filter the grid to display only the data that meets your search criteria.

{% hint style="info" %}
Basic searching involves the use of properties, which are information stored about dimensions, displayed as columns when you select a dimension. By default, the Code and Name properties are displayed. Properties might be different for each dimension and database. For example, you might have an address for a customer or unit of measure for a product.
{% endhint %}

## Search the whole grid <a href="#performabasicsearch-searchthewholegrid" id="performabasicsearch-searchthewholegrid"></a>

To quickly search all the data in the grid, type text or a value into **Search** box and press **Enter**. This action automatically performs an 'is like' (wildcard) search on all the property columns currently displayed in the grid

For example, suppose you want to get a list of all the silver products. Select the **Product** dimension, then type ‘*silver*' into the **Search** box and press **Enter**. The grid updates to display only the products whose names start with, contain, or end with silver.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/kvCqLrJyC2odTJ7NnmVX" alt="" width="612"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Search a specific property <a href="#performabasicsearch-searchaspecificproperty" id="performabasicsearch-searchaspecificproperty"></a>

To limit your search to just one property, you start the usual way, by typing text into **Search** box, then click the **Search** button to view a list of properties within the dimension that you can select from. This method allows you to search within properties that are not currently displayed in the grid. In this case, you need to use either an exact match search term or wildcard characters (see table below).

For example, suppose you want to get a list of the customers located in Wickham. Select the **Customer** dimension, type '*wickham*' into the **Search** box, then click the **Search** button and select the **Suburb** property option. The grid updates to display only the customers in Wickham.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/4i5IZwsmcLd4LBPWl9VE" alt="" width="612"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Use search characters <a href="#performabasicsearch-usesearchcharacters" id="performabasicsearch-usesearchcharacters"></a>

The following table lists the search or wildcard characters that you can use when you are not able to type in an exact match for the item you are searching for.

<table><thead><tr><th width="241">Name and description</th><th width="156">Example</th><th>Result from example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Asterisk (*)<br></p><p>Multiple character wild-card search</p></td><td><em>*steel</em><br>(product name)</td><td><p>Locates products whose names contain any number of characters before the text 'steel'.</p><p>For example, Mildsteel and Stainless Steel would display but Steel Piping would not.</p><p><br>Note: The % character works the same way as the asterisk and the two can be used interchangeably.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Question mark (?)<br></p><p>Single character wild-card search</p></td><td><em>XYZ?</em><br>(product code)</td><td>Locates products whose codes begin with 'XYZ' and end with another character.</td></tr><tr><td><p>Semi-colon (;)</p><p><br>Multiple item search</p></td><td><em>HA;DA</em><br>(Sales Rep code)</td><td>Locates exactly the two Sales Reps whose code is HA and DA. In our example, Harry and Daisy.</td></tr></tbody></table>

## View the search results in the grid <a href="#performabasicsearch-viewthesearchresultsinthegrid" id="performabasicsearch-viewthesearchresultsinthegrid"></a>

As with the other ways to search for data, when you perform a basic search, the grid updates to display only the data that meets your specified criteria. Any totals or averages that display in the grid now relate only to the filtered dataset. The status bar above the grid identifies the filter (search) criteria and an asterisk displays on the corresponding dimension to signify that a filter has been applied.&#x20;

## View the search rules <a href="#performabasicsearch-viewthesearchrules" id="performabasicsearch-viewthesearchrules"></a>

When you perform a basic search using either of the two methods above, in the background, an advanced search is automatically performed for you. If you open the **Advanced Search** window, you will see the rules that were applied.

For example, when you do a quick search of the **Product** dimension for ‘*silver*’, the rules are as follows:

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/YePNPdeduMCm8js8Rj28" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Similarly, when you search the **Customer** dimension for ‘*wickham*’ using the **Suburb** property, the rules are as follows:

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/dNHLlg0ofp08T7kV7N57" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Clear the search results <a href="#performabasicsearch-clearthesearchresults" id="performabasicsearch-clearthesearchresults"></a>

As mentioned above, when you search for data using an operator, an asterisk displays on the corresponding dimension button. Click the **X** on the dimension button to clear the search results (remove the filter).

To completely [reset the data](/analytics/reset-data), click the **Reset** button.


# Perform an advanced search

Use a rules-based search to locate very specific data in Analytics.

Whereas a [basic search](/analytics/search-for-data/basic-search) is suitable for quick, ad hoc analysis, an advanced search is typically used for creating a report or favorite. For example, you might want to identify customers whose sales have declined by more than 5% over the last 3 months.

You can continue your analysis while an advanced search is active. If you switch between dimensions, the rules are retained and applied to the other dimensions.

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch the videos at the bottom of the page for demonstrations and example use cases.
{% endhint %}

## Access the advanced search <a href="#performanadvancedsearch-accesstheadvancedsearch" id="performanadvancedsearch-accesstheadvancedsearch"></a>

Use one of these methods:

* Type a keyword into the **Search** box, click the **Search** button, then select the **Advanced Search** option.
* When the **Search** box is empty, click the **Search** button or press **Alt**+**S** on your keyboard.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/CcVUIhFimieW8gjzn6FC" alt="" width="159"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Create an advanced search rule <a href="#performanadvancedsearch-createandapplytheadvancedsearchrules" id="performanadvancedsearch-createandapplytheadvancedsearchrules"></a>

Advanced searches are based on rules that you create. Each rule has two key elements:

* **Rule type** (purple boxes in the image below): There are five types of rules you can create for a selected entity: Entity, Property, Measure, Variance, and Calculation. You can use these rules individually or combine multiple rules for a more detailed search. There's detailed information on each rule type below.
* **Search type** (red boxes in image below): For each rule type, several search types (operators) are available: Equal To (default), Not Equal To, Less Than, Greater Than, Like, Not Like, Between.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/AWx4E00KJ07qKrhGkFun" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Rules can range from a simple property rule, such as ‘*city = Newcastle*’ to multiple rules involving more than one dimension, such as ‘*customers whose sales have declined for the last three consecutive months, who spent more than $10,000, who are located in the North region and who buy brand X*’.

Detailed instructions are below but the basic process for performing an advanced search is as follows:

1. Select and focus on the data as usual. It is recommended that the advanced search is the last step in your analysis.
2. Access the advanced search (see above).
3. In the **Advanced Search** window, change the default selected dimension, if required.
4. Click the **New** ![](/files/V5f25cjWsdxZDxFjEjr1) button and select a rule type. A blank 'rule' displays. Repeat this step to add more rules as required.
5. If you are creating multiple rules, select the condition (AND or OR) you want to apply. Use AND when you want the search result to match *all* the rules. Use OR when you want the search result to match *at least one* of the rules.
6. Configure the rule(s) as required, then click **Apply**.
7. Save your advanced search as a favorite. If you do not save an advanced search as a favorite, it will remain active until you clear it, reset the data or exit the database.

<details>

<summary>Entity rule</summary>

An entity is a row of data within a [dimension](/analytics/use-dimensions), such as customer, sales rep, product, vendor, account, and so on.

The Entity rule is based on a selected entity (or multiple entities) and it returns the same result as the action of selecting and focusing on data in the grid. The Entity rule is the most basic of the advanced search rules, as you are not entering information, just making selections. For example, Brand = ACME, or Rep = Harry and Daisy. Therefore, the search type options are restricted to Equal To and Not Equal To. Typically, you use an Entity rule to supplement other rules; you would not use it in isolation.

If you select and [focus](/analytics/focus-on-data-analytics) on data before starting your advanced search, the Entity rule is already populated for you, which is faster than manually creating it.

After adding the rule, start by selecting a search type. Next, click the dimension button to display an alphabetical list of all available entities within that dimension. You can filter the entity list by typing a keyword into the text box or browse the list of entities, then select the required entities.

Example: View data for all territories, except for the seven territories in Australia:

<img src="/files/3EIbwOXyFQvRvr6Rz9qP" alt="" data-size="original">

See the example in the multiple rules section below to learn how to use the Entity, Measure and Variance rules together to locate declining customers who have spent a particular amount.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Property rule</summary>

A [property](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-properties-analytics) is a type of information stored about a dimension. Properties display as columns in the grid when you select a dimension.

The properties that are available in the Properties rule depend on the dimension that you select. For example, the Product dimension might have the Code and Name properties only, whereas the Customer dimension might have Code, Name, Address, Sales Rep, Customer Type and more.

After adding the rule, click the default property button (usually this is **Code**) to view a list of the available properties and select the required property, then select the search type and enter a search term or value.

Example: Get a list of all customers whose zip (post) code is between 2000 and 2100.

<img src="/files/yk2aGYluSrkL5nXMj9NO" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Measure rule</summary>

A [measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics) is a type of numerical data, such as value, quantity, profit, margin.

The Measure rule allows you to create a rule based on the measures in your current database. This rule contains various settings you can use to define the measure, including the ability to select a period type and specify dates. As it includes period information, the Measures rule is more advanced than the Property and Entity rules.

After adding the rule, click the default measure (usually something like **Sales Local Value**) button to open the **Measures** window and proceed to [define the measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics#changethemeasures-defineameasure). Then select the search type and enter a value.

A common mistake is to assume that a measure-based advanced search is automatically filtered by selections made either before entering advanced search or subsequently. For example, using a measure rule to find all customers with a sales value greater than $1m will return all customers with sales over that value. If you then focus on another dimension, such as Product Group and display the customers, it is quite probable that the list will include rows where the sales value is less than $1m. This is because the selection of customers based on their total sales is acting independently of the filtered display. If you want to only see the customers with total sales greater than $1m for a specific Product Group, you need to edit the rule and add the selection via the **Selections** tab. See [Define the measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics#changethemeasures-defineameasure) to learn how to do this.

Example: Identify the sales reps who earned sales revenue of less than $100,000 in the financial year to date.

<img src="/files/EUNXvbG9YcxG4vWgMg3n" alt="" data-size="original">

See the example in the multiple rules section below to learn how to use the Entity, Measure and Variance rules together to locate declining customers who have spent a particular amount.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Variance rule</summary>

The Variance rule uses a simple algebra to make a comparison between two variables, ‘a' and 'b’. The Variance rule allows you to compare two different [measures](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics). For example, you might want to find sales reps who are performing below the budget level.

After adding the rule, click the measure button for variable a to open the **Measures** window and [define the measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics#changethemeasures-defineameasure). Repeat for variable b. Next, create the rule to determine the difference between those variables. By default, the operation a - b (the value of measure a minus the value of measure b) applies but you can click the **a - b** button to switch to a % b (the value of measure a minus measure b expressed as a percentage of measure b). Then select the search type and enter a value.

Example 1: Identify sales reps who are performing better than budget

This basic example uses one Variance rule to identify sales reps whose sales were more than 10% over the budget.

<img src="/files/Jhu1h1ARrj6bcLuTqisX" alt="" data-size="original">

Example 2: Identify declining customers

This more complex example uses three Variance rules with offset dates to identify customers whose sales have declined at least 5% per month for the last three months in a row, not including current month. Firstly, create one rule, using the **a % b** operation and the **Less Than** search type. In the **Measure** window, for both variables a and b, select the required stream and measure, and the **Custom (Month)** time unit and **Offset** option. Enter the start and end offset of -1 for variable a and -2 for variable b. Copy that rule two times, then edit each rule, so that the start and end offset in the second rule is -2 for variable a and -3 for variable b, and in the third rule, is -3 for variable a and -4 for variable b.

After applying the rule, apply a custom period to the grid to reflect the search results.

<img src="/files/cg6IyRJQWv4tPP9KTU4u" alt="" data-size="original">

See the example in the multiple rules section below to learn how to use the Entity, Measure and Variance rules together to locate declining customers who have spent a particular amount.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Calculation rule</summary>

The Calculation rule allows you to use basic mathematical operations to write your own rule based on a number of variables ('a',' b', 'c' and so on) that you define as measures or numerical properties.

After adding the rule, click the **Add** (plus) button > **Measure** to add a variable, then click the measure button to open the **Measures** window and [define the measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics#changethemeasures-defineameasure). Repeat this step to add and define the other measures. Next, enter the relevant mathematical expression, in which you can use plus, minus, multiply, divide, brackets and numbers. The standard order of operations is followed, where multiplication and division operations are processed before addition and subtraction, regardless of position in the expression. You can use brackets to override that order. Lastly, select the search type and enter a value.

**Example 1: Identify customers whose average profit for a period is more than a certain amount**

This example uses one Calculation rule with two variables to identify the customers whose average profit for January (variable ‘a') and February (variable 'b’) is more than $1000.

<img src="/files/rZKsKwwVpyKsAsJOUwyi" alt="" data-size="original">

**Example 2: Identify products that exceed the sales target**

This example uses a Calculation rule with three variables to identify products that exceeded a promotional target. Suppose you are planning a new promotion and want to have a look at the results the promotions you ran this time last year. There were promotions on three separate weekends in December, in which you want to identify all products that exceeded the target of $10,000 in sales.

In the Sales database, select the Product dimension, then access the advanced search and create a Calculation rule as follows:

Add one variable (measure) and select the **Stream** > **Sales** and **Measure** > **Value**. On the **Period** tab, set the time unit to **Day** and set the start date as 2nd December and the end date as 4th December.

Next, copy that variable two times. Edit the date of variable b to start on 12th December 2021 and end on 13th December. Edit the date of variable c to start on 23rd December 2021 and end on 26th December.

Then, to add up the sales on all the promotional days, enter the formula *a+b+c* into the **Expression** box.

Lastly, select the **Greater Than** search type drop and enter *10000*.

Your set of rules should appear similar to the image below. Click **Apply**.

![](/files/V4UuaYVyWOqgMd6hAJH7)

A list of products that have exceeded sales of $10,000 on promotional days will appear and a summary of your advanced search rules will appear in the Status bar.

**Note**: Your grid settings might not match your advanced search settings. For this particular example, the results will be best viewed in the product dimension, period mode, measures set to value, with Periods set to show days in December.

</details>

## Use multiple rules together <a href="#performanadvancedsearch-usemultiplerulestogether" id="performanadvancedsearch-usemultiplerulestogether"></a>

Use a combination of rules to perform more complex searches for different kinds of information.

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Identify customers located in London with revenue more than $100,000</summary>

In this basic example, a property and measure rule were created for the **Customer** dimension using the AND condition. It returns a result of 14 customers located in London who generated revenue of more than $100,000.

<img src="/files/cCm4FWCEp5IQGiCwfzys" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Locate declining customers who spent a particular amount</summary>

This example combines several search rules to locate Harry’s declining customers (over the past 3 months) who have spent more than $1000 this year.

**Step 1** In the Sales database, access the advanced search.

**Step 2** Set up rule 1:

1. Select 'Reps' from the dimension dropdown box.
2. Select **Plus** > **Entity**.
3. From the Entity button choose 'Harry' from the list.<br>

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/rR30kwttBkBvc5zcenqQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

**Step 3** Set up rule 2:

* Select the 'Customer 'dimension.
* Select **Plus** > **Measure**.
* Set the measure to Stream = 'Sales' and Measure = 'Value' (see [Define a measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics)) and Apply, then choose **Greater than** and enter '1000 'in the box.\
  **Note**: Because we did not specify a period in this rule, the active period will apply.<br>

  <figure><img src="/files/y4FxFAmEz1rO64IlhfFq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 4** Set up rule 3 (actually a set of three similar rules)

* Stay in 'Customer' dimension.
* Select **Plus** > **Variance**.
* Set the measure to Stream = Sales and Measure = Value (see [Define a measure](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics)) and in the period tab, choose offset dates, and set **a** to be last month (-1), and **b** to be two months ago (-2). Apply.
* Clone this rule, and in the period tab, change '**a'** to be two months ago (-2), and **b** to be three months ago (-3). Apply
* Clone this rule, and in the period tab, change '**a'** to be three months ago (-3), and **b** to be four months ago (-4). Apply.<br>

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/diioRZ5pp1CHmWRNY7qQ" alt="" width="186"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

**Results**: A list of Harry’s declining customers over the past three months (not including current month) who spent more than $1000 for the year will be displayed in the grid and a summary of the advanced search rules will appear in the status bar. An asterisk will appear on the 'Customer' dimension.

It would be useful to save this as a favorite. Because offset dates were used, you can use this favorite in the future and it will automatically update.

**Note**: Your grid settings may not match your advanced search settings. For this particular example, the results will be best viewed in the customer dimension, period mode, measures set to value, with periods set so that the year to date (months) are visible.

</details>

## Copy, edit or delete a rule <a href="#performanadvancedsearch-copy-editordeletearule" id="performanadvancedsearch-copy-editordeletearule"></a>

You can edit the rules you apply to an advanced search, for example, if you make a mistake or want to try a different scenario. If you need to create a number of similar rules, you can copy an entire rule or a variable within a calculated rule. This will add a new rule directly below the current rule with exactly the same settings, which you can edit as required.

In the **Advanced Search** window:

* To copy a rule, click the **Clone** button.
* To edit a rule, make your changes to the existing rule elements.
* To delete an individual rule, click its **Delete** button. To delete all rules, click the **Clear** button in the bottom left corner. Alternatively, see the **Clear the search results** section below.

Click **Apply** to continue with your analysis.

## View the search results in the grid <a href="#performanadvancedsearch-viewthesearchresultsinthegrid" id="performanadvancedsearch-viewthesearchresultsinthegrid"></a>

As with the other ways to search for data, when you perform an advanced search, in effect, you filter the grid to display only the data that meets your specified criteria, which in this case, is your search rules. Any totals or averages that display in the grid then relate only to the filtered data. The status bar above the grid identifies the filters (search rules) and an asterisk displays on the corresponding dimension to signify that a filter (search) has been applied.

## Save the advanced search results as a favorite <a href="#performanadvancedsearch-savetheadvancedsearchresultsasafavorite" id="performanadvancedsearch-savetheadvancedsearchresultsasafavorite"></a>

When you are satisfied with the returned search results, you can save your advanced search as a [favorite](/basics/favorites/view-and-save-favorites). This action saves the rules you applied to get the results, not the actual list of results returned, to ensure that the results are dynamic. For example, an advanced search set to show declining customers might return a list of 45 declining customers. Saving this search as a favorite saves the search rules, not the 45 customers. The next time this favorite is opened, a different list of declining customers is likely to appear, as the data has changed in the meantime.

## Clear the search results <a href="#performanadvancedsearch-clearthesearchresults" id="performanadvancedsearch-clearthesearchresults"></a>

As mentioned above, when you perform an advanced search, an asterisk displays on the corresponding dimension button. Click the **X** on the dimension button to clear the search results (remove the filter).

To completely [reset the data](/analytics/reset-data), click the **Reset** button.

***

## Videos

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch these other videos:

* Phocas demo: [Track profitability of sales](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/track-profitability-of-sales?autoplay=true)
* PUG Training: [Advanced search + Phocas extras](https://www.phocassoftware.com/customer/training-series/the-grid#session2)
  {% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/e5msm7yfu6>" %}
Perform an advanced search
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/7194zk2a9z>" %}
Narrow your search by entity or property
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/3mt5aoguwt>" %}
Create a low margin alert (Measure rule)
{% endembed %}


# Search for similar or comparative data (right-click filter)

{% hint style="info" %}
This feature is not available in the following circumstances: Summary view, Transaction, Matrix share, and Market modes, Target % format and when the Average Value columns with the Totals as average option is selected. The option to view **Transactions** via this feature is not available in Market mode.
{% endhint %}

When you filter the data by a dimension, you can then search both the text and numerical data in the grid using operators, such as Equal To, Less Than and so on. In effect, this filters the grid even more, displaying data that is similar or compares to a specific data item. This search method is also a shortcut to getting some of the same results you can achieve using an advanced search.

Right-click a cell in the grid to view your options. The operator options that are available depend on the type of data in that cell. For example, if you right-click:

* Some text in the **Name** column, you can filter the grid to display records with the same name (equals to) or similar name (like).
* A value in the **Revenue** column, you can filter the grid to display records that are less than, greater than or equal to that value.
* A value in a **Date** column, you can filter the grid to display records that are less than, greater than or equal to that value or a different month. This option is useful as it allows you to make comparisons.

## **Example: Find customers with sales over a certain amount in a specific period**

Suppose you are viewing your Sales data in **Period** mode and have filtered your data by the **Customer** dimension. You want to identify the customers with sales of around $20,000 or more in the month of January.

1. Click the **January** column header to sort the data in the grid by that column, in ascending order. This action makes it easier to find a value to use as a starting point.
2. Identify a value of around 20,000 (20,059.11), then right-click that value and click **GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO** > **20,059.11**.
3. (Optional) Click the **January** column header to sort the data in descending order, so you can confirm that the lowest value is now 20,059.11.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/o6H4ehoBzkvjE63vsX08" alt="" width="448"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## View the search results in the grid <a href="#searchforsimilarorcomparativedata-right-clickfilter-viewthesearchresultsinthegrid" id="searchforsimilarorcomparativedata-right-clickfilter-viewthesearchresultsinthegrid"></a>

As with the other ways to search for data, when you search for data using an operator, the grid updates to display only the data that meets your specified criteria. In the example above, you can see the output is a list of customers whose sales for January were $20,059.11 or higher. Any totals or averages that display in the grid now relate only to the filtered dataset. The status bar above the grid identifies the filter (search) criteria and an asterisk displays on the corresponding dimension to signify that a filter has been applied.&#x20;

## View the search rules <a href="#searchforsimilarorcomparativedata-right-clickfilter-viewthesearchrules" id="searchforsimilarorcomparativedata-right-clickfilter-viewthesearchrules"></a>

When you search for data using an operator, in the background, an advanced search is automatically performed for you. If you open the **Advanced Search** window, you will see the rules that were applied.

Continuing with the example above, a Measure rule is created.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/lnxQCqfyIjeyypfGxMZN" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Clear the search results <a href="#searchforsimilarorcomparativedata-right-clickfilter-clearthesearchresults" id="searchforsimilarorcomparativedata-right-clickfilter-clearthesearchresults"></a>

As mentioned above, when you search for data using an operator, an asterisk displays on the corresponding dimension button. Click the **X** on the dimension button to clear the search results (remove the filter).

To completely [reset the data](/analytics/reset-data), click the **Reset** button.


# Add levels (grid nesting)

Create a nested view of the data with expandable levels of detail.

The Nest feature allows you to add up to four levels to the grid, to group the data into a *nested* view.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/VfbwRQzX7eu2oqibiIJ8" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

This alternative view makes the data easier to interpret, as you can review the contribution of different items within the overall results. It also allows you to create reports, in which you define the hierarchy of the data that displays. The data is initially displayed at the highest level, which you can then expand to view the lower level of detail.

You might want to use the Nest feature, for example, to:

* Get an overview of customer sales but also view data about the customers' purchases.
* View your product data at a fine level of detail but also group it by product class and sub class.&#x20;

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/4hl5z4073e>" %}

## Add levels to create a nested grid <a href="#addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-addlevelstocreateanestedgrid" id="addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-addlevelstocreateanestedgrid"></a>

The order in which you add the levels determines the highest to lowest levels but you can reorder them later. You can also switch between base level dimensions to change the lowest level of detail.

For example, suppose you want to analyze the revenue values at different levels in your data. You want to start with a high level summary of revenue by product class, then drill down into the sub class level, then drill down further to the lowest level of detail to view the revenue by individual product. In this example, you need to add two dimension levels (Product Class and Product Sub Class) and select the Products dimension as the base level dimension.&#x20;

1. Prepare the data in the grid - you might want to filter the data or focus on specific items before adding levels.
2. Select the *base level* or *view level* dimension (**Products**). This is the dimension you want to view at the lowest level of detail in the grid. In other words, when you expand all the levels, this is the dimension at the bottom of the hierarchy.
3. Click the **Nest** button in the top right bar above the grid. The button turns green to indicate the feature is active and the **Levels** box displays above the grid. The grid changes appearance slightly, to allow for expand/collapse movement but the usual tools and functions remain available.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/MuPiB9OYndeiUzWtKcN7" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Click and drag the other dimension (**Product Class**) over the drop zone in the **Levels** box then, when the drop zone turns grey, release your mouse to drop in the dimension and add the level.
5. Repeat the above step to add another dimension (**Product Sub Class**) as the next level.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/5Eg1iAGiaD491Oygoj4W" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Change or reorder the levels <a href="#addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-changeorreorderthelevels" id="addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-changeorreorderthelevels"></a>

You can make changes to the dimensions you add as levels; the grid updates automatically. The order in which the dimensions display in the **Levels** box determines how the levels are organized in the grid.

* **Change your base level**: Select a different dimension. The levels remain unchanged but the lowest level of data updates accordingly.
* **Add another level**: Drag a new dimension into the drop zone in the **Levels** box. You can add a maximum of four levels, so you might need to remove a dimension first, if you already have four selected.
* **Remove a level**: Click the **X** button on the dimension in the **Levels** box.
* **Change the order in which the levels display in the grid**: Click the **Move** button on a dimension in the **Levels** box, then drag that dimension to the left or right of the other dimension(s) to the new position.

## Expand or collapse levels <a href="#addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-expandorcollapselevels" id="addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-expandorcollapselevels"></a>

Expand the rows in the grid to view the lower level data.

* Click the **Expand/Collapse All** button in the top left of the grid to expand/collapse all rows to the next level, then click it again to expand/collapse all rows to the subsequent level and so on.
* Click the **Expand/Collapse** button of a particular row to expand that level. Following the example above, the Product dimension is at level 1 (highest level), the Primary Group dimension is at level 2 and the Secondary Group dimension is at level 3 (base level).

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/mZK3TTMc3b5BjWXuoMqW" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Change the properties <a href="#addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-changetheproperties" id="addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-changetheproperties"></a>

Properties (information) for the selected dimensions display as columns in the grid. By default, the Code and Name property columns display. You can't turn off the Code property because it’s required to link the nested rows together correctly. However, you can turn on/off other properties to determine the information that displays in the grid. Rather than the simple menu-style list of properties displayed in most modes, the **Properties** window allows you to make selections for each level.

Continuing with the example above, where six properties display (Code and Name for each of the three dimensions), suppose you also want to view the stock level for each product. You add the Stock on Hand property to the grid. See [Change the properties](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-properties-analytics) for more information.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/P42uOQNAc8EAe0c1GlGW" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Resize and reorder columns <a href="#addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-resizeresizeandreordercolumns" id="addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-resizeresizeandreordercolumns"></a>

You can change the width and position of the columns in the nested grid, so you can view all the important information, in the optimal position.

**Resize columns** - Hover over the column header to display the blue resize icon, then click and drag that icon to resize the column. The new column size persists after you refresh of data.

**Reorder columns** - The Code column is fixed to be the leftmost column in the grid but you can reorder any of the other property columns within the properties section of the grid. Similarly, you can reorder grouped measure columns within their respective groups. You can also reorder ungrouped measure columns throughout the grid.

## Continue your analysis <a href="#addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-continueyouranalysis" id="addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-continueyouranalysis"></a>

In addition to changing the properties (above), you can change the mode, period, and other items in the grid. See [Change your view of the data](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics) for more information.

You can also carry out the usual tasks within the grid, such as sort the data and freeze the properties. See [Work with the grid](/analytics/work-with-the-grid) for more information.

You can save your nested view of the grid as a favorite or add it to a dashboard as a widget.

## Export the data <a href="#addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-exportexportthedata" id="addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-exportexportthedata"></a>

As with data on the main grid, you can [export](/analytics/copy-or-export-data) the data in a nested grid to Microsoft Excel. The default XLSX export includes totals and nesting functionality. If this is not what you want, use the CSV export option instead.

## Exit out of the nested grid <a href="#addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-exitoutofthenestedgrid" id="addlevelstothegrid-gridnesting-exitoutofthenestedgrid"></a>

To return to the default grid, click the **Grid** button or **Reset** button.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/CtZAzYBFXCCHFUEq6RXH" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Compare data with Matrix mode

Review the performance of regions, products, customers, and other dimensions side-by-side to make comparisons and identify differences.

Matrix mode plots two dimensions against each other, with one displayed as rows and the other as columns, similar to a pivot table. This layout makes it easier to compare data side-by-side and identify gaps and cross-sell opportunities.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/jqwchyocs1>" %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch this Phocas Demo video: [Identify opportunities to grow sales](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/identify-opportunities-to-grow-sales?autoplay=true)
{% endhint %}

## Access matrix mode <a href="#comparedatawithmatrixmode-accessmatrixmode" id="comparedatawithmatrixmode-accessmatrixmode"></a>

Although Matrix mode is a [mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode), you access it via the **Matrix** button rather than the **Mode** menu, as outlined in the following example.

Suppose you are analyzing your Sales database and want to compare the sales of two complementary products.

1. Select the dimension (**Product Sub Class**), then select the rows\* of the entities you want to matrix (**Downlights** and **Transformers** products).
2. Click the **Matrix** button.
3. Select the other dimension you want to view in the grid (**Customer**).

{% hint style="warning" %}
There is a limit to the number of rows you can matrix. If you try to create a matrix of more than 255 rows, the **Matrix** button will become unavailable (grayed out). When you reduce the number of selected rows, the button becomes active again.
{% endhint %}

## View matrixed data in the grid <a href="#comparedatawithmatrixmode-viewmatrixeddatainthegrid" id="comparedatawithmatrixmode-viewmatrixeddatainthegrid"></a>

Continuing with the example above, you can see in the image below that Matrix mode pivots the data in the grid. The key characteristics of matrix mode are as follows:

* **Matrix** displays in the **Mode** menu and two other modes become available from here, **Matrix Variance** and **Matrix Share**.
* The **Matrix** button turns orange.
* The selected rows in the matrixed dimension (**Product Sub Class**) transform into columns, so they appear across the top of the grid in place of the period columns and on that dimension button, a caret symbol displays along with the number of rows you selected (**^**&#x32;).
* When you select another dimension (**Customer**), the first column in the grid updates to display properties (**Code** and **Name**) for that dimension.
* The measures column remains. In this example it is the **Total Local Value**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/4cfb9dxLrZcDAxM3gEgu" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

You can review the values in each column to identify comparisons and differences. For example, you might want to look for discrepancies in the sales values of one product compared to the other.

You can change your view of the data to help with your analysis, such as add more properties and measures columns or apply a different time period.

The matrix remains until you remove a dimension filter, reset the data or select another mode. You can select other dimensions and continue your analysis within your existing matrix. If you add more measures, more columns display.

## Customize matrix column headings (matrix captions) <a href="#comparedatawithmatrixmode-customizematrixcolumnheadings-matrixcaptions" id="comparedatawithmatrixmode-customizematrixcolumnheadings-matrixcaptions"></a>

By default, the column headings in matrix mode are made up of the code and first property (which is usually the name) of the selected entities. In the above example, the column headings are **DL/Downlights** and **TR/Transformer**. If you have a dimension without a name property, the first property option uses the first property that appears in your list of dimension properties, giving the column a meaningful heading.

You can customize the headings to display only the code or first property. When the grid is in matrix mode, click the **Options** button, then click **Matrix captions** and select the required option: **Code & First Property**, **Code** or **First Property**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/kaa2iEaCQL5UrInAVK1u" alt="" width="170"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

If you save your query as a favorite or add it to a dashboard, the new column headings will also be saved.

{% hint style="info" %}
If your administrator has hidden the **Code** property to avoid excessively long headings, you will not see the matrix captions options in the menu.
{% endhint %}

## View a nested matrix <a href="#comparedatawithmatrixmode-viewanestedmatrix" id="comparedatawithmatrixmode-viewanestedmatrix"></a>

A nested grid view displays up to three levels of detail, grouped by dimension. You can use this view with your matrix.

Continuing with the example above, where you create a matrix with the **Product Sub Class** and **Customer** dimensions, suppose you want to view where these customers are located and what industry type they are in.

Create your matrix as usual, click the **Nest** button, then drag the **Region** and **Customer Type** dimensions into the **Levels** box. You can now see two additional levels of detail (region and type) in the grid.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/pSyCrHiOzHRa827W7FWj" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## View another matrix mode <a href="#comparedatawithmatrixmode-viewanothermatrixmode" id="comparedatawithmatrixmode-viewanothermatrixmode"></a>

When you are in matrix mode, two additional modes become available in the **Modes** menu: [Matrix variance mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/matrix-variance-mode) and [Matrix share mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode/matrix-share-mode).


# Get more options for viewing data

Change the contents of the grid and take further action with the data.

The toolbar on the right above the grid contains additional tools you can use to further customize your view of the data in the grid or chart. These options help you highlight key metrics, compare data across dimensions, and streamline your analytical workflow.

The options, as they display from left to right in the toolbar, are described below.

<figure><img src="/files/Wq2irxIb3gs6YrlYTWAV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/e1xx9as0u7>" %}
Get more options for displaying data
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/by30fkgf9v>" %}
Gain more screen space and other tips (includes how to hide the status and dimensions)
{% endembed %}

## **Conditional formatting**

Apply a color code to cells, based on rules that you create. This option might not be available in your Phocas site.

## **Grid**

View the grid (when you are in a Chart view).

## **Chart**

[Visualize your data](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart) in a chart or graph.

## **Nest**

[Add a level to the grid](/analytics/add-levels-to-the-grid-nest) (nested view).

## **Options**

Display a list of options available for the selected mode and settings:

### **Month to Date**

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Month To Date
{% endhint %}

When selected, allows you to compare data for the current month to date (see below) with the corresponding number of days in a comparison (previous year) month.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Depending on what time your overnight database updates occur, **Month To Date** might use the day prior to *yesterday* as its reference point.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>Learn more...</summary>

This option is available:

* For defined periods that are based on the Month period type. Typically, **Month to Date** is used when your period range (both current and previous) is set to a single month. This option is also available if your period range spans several months, however, the range must not exceed 12 months, and the range must not project into the future.
* In Summary view only (when no dimension is selected): Period and Stream modes. Both the current and previous periods need to include the same month for each respective year.
* When a dimension is selected: Variance, Stream, Period Stream, Period Variance, and Matrix Variance modes. The displayed periods need to include the current month.&#x20;

This option has the following impacts on the grid:

* When it is turned OFF (default\*; checkbox is clear), the data in the current calendar month (**Current** column) is based on the transactions so far, up to today. Whereas, the data in the corresponding month in the previous year (**Previous** column) is based on the transactions for the whole of that month. In this case, a *like-for-like* comparison is difficult.

\*Administrators might set the **Month to date** option to be turned on by default.

* When it is turned ON (checkbox is selected), the data in the corresponding month in the previous year (**Previous** column) updates; only the transactions up to the same day of the current month are included. In this case, a *like-for-like* comparison is easy.

For example, if today is the 7th of the month, the data in the **Current** column would typically include transactions from the 1st to 6th of the month. In the first image below, the **Month To Date** option is turned off, so the data in the **Previous** column is based on the full month of transactions. Whereas, in the second image below, the **Month To Date** option is turned on, so the data in the **Previous** column includes only the transactions from the 1st to 6th of the month. The values in the two columns are now more comparable.

<img src="/files/NJxo4FEOJXwlvrkqDBjM" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example: Compare data for part of a month </summary>

Use the **Month To Date** option to compare data for the first few weeks of February with the same part of the month in the previous year. Assume today's date is 16 February 2017. You want a like-for-like comparison with the first 15 days in February last year (2016).

1. Set your date range to display data from this February and last February: Click **Period** > **Custom**, then set the Current Period to start and end in February 2017. The Previous Period automatically changes to start and end in February 2016. Click **Apply**.&#x20;
2. Click the **Customer** dimension.
3. Click **Mode** > **Variance**. The grid displays results for the entire month of February 2016, and the first 15 days of February 2017. The image below highlights the disparity in these results.

   <figure><img src="/files/g89JCTGRQCzJQBdHtS5B" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. Click **Options** > **Month To Date**.

   <figure><img src="/files/haTJxyeoQtwgci9FqdtY" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

   The **Previous** column updates to display data for the first 15 days of February 2016, as illustrated in the image below. These results are much closer in range than in the image above, where **Month To Date** was not applied.

   <figure><img src="/files/Ylqf8G9KLcDyPC9U96pw" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
5. &#x20;(Optional) Save this view as a favorite or dashboard widget.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Troubleshooting: You can’t see the Month to Date option</summary>

If you cannot see the Month to Date option in the **Options** menu:

* Check with your administrator that you have permission to use this feature.
* Ensure you are using a period that is based on the Month period type:
  * Administrators can check this via the database’s page > **Defined Periods** tab in Administration, where the period type is specified in the **Type** column.
  * Other users can check it themselves, if they have permission to apply custom periods. When the period is applied to the grid, click the **Period** menu and select **Custom**. The **Custom Period** window displays the period type in the top left corner. Click **Close** to return to your analysis.

    <figure><img src="/files/UvtKQcozhGhQFdl3oFVm" alt="" width="659"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

### **Show Others**

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Show Others
{% endhint %}

Available when a dimension is selected, adds a new row at the top of the grid (below the TOTAL row) that displays the total of the unfocused rows.

<details>

<summary>Learn more...</summary>

The **Show Others** option is only useful when you have selected and focused on some rows in the selected dimension. It displays the total of the unfocused rows below the total of the focused rows.

When this option is turned on (checkbox is selected), a new row displays at the top of the grid (below the **TOTAL** row) to show the sum total of all the 'unfocused' rows in each column. As you can see in the first image below, zeros will display in this row if you have not focused on some rows. When you focus on some rows, the total of the other (unfocused) rows displays.

<img src="/files/2SJ4d9nG3VDLroU9r4aI" alt="" data-size="original">

Note: The data that displays in the **OTHERS** row depends on which measures are selected. For example, if the Value or Profit measures are selected, the **OTHERS** row displays a total, but if the Margin measure is selected, it will display an average.

To remove the **OTHERS** row, clear the **Show Others** checkbox. You cannot remove this row by clicking the **Reset** button, however, logging off and back on will remove it. &#x20;

**Example 1: View a total based on information not showing on in the grid**

Suppose you have filtered the grid to display data for the UK only. The total revenue for all regions in the UK is $23,305,649.11.

<img src="/files/ugwJKKywbaZLXEbeHXlq" alt="" data-size="original">

You then select and focus on the top 5 performing regions in the UK. The total revenue for those regions only is $6,351,192.34.

<img src="/files/AK7jM5Pxkrf9rAjjmGVJ" alt="" data-size="original">

Now you want to compare the total of the top 5 performing regions with the total of all the other, unfocused regions. Click **Options** > **Show Others**. The total revenue of the unfocused regions ($16,954,456.77) displays below the total revenue of the focused regions ($6,351,192.34). The sum of these two equals to the total revenue for all regions in the UK ($23,305,649.11).

<img src="/files/BQKAwSbQPd79MTFv5k9B" alt="" data-size="original">

**Example 2: Limit the information displayed in a chart**

Sometimes there is too much data to turn into a meaningful chart. In the image below, rather than attempt to chart all Sales Reps, just 6 Sales Reps have been selected and focused on, and the **Show Others** option has been turned on. The percentages in the resulting pie chart remain accurate, and there is no clutter. All unfocused Sales Reps are grouped together in the 'Others' wedge.&#x20;

<img src="/files/htWAxiKc0XPxPTp5MnTw" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

### **Show Sum**

Available when a dimension is selected, adds a new row at the top of the grid (below the TOTAL row) to show the sum of the data in each column. &#x20;

<details>

<summary>Learn more...</summary>

When this option is turned on (checkbox is selected), it adds up all the values in the column and returns the total in a new **SUM** row at the top of the grid (below the **TOTAL** row).

Click **Options** and select the **Show Sum** checkbox. The additional row, **SUM**, displays underneath the standard **TOTAL** row.

<img src="/files/jHsV56qSjSPGN1VKatDP" alt="" data-size="original">

To remove the **SUM** row, clear the **Show Sum** checkbox.

</details>

### **Show Average**

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Show Average
{% endhint %}

Available when a dimension is selected, adds a new row at the top of the grid (below the TOTAL row) to show the average of the data in each column. &#x20;

<details>

<summary>Learn more...</summary>

When this option is turned on (checkbox is selected), a new row displays at the top of the grid (below the **TOTAL** row) to show the average of the data in each column. &#x20;

Click **Options** and select the **Show Average** checkbox. The additional row, **AVERAGE**, displays underneath the standard **TOTAL** row.

<img src="/files/51Ohp7goSgBxcJ8EPkTM" alt="" data-size="original">

To remove the **AVERAGE** row, clear the **Show Average** checkbox.

</details>

### **Hide Total**

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Hide Total
{% endhint %}

By default, the **Total** row displays the sum for each of column in the grid. If you have permission, you can select this checkbox to hide that column from the grid.

### **Show Net Zero**

By default, this feature is usually turned on but some databases have it turned off.

* When turned on (checkbox selected), it means your sales results would typically include items that have had counter-balancing positive and negative entries (e.g., a refund) and therefore, net to zero. An example of this is the value for a customer who has an invoice for 100.00 in January and a credit note in February for -100.00.
* You can turn this off (clear the checkbox) to exclude the net zero entries and display only items where the measures have a value other than zero. This excludes things such as refunds or giveaways.

### **Totals as Average**

Displays the period total as an average, rather than a sum of the periods.&#x20;

<details>

<summary>Learn more...</summary>

In Period mode, the first column after the Properties column(s) shows the total value for the selected period. This makes sense for streams that have cumulative data, such as *Sales Invoices* but in streams that hold a snapshot of data showing the variance over time, such as *Stock on Hand*, the total is meaningless. For these types of streams, you can display the period total as an average, rather than a sum of the periods.&#x20;

For example, in the image below, the **Total Value** column displays the cumulative value of three month's worth of sales. This is the typical (default) view.

<img src="/files/He6VzY2kz6L4eCnJ7HJV" alt="" data-size="original">

When you click **Options** > **Totals as Average**, that *total* column now displays the average of those sales, which is reflected in the new column header. Note that the values in the TOTAL row of the period columns are not changed, just the values in the *total* column.

<img src="/files/hVQmzOP3e9SvbPXlxRrN" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

### **Hide Status**

Hide the status bar above the grid (that shows the applied filters) from view.

### **Hide Dimensions**

Hides the dimensions list on the left of the grid from view. Useful when you want to generate more space on your screen.

### **Monochrome Exports**

When selected, all exports (including printouts) are done without including the standard colors, in other words, in black only.

## **Lock Selections**

[Lock the selection](/analytics/focus-on-data-analytics#lock-selections) of data you are focusing on, so you can make further selections and clear or reset the data without affecting the original selections.

## **Custom Actions**

Displays a list of custom actions relating to the CRM module.

## **Export**

[Exports](/analytics/copy-or-export-data) the data in the grid (or chart) to another application.

## **Information**

Display the **Information** window, where you can view your current selections and settings. Click the **Information** button on the toolbar to view additional details such as database, dimensions, properties, streams, measures and standard periods.

During your analysis, you might want to review the the path you have taken or remind yourself of the selections you made and actions you took along the way. You might also want to quickly check what properties, streams, measures, filters and so on are involved in your analysis results. This information is particularly useful when you have drilled deep into your analysis.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/X4biYnvCjaWu4C01cnQu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Visualize your data in a chart

Transform your grid view into a chart view to visualize the data and see trends at a glance.

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Kind > Chart
{% endhint %}

Charts are particularly useful when the grid has a lot of data; rather than scrolling through multiple columns or rows, you can get a visual overview of the data instead. You can switch between different types of charts and configure how the data displays in each one. You can save the chart as a favorite or add it to a dashboard for quick access to the data insights.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/djv5gpouu6>" %}

## Switch to chart view <a href="#visualizeyourdatainachart-switchtochartview" id="visualizeyourdatainachart-switchtochartview"></a>

You can switch from the default grid view to the chart view any stage during your analysis. The same information is presented in chart view; it is just in a different format. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid. A default chart displays, with chart category buttons on the left.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/cH8qDkEFEI9i491Bz7dd" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

By default, only the first 50 rows of a grid are included in the chart. If you have a requirement for additional rows to be displayed, your Phocas consultant can assist with this.  You can also display a sum instead of individual values (see [Chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options)).

## Select a different type of the chart <a href="#visualizeyourdatainachart-selectadifferenttypeofthechart" id="visualizeyourdatainachart-selectadifferenttypeofthechart"></a>

In chart view, click a category button to view the chart type options, then click the chart you want to view.

The type of charts that are available during your analysis depend on:

* The type of data you are viewing.
* Whether you are in [Summary view](/analytics/view-a-summary-of-the-data) or a [focused view](/analytics/focus-on-data-analytics) (after selecting a dimension). During your analysis, you might want to return to the Summary view to get a more concise view of the data. Some charts, such as line chart, display best when they have less details.
* The [mode](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-mode) you have selected.
* Other factors, such as the [measures](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics) or [properties](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-properties-analytics) you have selected.

The following table lists all the charts. As outlined above, some charts are only available in certain situations. Click the chart links for more detailed information and examples.

<table><thead><tr><th width="153">Type of chart</th><th width="336">Description</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><a href="/pages/pbRkYum2ejHqMDAMMDyg">Bar</a></td><td><p>Displays several variables together, in horizontal bars.</p><p>Useful for displaying simple comparisons, such as revenue each month.</p></td><td><img src="/files/YNEYEBR2GaQq0tHUrtI8" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/pbRkYum2ejHqMDAMMDyg">Column</a></td><td>Same as the Bar chart but displays the variables in vertical bars (columns) instead.</td><td><img src="/files/QIQZzcEFJw0v8VSrho7t" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/Wj6ZBZlpVlqvTTYec5Pq">Combo</a></td><td><p>Displays a combination of a Column chart and Line chart.</p><p>Useful for making comparisons, such as sales vs budget.</p></td><td><img src="/files/YL7Y0W640P8knPz5ChDf" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/gmyKvgD69lR7FsxazYE2">Pareto</a></td><td><p>Shows the relative importance of differences between large sets of values.</p><p>Useful for root cause analysis.</p></td><td><img src="/files/vBepvYpHgBaLkDIbBMhQ" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/GvO826ITtGRZUU1S7uDM">Waterfall</a></td><td><p>Displays an overview of positive and negative changes to a value over time.</p><p>Useful for getting a clear picture of growth or decline in performance, such as that if your Sales Reps.</p></td><td><img src="/files/DdYMRdDdiKCKJJRe1lq1" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/0nhLso25Oq5jWPevvjmE">Line</a></td><td><p>Plots performance over time.</p><p>Useful for making comparisons, such as sales this year vs. last year.</p></td><td><img src="/files/miPdSUFjzzCqRVaGOL7c" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/S0ab06wAcTHAk4k3ay8X">Area</a></td><td><p>Plots performance over time, displaying data as a shaded ‘area’ that falls below a set of points connected by straight lines.</p><p>Useful for visualizing comparisons, such as product profit over time.</p></td><td><img src="/files/eILixBwKBneAnAXeT09F" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/S0ab06wAcTHAk4k3ay8X">% Area</a></td><td><p>Same as the Area chart but the shaded areas are based on percentages rather than amounts.</p><p>Provides a different way to view proportional areas and has tooltips that display data details. </p></td><td><img src="/files/DfuYrzoe33grGGix1SZV" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/BzQ3OMaQqO0dlqpDyMuf">Pie</a></td><td><p>Displays the percentage share of a number of variables in a pie shape, where each segment is proportionate to the percentage value.</p><p>Useful for visualizing comparisons, such as revenue by region. </p></td><td><img src="/files/qstbX68LZMoa1l00joLY" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/BzQ3OMaQqO0dlqpDyMuf">Donut</a></td><td>Same as the Pie chart but displays the data in the shape of a donut rather than a pie.</td><td><img src="/files/ZjJtwLmXl5mmvYA8wMVF" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/8nXi8nf9zCirl1vrM78i">Gauge</a></td><td><p>Displays performance against a range.</p><p>Useful for tracking performance against a target, such as Sales Rep performance, as illustrated in the dashboard image below.</p></td><td><img src="/files/QLEBq2aTLFoqUog5b9aE" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/kRw2iXByUPRHbwJRMyO0">Bullet</a></td><td><p>Displays results in a single column.</p><p>Looks similar to a Column chart but has more in common with a Gauge chart.</p><p>Useful for tracking performance against a target.</p></td><td><img src="/files/XuyZBCAhXhPZnA0onwas" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/56Nm5AxGI09KDMNQirFL">Summary</a></td><td><p>Displays just one number, either alone or with an icon, on a card.</p><p>Useful for displaying large numerical values, such as your total sales for the month.</p></td><td><img src="/files/Ci014qg6EmXEwQbr2jrq" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/56Nm5AxGI09KDMNQirFL">Ring Summary</a></td><td>Same as the Summary chart but displays the value and other elements within a ring.</td><td><img src="/files/Oliav3ytiCV8Sg7nCCQt" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/UXSb6i6r7zY2oXj1uBsG">Bubble</a></td><td><p>Displays color-coded circles (bubbles) plotted on an X and Y-axis to represent measures. </p><p>Useful for comparing measures, such as cost v revenue.</p></td><td><img src="/files/fJ1FtnrV186peamXXRqt" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/Ojdoi79T8diZv2rfJ8jS">Radar</a></td><td><p>Plots variables by providing an axis for each variable, arranged radially (like bicycle spokes) around a central point. </p><p>Useful for charting matrix results, in other words, such as sales by product class and customer type.</p></td><td><img src="/files/Gre7xBangdAhLcI53nrP" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/RSuSlso56AGKKFwxPCiC">Map</a></td><td><p>Displays a map with data points identified by a marker, circle or colored heat map.</p><p>Useful for locating data points of interest on a map.</p></td><td><img src="/files/G65SFAUJkTIXdkxD0ZVh" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Bar and Column charts

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - All modes except for Transaction mode.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - All modes except for Search, Transaction and Market.
  {% endhint %}

Bar and Column charts are very similar. They're great for displaying simple comparisons. For example, the top 10 product sales or monthly output. You can hover over data points to display the underlying values.

A Bar chart displays several variables together in horizontal bars, whereas a Column chart displays them horizontally.&#x20;

The following table describes what the Bar chart looks like in each view. The Column chart looks similar.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="141"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td></td><td><strong>Summary view</strong></td><td><strong>Focused view</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contents</strong></td><td>There are bars for each time unit (month/day/year) in the period (or stream). The current period has a blue bar and the previous period has a red bar.</td><td>There is a bar for each of the focused items.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>X-axis</strong></td><td>The X-axis displays the total, which starts at zero.</td><td>The X-axis displays the total, which starts at zero.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Y-axis</strong></td><td>The Y-axis displays the time units of your current period. </td><td>The contents of the Y-axis depends on the mode. In Period and Moving mode, it displays the time units of your current period. Whereas, in Variance, Stream and Total mode, it displays each focused item.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Example</strong></td><td><img src="/files/kGJsK0g2ErWb6Ys6mnMS" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td><img src="/files/8DuM09L41IivtAdJShrr" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr></tbody></table>

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Use a Bar chart to compare the performance of Sales Reps</summary>

In the Sales database, create a Bar chart to compare the performance of the top five Sales Reps for the current financial year to date (YTD) with the previous year.

Firstly, prepare the data in the grid:

1. Select the **Sales Rep** dimension, then select and focus on the top five Sales Reps.
2. Select **Mode** > **Variance**.
3. Select **Period** > **Financial YTD**.

Then, click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid. The Bar chart type displays by default. You can now compare the sales for each of the five Sales Reps this year to date (blue bars) with that of last year (red bars).&#x20;

<img src="/files/Ce4M5FHPG2UqeFktBVAc" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Crete a Column chart</summary>

1. Prepare the data in the grid.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Bar** chart category button and select the **Column** option.

<img src="/files/iKd7tx3spEjKpMgfcdqa" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Combo chart

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - All modes except for Transaction and Total.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - Variance and Stream mode only.
  {% endhint %}

A Combo chart is a combination of the Column and Line charts. One data set, such as a period or stream, is represented by blue columns (bars) and the data set variable is represented by a set of red points connected by straight lines. The use of different elements (bar and line) makes it easier to visualize two distinct sets of data.

Combo charts are useful for simple comparisons involving more than one data set, such as different years. For example, you might want to compare sales against the budget or the performance of Sales Reps this calendar year to date (YTD) against last calendar YTD.&#x20;

The following table describes what the Combo chart looks like in each view.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="144"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td></td><td><strong>Summary view</strong></td><td><strong>Focused view</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contents</strong></td><td>There is a blue column for the current period (or stream) and a red line for the previous period (or other stream).</td><td>There is a column/line for each of the focused items.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>X-axis</strong></td><td>The X-axis displays the time units of your current period. </td><td>The X-axis displays each focused item.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Y-axis</strong></td><td>The Y-axis displays the total, which starts at zero.</td><td>The Y-axis displays the total, which starts at zero.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Example</strong></td><td><img src="/files/bD10W0fdkKPDPs15jjAH" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td><img src="/files/dHPixrXbaIkEzRzN8Big" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr></tbody></table>

<details>

<summary>Example: Create a Combo chart</summary>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}

In the Sales database, create a Combo chart to compare the performance of all Sales Reps for the current financial year to date with the previous year.

Firstly, prepare the data in the grid:

1. Select the **Sales Rep** dimension.
2. Select **Mode** > **Variance**.
3. Select **Period** > **Financial YTD**.

Then, click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid. The Bar chart type displays by default. Click the **Bar** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Combo** option.

<img src="/files/UcCryrHoyUdWZ1VdJypi" alt="" data-size="original">

You can now compare the sales for each Sales Rep this year to date (blue columns) with that of last year (red line).&#x20;

<img src="/files/oZ0DoSEyDNQy701qOIfp" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Pareto chart

{% hint style="info" %}
Available in a focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension), in Total mode only.
{% endhint %}

A Pareto chart shows the relative importance of differences between large sets of values. It shows cumulative totals of contributing factors to assess the success or failure metrics. It is often used for root cause analysis, in other words, to highlight the most significant cause of a certain outcome. It contains both columns and a line, with the columns representing individual values (in descending order) and the line representing the cumulative total.&#x20;

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Use a Pareto chart to analyze sales revenue</summary>

In a Sales database, create a Pareto chart to see at a glance where the bulk of your revenue comes from.

1. Prepare the data in the grid: Select the **Customer** dimension, select **Mode** > **Total**, and select **Period** > **Financial YTD**.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid. The Bar chart type displays by default.
3. Click the **Bar** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Pareto** option.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/xHmYlaxTVIYlxMihX3OB" alt="" width="170"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   The columns display revenue for individual customers, while the pareto line charts the cumulative total. You can hover over a data point on the pareto line to view the entity name, cumulative value and cumulative percent of overall revenue.

   <figure><img src="/files/M4Fu7PiNDVWpbpDn3xhJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Use a Pareto chart to identify the cause of a decline in sales</summary>

As a Sales Executive, you have been alerted to a decline in sales over a three-month period. You want to find the major contributors to the decline, initially at a customer level and then drilling further into region or product information.

1. Prepare the data in the grid: Select the **Customer** dimension, then select and focus on the customers with sales of less than 200,000. Select **Mode** > **Total**, then select **Period** > **Financial YTD**.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid. The Bar chart type displays by default.
3. Click the **Bar** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Pareto** option. The columns display revenue for individual customers, while the pareto line charts the cumulative total. You can hover over a data point on the pareto line to view the entity name, cumulative value and cumulative percent of overall revenue. Now you have the customer overview, you can further slice and dice the data for a particular region, customer, product group or even product.

![](/files/ZqliK6tkRI1Uf5lrwsR9)

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Waterfall chart

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - Period mode only.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - Variance mode only.
  {% endhint %}

A waterfall chart gives you a visual overview of positive and negative changes to a value over a period of time. It is often used to gain insights into key processes within an area, such as inventory. It is also used to assess financial performance, for example, to build a step by step picture of growth or decline in cash flow. The benefit of a Waterfall chart over a Bar or Column chart is that you get to see each piece of the puzzle (see comparative images below).

The following table describes what the Waterfall chart looks like in each view.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="154"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td></td><td><strong>Summary view</strong></td><td><strong>Focused view</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contents</strong></td><td><p>The first (left) column is always 'previous' and the last column (on the right) is always 'current'. These columns show the sum of values for the respective period, including any filters you have applied on the grid.</p><p>For the columns in the middle, columns with positive values start at the height of the previous columns and go up proportionally to the variance; columns with negative values start at the height of the previous columns and go down proportionally to the variance. These also include any filters you have applied.</p></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><strong>X-axis</strong></td><td>The X-axis displays the time unit (month/day/year) of your current period. </td><td>The X-axis displays each focused item.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Y-axis</strong></td><td>The Y-axis displays the total, which starts at zero.</td><td>The Y-axis displays the total, which starts at zero.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Example</strong></td><td><img src="/files/OjiFITdYiQtEGsRSgeXl" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td><img src="/files/7wB3Iv8imENjYnmJyuNo" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr></tbody></table>

<details>

<summary>Example: Create a Waterfall chart</summary>

In the Sales database, create a Waterfall chart to get a visual overview of results for the quarter Oct-Dec 2022, compared with the same period in 2021.

1. Prepare the data in the grid: In Period mode, in Summary view, apply a [custom period](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-period-analytics) for the October to December quarter.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Bar** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Waterfall** option.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/PQ4WNFIlSRDIybmsILjp" alt="" width="170"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. Hover over the columns to view the details. In this example, there was a 1.8% decline in revenue in December.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/8FPMnNnrRU2aYyuNxpbf" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   If you view the same data in a Column chart, you can see how the Waterfall chart provides a clear picture of what’s happening.\ <img src="/files/7d5juggwkUd9mwCboEyj" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Line chart

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - All modes except for Transaction mode.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - Period and Moving mode only.
  {% endhint %}

A Line chart plots performance over time and allows you to spot trends and make comparisons, for example, a customer's sales for this year vs. last year.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="148"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td></td><td><strong>Summary view</strong></td><td><strong>Focused view</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contents</strong></td><td>There is a blue line for the current period (or stream) and a red line for the previous period (or other stream).</td><td>There is a line for each of the focused items.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>X-axis</strong></td><td>The X-axis displays the time units of your current period.</td><td></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Y-axis</strong></td><td>The Y-axis displays the total or value of each measure, which starts at zero.</td><td></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Example</strong></td><td><img src="/files/BCNElOMKMBNDhmR0N9pJ" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td><img src="/files/2sGFwMNrHpocv7j471Sz" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr></tbody></table>

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Create a Line chart</summary>

In the Sales database, create a Line chart to compare the sales of a particular product this year compared to last year.

1. Prepare the data in the grid: In Period mode, select the **Product** dimension, then select and focus on the top ten products (highest sales). Select **Period** > **Rolling 12 months**, then click the **Summary** button to view the total of the selected products across the period.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Line** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Line** option.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/xcDFUYquykvhm5XMI4It" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   The lines in the chart depict the current and previous values. You can see that the selected products are selling better in almost every month this year (blue) compared to last year (red).

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/o9R7CFjo8HpmmySsftB7" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. (Optional) Select the **Use cumulative** option to chart current vs. previous cumulative for each time unit, rather than simply current vs. previous.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/IxySJNi8y66jBvO1MrMB" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Create a line chart that displays data for working days only</summary>

If you create a working day calendar in Phocas and select a *day* period type in the grid, you can apply a working day calendar to the Line chart.

For example, suppose your business operates from Tuesday to Saturday each week. Sunday and Monday are non-working days.

<img src="/files/GvuSA5rw1BJVbdQAEFYS" alt="" data-size="original">

When you look at the data over a week, you see troughs on Sundays and Mondays where the values are 0 (expected), as illustrated by the highlighted areas in the image on the left below. You might prefer to show only working days (exclude non-working days) in the chart, to more accurately reflect what’s going on. In the image on the right below, you can see the data trend more clearly when Sundays and Mondays are removed from the chart.

<img src="/files/CMwv8e4IS5FlDARd5bW3" alt="" data-size="original">

In the Sales database, create a Line chart to compare the revenue earned in December this year compared to December last year.

1. In Period mode, Summary view, select a day type of period from the **Period** menu.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Line** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Line** option.
4. Select **Filter by calendar** and select the required calendar, such as **Working Days**, then click out of the box to apply your change. The chart updates to only display data for the working days.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/KyT84N3MXSNZXkN89sFk" alt="image-20240304-002941.png" width="459"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Area and % Area charts

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - All modes except for Transaction.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - Period and Moving mode only.
  {% endhint %}

Area and % (Percentage) Area charts are very similar.

An Area chart plots performance over time, displaying data as a shaded ‘area’ that falls below a set of points connected by straight lines. Area charts are good for visualizing comparisons, for example, using two color-coded shaded areas to display this year vs. last year’s sales, or the value of sales vs. orders.

A % Area chart is very similar to an Area chart, however, the shaded areas are based on percentages rather than amounts (the Y-axis displays the percentage from 0 to 100% rather than the total amount). % Area charts provide a different way to view the proportional areas. They also have the benefit of tooltips showing the values in percentage form, which display when you hover over the data points.&#x20;

The following table describes what the Area chart looks like in each view. The % Area chart behaves in the same way as the Area chart but it provides a different way to view the proportional areas, as the Y-axis displays the percentage from 0 to 100% rather than the total amount.

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="132"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> </td><td><strong>Summary view</strong></td><td><strong>Focused view</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contents</strong></td><td>There is a blue area for the current period (or stream) and an orange area for the previous period (or other stream).</td><td>There is a colored area for each of the focused items.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>X-axis</strong></td><td>The X-axis displays the time units of your current period. </td><td></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Y-axis</strong></td><td>The Y-axis displays the total amount, which starts at zero.</td><td></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Example</strong></td><td><img src="/files/0JVwX4c8sOvetJcBpyN0" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td><img src="/files/DbrvzBuzjZpAf0OPN3s1" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr></tbody></table>

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Use an Area chart to visualize product profitability</summary>

In the Sales database, create an Area chart to visualize the profitability of four key product categories, this year to date.

1. Prepare the data in the grid: In Period mode, select the **Product Class** dimension, then select and focus on the four product classes. Select **Measures** > **Profit**, select **Period** > **Year to date**, then click the **Summary** button.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Line** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Area** option.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/iZrZuZBMw1wjRGvUZGZS" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   The chart displays the profitability of the four product classes for this year to date.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/k0mm8BBGNra1EWPbkoSm" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. (Optional) Change your view of the chart:
   * **Use Total**: If you have a dimension selected and are in Period mode (as in the current example), you can select the **Use total** option to create a simplified Area chart. This option means that rather than charting all the focused items for each time unit, Phocas charts only the total. In the image below, the total value of the four product classes have been added together for each month, represented by a single blue shaded area.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/JRxEHGpUXn3ZdBZviDiy" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
   * **Use cumulative**: The **Use cumulative** option is only available in Summary view, in Period mode. Click the **Summary button**, then select the **Use cumulative** option to chart current vs. previous cumulative for each time unit, rather than simply current vs. previous.

     <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/BEOyGHBDmIMboV7kjtsG" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Create a % Area chart </summary>

1. Prepare the data in the grid.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Line** chart category button and select the **% Area** option.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/DqN8oFX8zLDAHAin4EZt" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Pie and Donut charts

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - Total mode only.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - Period, Moving and Total mode only.
  {% endhint %}

A Pie chart displays the percentage share of a number of variables in the shape of a pie. Useful for visualizing the results for different branches within a company or sales to different customers. You do not need to display your data as a percentage in the grid first, as Phocas automatically calculates the percentages when you create the Pie chart. The size of each segment is proportionate to the percentage value.

A Donut chart is very similar to a Pie chart, however, just as the name implies, it displays the data in the shape of a donut rather than a pie.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/BTMd9cFxc6xfoFDx7Ivh" alt="" width="134"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The following table describes what the Pie chart looks like in each view.

|              | **Summary view**                                                              | **Focused view**                                                    |
| ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Contents** | There are segments for each time unit (month/day/year) in the current period. | There are segments for each of the focused items.                   |
| **Example**  | <img src="/files/CirpfZDINc9C6rJjek7H" alt="" data-size="original">           | <img src="/files/NynuFmce3oTWIdy32qP6" alt="" data-size="original"> |

<details>

<summary>Example: Use a Pie chart to visualize the profit share of each country</summary>

In the Sales database, create a Pie chart to visualize the profit share of each country this month.&#x20;

Prepare the data in the grid:

1. In Period mode, select the **Country** dimension.
2. Select **Measures** > **Profit**.
3. Select **Period** > **Current Month**.

Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid, then click the **Pie** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Pie** option.

The chart displays the profit share of each country this month.

<img src="/files/mqoDPEiCZpR08YMiXNoH" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Create a Donut chart</summary>

1. Prepare the data in the grid.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Pie** chart category button and select the **Donut** option.

<img src="/files/GNT4LJRJ5QFFVgdTdCHB" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Bubble chart

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - Period and Total modes only.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - Total mode only.
  {% endhint %}

A Bubble chart uses color-coded circles (bubbles) plotted on an X and Y-axis to represent [measures](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-measures-analytics). By default, the first measure displays on the X-axis and the second measure displays on the Y-axis. The third measure, if there is one, determines the size of the bubbles. You can swap the measures around to change what displays on each axis and change the bubble size.

In summary view, the chart displays a bubble for each time unit (month/day/year) in the period, as illustrated in example 2 below.

In a focused view, the chart displays a bubble for each focused item, as illustrated in example 1 below.

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Compare the margin and value of selected product classes</summary>

In the Sales database, create a Bubble chart to visualize the high-margin low-value products, and vice versa. Specifically, you want to chart the Value, Value/Item and Margin measures for items in the Product sub class dimension.

Prepare the data in the grid:

1. Select the **Product Sub Class** dimension, then select and focus on a number of sub-classes.
2. Select **Mode** > **Total**.
3. Specify the first two measures: Select **Measures** > **Local value** and **Local Value/Item**.

Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid, then click the **Bubble** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Bubble** option. The chart displays and all bubbles are the same size.

<img src="/files/feRME3jdhLTDeGq8fQjU" alt="" data-size="original">

Add a third measure: From the chart view, select **Measure** > **Reporting Margin %**. The **Reporting Margin %** is now available in the **Radius Values** setting. If it is not automatically selected for you, select it from the list (see image below).

<img src="/files/bcjOu68Op7xZ8kX8T11K" alt="" data-size="original">

The bubbles in the chart change size and an extra legend appears on the bottom right to display the relationship between Margin and the bubble size. In this example, you can see that the highest value group (Downlights) has a relatively low margin (small circle). The group causing concern is Outside, which has low sales, low value per item and a low margin.

<img src="/files/frb7Z6rc8AGmBGCr7p5p" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Compare the total performance of product classes</summary>

Using the Bubble chart in the above example, click the **Summary** button. The chart updates to display a bubble for each time unit within the selected period, which in this case is Financial YTD and each bubble displays the total performance of the selected product classes for each month so far.

![](/files/BZb5cWDVm8o1XMHg4kor)

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Radar chart

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - All modes except for Transaction mode.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - All modes except for Search, Transaction and Market. It is particularly useful in Matrix mode.
  {% endhint %}

A Radar chart (sometimes known as a spider chart) plots variables by providing an axis for each variable, arranged radially (like bicycle spokes) around a central point.&#x20;

A radar chart is particularly useful for charting matrix results, in other words, plotting two dimensions against each other. It is also useful for plotting monthly performance, where each 'spoke' is a month.  &#x20;

Typically, column headings in the grid are labels around the radar chart. Rows become the lines and legend of your radar chart. The first selected measure displays as labels on the vertical radius of your radar chart.&#x20;

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="142"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td></td><td><strong>Summary view</strong></td><td><strong>Focused view</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contents</strong></td><td><p>The lines depend on the mode:</p><ul><li>In Period and Moving mode, there are lines for the current and previous periods.</li><li>In Stream mode, there are lines for the stream and variance stream.</li><li>In Total mode, there is one line for the total.</li></ul><p>The circumference labels are each time unit (month/day/year) in the current period.</p></td><td><p>The contents depend on the mode:</p><ul><li>In Period and Moving mode, there are lines for each of the focused items. The circumference labels are each time unit (month/day/year) in the current period.</li><li>In Variance mode, there are lines for the current and previous periods. The circumference labels are the focused items.</li><li>In Stream mode, there are lines for the stream and variance stream. The circumference labels are the focused items.</li><li>In Total mode, there is one line for the total. The circumference labels are the focused items.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Example</strong></td><td><img src="/files/QpOIbEUW24UuZmnKmfYW" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td><img src="/files/PZUdBsDTMHSj7PcXKsLy" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr></tbody></table>

You have the option to display the lines between each point on the chart as straight, rather than curved (default).

<details>

<summary>Example: Compare Product Groups against Sales Reps</summary>

In the Sales database, create a Radar chart to display a matrix of Product Groups vs Sales Reps.

1. Prepare the data in the grid:
   1. Select the **Product Group** dimension, then select the product groups (A, B, C and D) and click **Matrix**.
   2. Select the **Sales Rep** dimension, then select and focus on the top five Sales Reps.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Radar** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Radar** option.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/zmwIJC8szmK8en1sBU09" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   The radar chart displays, in which you can see that Fred and Alan perform strongly in Power but are weaker in both Outside Lights and Lights and Lamps. Harry sells lots of Outside Lights but performs poorly with Controls. Eugene and Harry have significantly weaker all-round sales results compared to the other reps.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/tQFYeBVVvrWVftRnEVl5" alt="" width="272"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
4. &#x20;(Optional) Display straight lines: Select the **Straight lines** checkbox. The chart updates accordingly.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ysUvUl5DnVKI2zbeudcO" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Gauge chart

{% hint style="info" %}
Available in a focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension), in all modes except for Transaction mode.
{% endhint %}

A Gauge chart is one of the KPI types of chart. It displays performance within a range. Red, yellow and green each represent a range you set up, typically relating to business goals or targets. The pointer typically moves from red or yellow to green when a target is met or exceeded. If left blank, no color will appear. These charts are useful for representing values within a simple range, for example, percentages, as they are typically in the range 0-100.

Gauge charts can be used for many reasons, such as:

* To view data containing a comparison or variance, for example, sales vs. budget or profit this year vs. last year.
* To count a number of something.
* To track performance against a target, such as Sales Rep performance, as illustrated in the dashboard image below.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/SdseokWD8PfgzCstTOBY" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<details>

<summary>Example: Track Sales Rep performance against budget</summary>

In the Sales database, create a Gauge chart to visualize whether a Sales Rep is tracking against the budget.

Prepare the data in the grid:

1. Select the **Sales Rep** dimension, then select and focus on a particular rep (Bert).
2. Select **Period** > **Year to date**.
3. Select **Mode** > **Stream**, **Stream** > **Sales** and **Variance Stream** > **Budget**.

Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid, then click the **Gauge** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Gauge** option.

<img src="/files/xWVk9UhWtbEgrA50vVak" alt="" data-size="original">

The default Gauge chart displays but it is meaningless as you have not yet configured the chart settings. Configure the chart:

1. Select **Summary** > **% Variance**.
2. Select the **Show stream values** checkbox.
3. Enter the **Range** as -100 to 100, **Red** as -100 to 15, **Yellow** as -15 to 15 and **Green** as 15 to 100 (see image below).

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/rGqXUK1IsWR8fd9y5nRh" alt="" width="442"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The chart updates; it now compares Bert’s sales performance against budget. You can see that Bert is over 80% ahead of his budget.

</details>

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/htmtoa8ozo>" %}
Create KPI-Style gauge, summary and bullet charts
{% endembed %}

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Bullet chart

{% hint style="info" %}
Availability:

* Summary view - Period and Stream mode only.
* Focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) - In Variance and Stream mode only.
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch this Phocas Academy video: [Bullet charts](https://www.phocassoftware.com/academy/videos/bullet-charts)
{% endhint %}

A Bullet chart is one of the KPI types of chart. It displays results in a single column. It looks similar to a Column chart, as it uses columns, however, it has more in common with a Gauge chart, as it is another way to visually track performance against a target.

Each ‘column’ is in fact made up of two columns. The gray column typically represents a target and the colored column represents the actual performance, a little like a fuel gauge or thermometer. By default the ‘colored’ column is blue but you can apply conditional formatting to change the colors to red, blue and/or green.

The bullet chart will always display the target %, even when this is not displayed in the grid.

You can hover over a column to display a tooltip with the values and target %.

|              | **Summary view**                                                                 | **Focused view**                                                    |
| ------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Contents** | There are columns for each time unit (month/day/year) in the period (or stream). | There is a column for each of the focused items.                    |
| **X-axis**   | The X-axis displays the time units of your current period.                       | The X-axis displays each focused item.                              |
| **Y-axis**   | The Y-axis displays the total, which starts at zero.                             | The Y-axis displays the total, which starts at zero.                |
| **Example**  | <img src="/files/RkBoja4U86q6TvO34mra" alt="" data-size="original">              | <img src="/files/l9Sm7PldFhw8QQ8bgBFj" alt="" data-size="original"> |

<details>

<summary>Example: Track Sales Rep performance against budget</summary>

In the Sales database, create a Bullet chart to visualize the Sales Rep performance against the budget.

Prepare the data in the grid:

1. Select the **Sales Rep** dimension, then select and focus on the top ten performing Sales Reps.
2. Select **Period** > **Year to date**.
3. Select **Mode** > **Stream**, **Stream** > **Sales** and **Variance Stream** > **Budget**.

Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid, then click the **KPI** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Bullet** option.

<img src="/files/mTbWAjPcxufe0m3sVAQO" alt="" data-size="original">

The default Bullet chart displays with the grey and blue columns. The grey column represents the budget and the blue columns represent sales. The percentage shown is target %.

<img src="/files/1FU3X59XZQYxwUypmDCT" alt="" data-size="original">

(Optional) Associate traffic-light colors with the sales performance: Enter the **From** and **To** value range into the color boxes to set the conditional formatting. In this example, if the Sales Reps achieve more than 110% of budget, the column is green, if they achieve budget, it’s yellow and if they do not achieve budget (<99%), it is red.

<img src="/files/Wjp3GMySXBJkwyR1S4fl" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/htmtoa8ozo>" %}
Create KPI-Style gauge, summary and bullet charts
{% endembed %}

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Summary and Ring Summary charts

{% hint style="info" %}
Available in a focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension), in all modes except for Transaction mode.
{% endhint %}

Summary and Ring charts are very similar and are both in the KPI category of charts. These charts are suitable for displaying large numerical values, such as your total branch sales for the month, the value of goods in a warehouse, or the profit for the quarter.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/7HjXMCvbb3Ttlcex4yji" alt="" width="226"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The Summary chart displays just one number on a card, alone or with an icon. This number can be the count, sum, or average of the values selected. As the name implies, the Ring Summary displays the value and other elements, such as smiley, emoji, prefix, or suffix, within a colored ring. They're good for displaying smaller numerical values in a more prominent way.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/htmtoa8ozo>" %}
Create KPI-Style gauge, summary and bullet charts
{% endembed %}

## Summary chart

By default, a grey bar displays at the bottom of the card but you can apply conditional color formatting to use it as a clear visual indicator of performance. For example, you can set the bar to be red or yellow until a target is met or exceeded, at which point it will turn green. The image below has some examples of the colored Summary charts you can add as widgets on your dashboard.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/bGXyj9vHazTri3kfeWEH" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

You can also use summary icons, such as a smiley, emoji or arrow for additional visual appeal on your Summary charts. For example, arrows are useful to represent upwards or downwards trends when used with Variance or %Variance metrics. The image below shows how emojis add more of a visual impact when the Summary charts display on dashboards.

<figure><img src="/files/T2wAkbgoqMv1QzGqIgs4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Display the monthly sales total with a smiley icon</summary>

In a Sales database, create a Summary chart that shows monthly sales and apply conditional formatting so that as the monthly sales targets are met, the color on the chart changes from red, through to yellow and then to green.

Prepare the data in the grid: In Period mode, select the **Customer** dimension, then select **Period** > **Current Month**.

Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid, then click the **KPI** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Summary** option.\
The default Summary chart displays in grey color with the count of customers in the month. This does not meet the requirements, so you need to configure the chart.<img src="/files/yOgCjgIBMpAYUpTm1dsQ" alt="" data-size="original">

Configure the chart:

1. Select **Summary** > **Sum** to display the sum of the customer sales in the month.
2. Select **Summary Type** > **Smiley**.
3. Enter the **From** and **To** value range into the color boxes to set the conditional formatting, so when sales are between 0 to $2m, the card displays in red, for sales $2m to $4m it is yellow, and for sales $4m to $6m it is green.

<img src="/files/fOO3HS8BhyAdnBIvQyiG" alt="" data-size="original">

You can see that so far this month, the target of $4m has not been met, so the yellow color displays. Later in the month, as the target is met, the color will change to green.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Display the monthly sales total with an emoji icon</summary>

In a Summary chart, use an emoji for each value range, instead of a more traditional traffic light color scheme or smiley.

Notes: Windows 7 does not support this feature, as it has no built-in emoji picker.

Starting with the Summary chart in the above example, select **Summary Type** > **Emoji**.

For each emoji:

1. Select and insert an emoji. You can copy and paste an emoji from elsewhere or insert one using the built-in emoji picker, as follows:
   * On Windows, use the Windows key + semi colon ( ; )
   * On a Mac, use Control + Command + Space bar
2. Enter the **From** and **To** value range into the emoji boxes to set the conditional formatting, so when sales are between 0 to $2m, a frowning face displays, for sales $2m to $4m a thinking face displays, and for sales $4m to $6m a party celebration face displays.

   <figure><img src="/files/sTMrF6QppnLpxp4s7n4a" alt="" width="204"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The chart updates to emoji type and displays the applicable emoji.

<img src="/files/gYtb5gNtyvVMZ0DDnQUf" alt="" data-size="original">

You can enter text instead of selecting an emoji icon.

</details>

## Ring Summary chart

As with a Summary chart, you can apply conditional formatting to determine the color of the ring, for example, red or yellow until a target is met or exceeded, at which point it will turn green.

<figure><img src="/files/i5MbWN9k1cJ7QYxyGR7H" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<details>

<summary>Example: Create a Ring Summary chart</summary>

1. Prepare the data in the grid.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **KPI** chart category button and select the **Ring Summary** option.

<img src="/files/lgD1iHzLTdPBqMyUhBVA" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Map charts

{% hint style="info" %}
Available in a focused view (when you select and focus on items in a dimension) in all modes except for Search, Transaction and Market.
{% endhint %}

A Map chart is a good way to see data by location at a glance. In all of these modes, the **Total** column is mapped.

## Types of Map charts <a href="#mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-typesofmapcharts" id="mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-typesofmapcharts"></a>

There are three types of Map charts as described in the table:

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th width="142"></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Map chart</strong></td><td><strong>Description</strong></td><td><strong>Example</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Marker</strong></td><td><p>A red 'pin' marker is placed at the address.</p><p>In the example, the locations of three customers are marked in New York's Manhattan region.</p></td><td><img src="/files/S3FJi5DEg1qzjDHoaFdA" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Circle</strong></td><td><p>A circle or dot is placed at the address. The size of the circle represents the total. The larger the circle, the higher the number.</p><p>In the example, a customer in lower Manhattan has the highest sales.</p></td><td><img src="/files/KPQAABhaZTgsiQblL3xX" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Heat</strong></td><td><p>A heat map is created around multiple addresses. The hotter the color (heading towards red), the higher the number in that general vicinity.</p><p>There are two options:</p><ul><li>Count - based on the number of records.</li><li>Sum - based on the sum of the value of those records (for example, the total sales)</li></ul><p>In the example, there is a lot of activity on the US west coast, as well as in the south.</p></td><td><img src="/files/4PU23NQtIi1wVXRanNg3" alt="" data-size="original"></td></tr></tbody></table>

## Example 1: Get an overview of where customers are located <a href="#mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-example1-getanoverviewofwherecustomersarelocated" id="mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-example1-getanoverviewofwherecustomersarelocated"></a>

In the Sales database, create a Marker Map chart to visualize where the customers are located throughout the US.

1. Prepare the data in the grid to display **location** information: Select the **Country** dimension, then select and focus on the **US**, select the **Customer** dimension, select **Properties** > **Full Address** and click outside the list to apply your selection.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Map** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Marker** option.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/XceiJtcOmkN1T0Nrnk0b" alt="" width="102"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   The map displays markers for each customer address. You can click on a marker to view the customer’s details.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/jVmWbL14eFT4pwX9LFoZ" alt="" width="544"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Example 2: View the top three profitable customers in New York <a href="#mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-example2-viewthetopthreeprofitablecustomersinnewyork" id="mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-example2-viewthetopthreeprofitablecustomersinnewyork"></a>

In the Sales database, create a Circle Map chart to visualize the top three customer’s in the state of New York according to profitability.

1. Prepare the data in the grid to display **location** information: Select the **Territory** dimension, then select and focus on the **NY** (New York). Select the **Customer** dimension. Only those customers in New York display in the grid. Select **Measures** and double-click the **Profit** option, then sort by **Profit** in descending order. Select and focus on the top three customers. Select **Properties** > **Zip/Post Code** and click outside the list to apply your selection.
2. Click the **Chart** button in the top right toolbar above the grid.
3. Click the **Map** chart category button on the left of the chart and select the **Circle** option.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/D5WamkBciDEQVxSTLMTz" alt="" width="40"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   The map displays circles where the top three New York customers are located. The larger the circle, the higher value of that customer. You can click on a circle to view the customer’s details.

   <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/eHV0SpI2VRWMxD9H0Fiw" alt="" width="510"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Tips and troubleshooting <a href="#mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-tipsandtroubleshooting" id="mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-tipsandtroubleshooting"></a>

### **Properties**

Map charts recognize streets, zip codes, cities, states, regions and countries, so the more location details you select (via the **Properties** menu) the more accurate your map will be. See [change the properties](/analytics/customize-your-view-analytics/change-the-properties-analytics) to learn more.

Mappable properties need to be entered in a certain order when a database is built. If your Map chart is not displaying as expected, the property names might have been entered incorrectly or in the wrong order. Your administrator might be able to resolve this issue in Designer.

### Information for administrators

<details>

<summary>When designing your database, you should consider the following points related to Map charts:</summary>

Map properties in the following order: Address, suburb, zip, state and then country (in other words, from fine to coarse levels of data).

For best results, concatenate into a single property named 'full address', as shown:

<img src="/files/6OTaNOhBkcv7o0OD4LLM" alt="" data-size="original">

If using individual properties, map charts recognize properties with the following names:

* anything beginning with 'add', e.g., 'Address 1', 'Addr 2', 'Add Del 1'.
* 'city'
* 'suburb'
* 'postcode'
* 'post code'
* 'zip'
* 'zip code'
* 'zipcode'
* 'state'
* 'country' \* *(see administration note below)*
* 'latitude'
* 'longitude'

It is important to have clean address data for best results.

If the data all belongs to a single country, it is recommended that the 'DefaultCountry' system setting is used instead of the country being supplied by a mapped property.

The country 'AUS' does not map. Use 'AU' or 'Australia'.

See your database design documentation and applicable internal documentation.

</details>

### Geocoding <a href="#mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-geocoding" id="mapcharts-marker-circleandheat-geocoding"></a>

Geocoding turns a regular street address into latitude and longitude fields, which is what allows a marker to be placed on a map. Phocas uses Google Maps for geocoding, and the results display using OpenStreetMap.

You will notice a delay the first time you map a particular address, because the geocoding process is occurring in the background, and the number of 'new' addresses you can map at a time is limited to 100. Once an address has been mapped once (by any user), automatic caching makes the results display much faster. There is no limit on mapping of these addresses.

***

{% hint style="success" %}
**Related pages**

You can take the following actions with your chart:&#x20;

[Configure the chart options](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/configure-the-chart-options) | [Select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment) | [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend) | Save the chart as a favorite | Add the chart to a dashboard | [Export a chart as an image](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/export-a-chart-as-an-image)

See also the main page: [Visualize your data in a chart](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart)
{% endhint %}


# Configure the chart options

Most of the [chart types](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart) have configuration settings on the left side that you can use to customize your view of the chart. The available settings depend on the type of chart and might include one or more of the settings listed (in alphabetical order) below.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/0VQfCEN9XkTYJsqrX0AO" alt="" width="340"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/akakigxysf>" %}
Configure the chart options
{% endembed %}

<details>

<summary>Auto Axis Scale</summary>

Charts: Bar, Column, Combo, Waterfall, Line, Area, and Bubble.

Scales the chart based on the values graphed rather than starting at zero. The chart axis starts from the lowest data point in the chart, rather than zero. This starting point creates a more meaningful chart when all values are high.

**Example - A simple chart with auto axis scale**

In the image below, the **Auto Axis Scale** checkbox is NOT selected, therefore, the Y-axis of the chart starts at zero. As a result, the difference between the high values can be difficult to determine.

<img src="/files/9CowhO97m1mIsCAW9APX" alt="" data-size="original">

As you can see in the image below, when the **Auto Axis Scale** checkbox is selected, the Y-axis of the chart starts at approximately 110,000, the lowest data point in the chart. As a result, it is easier to see the difference in values.

<img src="/files/Yh7ds9rkUQRfZ984D3aU" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Color Palette</summary>

Charts: Bar, Column, Combo, Waterfall, Line, Area, % Area, Pie, Donut, Bubble, and Radar.

Allows you to change the colors in the chart.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Dual Axis Chart</summary>

Charts: Bar, Column, Combo, Waterfall, Line, Area and Bubble.

Visually compares two measures with different measurement scales, such as value and margin. Typically, the left Y-axis displays the first measure and the right Y-axis displays the second measure.

**Example - Add a second axis to a chart**

1. Select **Total** mode.
2. Select two measures.
3. Switch to the chart view.
4. Select the **Dual Axis** checkbox.

In the image below, the **Dual Axis** checkbox has been selected to display financial YTD sales value and profit on the same chart for a group of sales reps.

<img src="/files/bN6GNVtYUMKgYydKE2DO" alt="" data-size="original">

Here is what the chart looks like when the setting is not selected.

<img src="/files/XaQoIv8yO6GgsPGFCrbj" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Filter by calendar</summary>

Chart: Line.

Applicable only when you select a *day* type of period from the **Period** menu, allows you to apply a working day calendar to the data in the chart to remove data for non-working days. See [Create a line chart that displays data for working days only](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/line-chart#example-2-create-a-line-chart-that-displays-data-for-working-days-only).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Legend position</summary>

Options for repositioning the legend or hiding the chart from view. See [Use the chart legend](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/use-the-chart-legend).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Prefix | Suffix</summary>

Chart: Summary, Ring Summary.

Descriptive text that displays on the chart, either before or after the number, gives the number more context.

<img src="/files/zw6edekQe5GfhsC8Go7a" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Range</summary>

Chart: Gauge.

The lower and upper limits that you want the range to span. The range is 0 and 100 by default, but you can change this.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Red | Yellow | Green</summary>

Chart: Summary, Ring Summary and Gauge.

Conditional color coding that you can apply to the chart. By default, there is no color coding applied but you can enter a range for each color.

For example, on a Gauge chart, the pointer might be in the red or yellow zone until a target is met or exceeded, at which point it will be in the green zone. In a Summary chart, the summary might display in red or yellow until a target is met or exceeded, at which point it will turn green.

If you are saving the chart as an alert, to ensure that the alert updates, select a defined period (a period containing [offset dates](/basics/getting-started/periods/offset-dates)).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Show Current/Previous</summary>

Chart: Gauge, in Variance and Period Variance mode only.

Displays extra details on the chart. For example, you might want to display the figures behind an improvement or decline in performance.

When this option is selected, the actual and variance or target values are displayed underneath the chart. This is particularly useful on a dashboard, as you can see the figures behind an improvement or decline in performance, without needing to open the widget.

When this option is not selected, you get a basic gauge that displays only the variance amount.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Show Data Labels</summary>

Charts: Bar, Column and % Area.

Displays the data point values inside the chart, so you don’t need to hover over the data points to display the values.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Show Full Label Name</summary>

Charts: Bar, Column, Combo, Waterfall, Line, Area, % Area, Pie, Donut, Bullet, Bubble, and Radar.

Useful when the legend title has long text, as you can opt to display the full text or not.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Show Single Tooltip</summary>

Charts: Bar, Column and % Area.

Displays only one tooltip at a time when you hover over a data point in the chart. This is a good feature if you want to focus on a single data point and view more details about a single value.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Smart formatting</summary>

Charts: Gauge, Summary and Ring Summary

Removes decimal places and automatically abbreviates large values, making numbers easier to read. This is especially useful when adding such charts to dashboards; you can show cleaner, bolder numbers while still conveying the same information.

<figure><img src="/files/dVQyW6pF3z3BRkM9orEH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Stacked</summary>

Charts: Bar, Column and Radar.

Depicts the values stacked on top of each other rather than side by side. Groups all selected dimensions into a single bar.

**Example - View percentage split for products**

The stacked option is particularly useful when viewing a matrix share. In the image below the **Stacked** checkbox has been selected. As a result, you can see the percentage split for products in three categories is displayed on top of each other.

<img src="/files/C2TH8ERe9CThnAqeSR0X" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Straight Line</summary>

Chart: Radar only.

Renders the lines between each point as straight rather than curved.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Summary</summary>

Chart: Summary, Ring Summary and Gauge.

The type of result that you want to appear in the chart. The options that are available in the **Summary** menu depend on the selected mode and other settings but the full list is as follows:

* **Count**: Total number of focused items.
* **Sum**: Total of the first non-property column (unless margin or other percentage measure is selected, and then average is used).
* **Average**: Sum divided by count. Average data does not need to display in your grid; it will be calculated and charted automatically.
* **Minimum**: Minimum value in the first non-property column.
* **Maximum**: Maximum value in the first non-property column.
* **Current**: Total of the 'Current' columns (only in Variance mode).
* **Previous**: Total of the 'Previous' columns (only in Variance mode).
* **Stream**: Value of the 'Stream' column (only in Stream mode).
* **Variance**: Total variance.
* **% Variance**: Total percentage variance.
* **Limit** **Rows**: Filters the records to either the 'top 10' or 'bottom 10' records.

If you are creating a Gauge or Summary widget from the dashboard and you have selected the **Limit Rows option**, then **Count** will be the only option available in the **Summary** menu.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Summary Type</summary>

Chart: Summary, Ring Summary.

Adds visual elements to the chart which are used alongside the conditional color coding you apply. You can select from the following options:

**Smiley**

<img src="/files/1c2kHC85pEDpOrszpAJL" alt="" data-size="original">

**Traffic Lights**

<img src="/files/0wwjQHEOTasMN8L5Kg3D" alt="" data-size="original">

**Emojis**

<img src="/files/qTpRJNUQXwwQD62CR1Dz" alt="" data-size="original">

**Arrows**

<img src="/files/RXL7wjWlcvS1MqZWcjFQ" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Trend Line</summary>

Charts: Bar, Column, Line, and Area.

Superimposes a line on a chart revealing the overall direction of the data. Depicts a momentum indicator for each series.

**Example - View trends in product sales**

In the image below, the **Trend Line** checkbox has been selected. As a result, the trendline shows the general direction of sales for two product classes over a rolling 12-month period.

<img src="/files/vvjPNUiO5RqXMlj48gU9" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Use Cumulative</summary>

Chart: Combo, Line and Area (each in Summary view only).

Charts the accumulated total rather than individual values. In other words, rather than charting current vs. previous for each time unit, Phocas charts current cumulative vs. previous cumulative for each time unit.

**Example - View cumulative data**

In the following image, the **Use Cumulative** checkbox is selected and as a result, the accumulated total value is displayed for each month.

<img src="/files/IhElJP692QSFG4UmAsNa" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>

<details>

<summary>Use Totals</summary>

Chart: All charts in a focused view, in Period mode.

Charts the sum rather than individual values. Summarises period values into a single bar. In other words, the total for each period is charted rather than all focused items.

**Example - Simplify a chart by showing totals only**

A Column chart was created based on 11 focused customers over 12 months. The **Use Total** checkbox is NOT selected and as a result, the customers are each shown as different colored bars in each month.

<img src="/files/j75DSoqVN0albunnIujm" alt="" data-size="original">

When the **Use Total** checkbox is selected, the combined total monthly value of the 11 customers is represented by a single bar for each month.

<img src="/files/feXfgDblcdBmJBByzd7U" alt="" data-size="original">

</details>


# Select and focus on a chart segment

If you see something in a chart that you want to explore further, you can select and focus on that segment in the chart, such as a particular column in a Bar chart or a wedge in a Pie chart. This action isolates that segment, allowing you to drill further into the data, either staying in chart view or switching to grid view. If you switch to grid view, the focused data will stay focused and this will be reflected on the dimension list. You can clear the selection by resetting or clicking the **X** next to the dimension.

There are three options for focusing on a segment in a chart:

* Hover over the chart segment to display information about that segment.

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/3IFBDs43VCfH4hQvenTG" alt="" width="217"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* Select the segment(s) you want to focus on, for example, Fred, Owen and Harry. The other segments become faded, making the selected segments stand out.

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/YiCRepC907dO71ZEPgUA" alt="" width="217"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* After selecting the segments (option above), click the **Focus** button to remove the other segments from the chart. A filter icon displays next to the chart name and if you return to the grid view, the filter details appear in the status bar above the grid. Click **X** or **Reset** to clear the filter.

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/UdTL8VjGPRpXqSUS2AAA" alt="" width="217"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/k4eK0bTcB09NjIE0Xgj2" alt="" width="217"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Export a chart as an image

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Export > Clipboard
{% endhint %}

The easiest way to add a chart to a document or email is to download the chart as an image. You can do this from within Analytics or Dashboards.

In Analytics, open the chart and click **Export** > **Image** > **Export**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/37iguFn4tb4sAKDdycCY" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

If the chart has been added as a widget on a dashboard, open the dashboard and hover over the widget to display its toolbar, then click the **Export** button (camera icon).

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/BZa9sMlWdgk5sN1oH94v" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Open the image and save or use it as required.


# Use the chart legend

A legend displays to the right of most chart types. The legend's color coding matches the palette you select for your chart. The contents of the legend adjust according to the selected mode. If multiple measures are selected, they also display in the legend.

## Change the position of the legend <a href="#usethechartlegend-changethepositionofthelegend" id="usethechartlegend-changethepositionofthelegend"></a>

By default, the legend displays on the top right of each chart. You can use the **Legend position** setting to change where the legend displays or hide the legend from view.

<figure><img src="/files/NqrEbRuQ23NgkIzcFvbA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## View property details <a href="#usethechartlegend-viewpropertydetails" id="usethechartlegend-viewpropertydetails"></a>

In the legend below, a group of customers has been focused on and the following properties selected: Name, Suburb and Postcode (zip). These properties display in the legend.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/qhVLZDDVdcL0RvDSD4vB" alt="" width="217"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

This information also displays when you hover over a chart segment.

<figure><img src="/files/kpjyOWu40bjbrfF254yN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Select and focus on data <a href="#usethechartlegend-selectandfocusondata" id="usethechartlegend-selectandfocusondata"></a>

As well as being able to [select and focus on a chart segment](/analytics/visualize-your-data-in-a-chart/select-and-focus-on-a-chart-segment), such as a bar, column or wedge, you can select and focus on items in your legend. Selected items have a solid colored circle and black text (Judy in the example below). Unselected items have a hollow colored circle and gray text.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/tG3mo8Dm8hONUEc5luAU" alt="" width="170"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## Change the order of legend items <a href="#usethechartlegend-changetheorderoflegenditems" id="usethechartlegend-changetheorderoflegenditems"></a>

The order of items in the chart legend can be changed by sorting the respective columns in grid view.  <br>


# Save and share favorites

Save your Analytics analysis points and insights as favorites and share them with your team.

{% hint style="success" %}
[Favorites](/basics/favorites/view-and-save-favorites) and [dashboards](/basics/dashboards/use-dashboards) are two of the key features of Phocas.

Related information: Add an analysis point as a widget on a dashboard.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
User permissions:&#x20;

* To save favorites: **Favorites** > **Save**.&#x20;
* To share favorites: **Collaboration** > **Share with Folders** and/or **Collaboration** > **Share with Users**
  {% endhint %}

When you change your view of the grid, filter the data, or create a chart during your analysis, you can save that view as a favorite. You can save multiple favorites and easily switch from one to another for quick access to the information that you need.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/e6ya8vxstg>" %}
Save useful data as a favorite
{% endembed %}

## Save a new favorite

1. [Open a database](/analytics/take-a-tour-of-analytics) in Analytics and carry out your analysis (grid or chart view), then click the blue arrow next to the database name and select **Save as favorite**.
2. Configure the favorite's settings. The available settings depend on your user permissions.
   * **Owner**: Your name is selected by default, as you are saving the favorite. To transfer ownership, select a different user.
   * **Favorite**: The **New** option is selected by default.
   * **Name** and **Description**: Enter a name (required) and an optional description.
   * **Period**:
     * The **Current** option (with your active period in brackets) is selected by default. This is whatever period was selected in the **Period** menu when you saved the favorite.
     * You can change this to **Default** or select a default period.
     * Use offset dates to make your favorites dynamic, which means they automatically update each time they are opened.
     * If you're sharing the favorite, note that other users might have a different default period.
   * **Folders** and **Users**: By default, your favorite isn't shared. You can assign it to folders or share it with specific users. See [Sharing and folders](/basics/getting-started/sharing-and-folders).
3. Click **Save**.

<div align="left"><img src="https://docs.phocassoftware.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F900295827-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252F7pj8v25BOyqZTdG5mdD1%252Fuploads%252FehuZWFdXDWKakwN2JFep%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D530dda93-fb17-4d16-a57a-f47285bcf0bf&#x26;width=768&#x26;dpr=3&#x26;quality=100&#x26;sign=a7a96d0a&#x26;sv=2" alt="Configuring a favorite&#x27;s settings" width="375"></div>

## Save a favorite based on an existing favorite

Use this method to create a variation of any favorite, whether it's been shared with you or one you've saved yourself.

1. Open the favorite and make your changes, then click the blue arrow next to the favorite name and select **Save as new favorite**.
2. Update the settings and click **Save**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/tn6vjYIKkpaS71fMAPEC" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Saving a new favorite from an existing one</p></figcaption></figure></div>

## Subscribe to a favorite <a href="#subscribe-to-a-favorite" id="subscribe-to-a-favorite"></a>

You can subscribe to a favorite to receive email notifications whenever the underlying data updates.

See [Subscriptions](/basics/getting-started/subscriptions).


# Reset data

{% hint style="info" %}
User permission: Query > Focus and Reset
{% endhint %}

During your analysis, you might want to stop what you are doing and start again. You can use the **Reset** tool to clear all the dimensions you are focusing on and all rows or cells you have selected. Most functions will revert to their default settings.

Here is an overview of what the **Reset** tool does and does NOT do:

| **Resets**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | **Does NOT reset**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| <ul><li>Everything you are focusing on</li><li><p>These functions:</p><ul><li>Mode (back to the default)</li><li>Properties (back to the default)</li><li>Measures (back to the default)</li><li>Activity Filter (back to the default)</li><li>Format</li></ul></li><li>Kind (back to the default, i.e. resetting from a chart or nested grid will revert to standard grid)</li><li>Search (basic and advanced)</li><li>Quick Filter</li><li><p>These options:</p><ul><li>Show Average</li><li>Hide Status</li><li>Hide Dimensions</li></ul></li><li>Favorites and alerts. That is, it doesn't take you back to the original favorite or alert - instead it removes the favorite /alert title and replaces it with the title of the relevant database, and then follows all the other rules in these lists.</li></ul> | <ul><li><p>These functions:</p><ul><li>Period</li><li>Stream</li></ul></li><li>Locked selections</li><li>Text in the search box</li><li>Dimension (i.e. reset leaves you in your current dimension and doesn't take you back to the summary dimension)</li><li><p>These options:</p><ul><li>Monochrome Exports</li><li>Show Others</li><li>Show Sum</li><li>Month To Date</li><li>Hide Total</li><li>Show Net Zero</li><li>Totals as Average</li></ul></li><li>Additional Transaction mode properties</li></ul> |


# Phocas AI

Learn about the Phocas AI tool available in the Analytics module.

Phocas AI gives you quick answers and insights by simply asking a question relevant to your own business databases. This is particularly helpful for new or occasional Phocas users, who aren’t familiar with the functionality. You can ask a question in your terms and see the steps that were taken to get the results. Learn as you go.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/dAUo4yrOfvrOJIUPegeu" alt="image-20240206-193846.png" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/g3sb6hoyva>" %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Watch this Phocas Demo video: [Phocas AI](https://www.phocassoftware.com/watch-demo/phocas-ai?autoplay=true)
{% endhint %}

### Getting the most out of Phocas AI <a href="#phocasai-gettingthemostoutofphocasai" id="phocasai-gettingthemostoutofphocasai"></a>

Phocas AI can’t read your mind - it takes the question you ask and uses probability to infer what you mean. Start by asking good questions, as the less inference required, the greater the chance of a correct answer.

Here are some sample questions to ask:

* Show me the best selling product over the last 12 months
* Sales reps whose sales value has increased by less than 5% over last 2 quarters
* show me customers who bought more in 2022 than 2023
* What are the top performing sales reps this year?
* What regions are ahead of budget this quarter?
* Who sold the most products in UK last month?
* Cities with the highest sales between last Black Friday and the end of 2023. Use reporting value.
* Sales in \[region] this year.
* top selling product for the supplier Acme by quantity last week
* Plot sales for Engines onto a column chart by month for the last 5 months

Based on the samples above, here are some tips to think about when writing your questions:

* Remember to include a date range. For example, compare "*What are my sales?*” vs “*What were my sales last quarter?*” The latter question will yield better results.
* Specify the stream, if applicable. For example, if you have three budget streams, it’s helpful to specify the one you are interested in.
* Use terms from the database where possible. Phocas AI understands synonyms but they are less accurate than explicitly naming the data element of interest, particularly when the term is ambiguous. For example, if the dimension is called *Customer*, don't use *Account*.
* You can use wildcards, either \* or %. For example, “*code like PR3986\* for august 2023 sorted by cost price descending*”.
* Your question doesn’t need to be in English - we’ve tested lots of languages with great success.
* If you want to view the data in a chart, ask for one. Phocas AI supports most of the standard types of charts, with more coming soon.
* Don’t worry too much about spelling unless it’s vital for the question. For example, if you type *Cutsomer,* Phocas AI will know you mean *Customer*. However, if you misspell a customer name, *Amce* instead of *Acme,* Phocas AI probably won't recognize it.
* You don't need to use perfect grammar - capital letters and question marks are not required.

Phocas AI is an extension of Phocas Analytics, a feature-rich tool with many capabilities and options. If you can’t do something in Analytics, Phocas AI can’t do it. Phocas AI supports many of the Analytics features now, with more coming soon.

### Limitations of Phocas AI <a href="#phocasai-limitationsofphocasai" id="phocasai-limitationsofphocasai"></a>

Phocas AI is an extension of Phocas Analytics, a feature-rich tool with many capabilities and options. If you can’t do something in Analytics, Phocas AI can’t do it. Phocas AI supports many of the Analytics features now, with more coming soon.

### Required user permissions

In order for Phocas AI to work correctly, users need the following [Query permissions](/administration/users/add-update-user/user-permissions) assigned to their user profile:

* **Query**
  * Change activity filter
  * Change dimension
  * Change measures
  * Change properties
  * Change stream
  * Apply custom period
  * Focus and reset
  * Search
* **Format**: Actual
* **Kind**: Grid and Chart
* **Mode**:
  * Summary period
  * Summary stream
  * Summary total
  * Period
  * Variance
  * Stream
  * Period variance
  * Period stream
  * Total
  * Matrix
  * Matrix variance

### Phocas AI is in Beta <a href="#phocasai-phocasaiisinbeta" id="phocasai-phocasaiisinbeta"></a>

We’re working hard on testing and improving Phocas AI. This means that sometimes we might make mistakes and comically do the wrong thing. Your feedback is important in helping us to improve.

### Is my data safe? <a href="#phocasai-ismydatasafe" id="phocasai-ismydatasafe"></a>

Absolutely. In Phocas, we store your confidential data securely and handle it with great care. See the [Security and Technology page](https://www.phocassoftware.com/platform/technology) on our website for more information.


# Flex Modes

Phocas’s new business intelligence experience allows you to drill into your business data, from grid-based exploration through to flexible analysis and visualizations.

Flex Modes is a newer experience of Analytics, designed to make analysis more direct and flexible. It makes customization part of the default workflow, so you work directly in the grid as you explore your data.

[See this quick comparison](/analytics/analytics/compare-analytics-and-flex-modes) of Analytics and Flex Modes to learn about the differences.&#x20;

Use the search box to quickly find what you’re looking for or browse the full list of pages in the menu on the left.

***

Want to know what's new? [Read our release notes](/other-information/release-notes)

Can’t find what you are looking for? [Raise a Customer Support Desk request](https://portal.usepylon.com/phocas/login)


# Take a tour of Flex Modes

Get a richer and more versatile way to explore your data.

Flex Modes provides a set of modes with different functionality to give you more flexibility in the way that you view and analyze your data.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/kgcdwm6r03>" %}
Take a tour of Flex Modes
{% endembed %}

In the navigation menu, click **Flex Modes** (underneath Analytics), then select the required database. The database opens in **Flexible Period** mode by default. You can then [switch to another Flex mode](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/switch-modes).

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/6H3kJ10g1WhGD211bxy0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Flex Modes work much like other Analytics modes, with the same basic layout: toolbar on top, dimensions on the left, and the grid in the center. They include many familiar features plus some unique ones. Their five key elements are identified by the numbers in the image and explained below.

<figure><img src="/files/SyBIYnpdtrk5lgqvMaj1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Toolbar

The toolbar at the top has menus you use to change your view of the data, and some action buttons.

#### Menus <a href="#takeatourofflexiblevariancemode-menus" id="takeatourofflexiblevariancemode-menus"></a>

Each Flex mode has its own set of menus but common menus you'll see are:

* **Mode**: This menu lets you switch between the Flex modes. Each mode is a pre-defined view of data that displays particular columns in the grid.
* **Properties**: This menu lets you change the properties (information stored about a dimension) displayed in the grid. The properties menu isn't available in the Summary view; you must select a dimension first.
* **Stream**: This menu lets you change the stream (series of data in the underlying database) displayed in the grid.
* **Measure**: This menu lets you change the measures (numerical data) displayed in the grid. The **Count** option allows you to replace the displayed measure value with the relative count of unique entities in a specific dimension.
* **Period**: This menu lets you change the period (timeframe) that applies to the data in the grid.

#### Action buttons <a href="#takeatourofflexiblevariancemode-functionbuttons" id="takeatourofflexiblevariancemode-functionbuttons"></a>

All of the Flex modes have the following action buttons:

* <img src="/files/DAnDr6aGnRRJo5huRLSI" alt="" data-size="line">**Advanced filter**: Build detailed filter rules to focus the grid on the data you want to analyze.
* <img src="/files/s2Ojk3QvhFp8g7eghuZ9" alt="" data-size="line">**Conditional formatting**: Apply color coding to columns in the grid based on the rules you create.
* <img src="/files/3GscRyhTLK5fX6iUXAw8" alt="" data-size="line">**Grid settings**: Change the way the grid displays data. The available settings depend on the selected mode.
* <img src="/files/vlf8RtEj6joRPjYmzK9n" alt="" data-size="line">**Save as favorite**: [Save your analysis as a favorite](/flex-modes/save-and-share-favorites)
* <img src="/files/xrIWfjvvqRRlNMO0pyG5" alt="" data-size="line">**Export**: Export the data as a CSV or XLSX file.
* <img src="/files/fX5R8GYD9uEPPndAShPy" alt="" data-size="line">**Documentation assistant**: Ask questions about Flex Modes and get help while you work.

### 2. Focus and Reset buttons, and filter bar

The **Focus** button [filters the data](/flex-modes/filter-data) in the grid and activates after you select a dimension. The Reset button returns the grid to its original state. Use the filter bar for quick keyword searches or to open the **Advanced filter** pane. Applied filters show as tags on the filter bar’s right-hand side to help you track changes.

When you are working with a [calculation column](/flex-modes/manage-columns), the filter bar transforms into the **fx** (formula) bar, making it easy to identify and understand the formulas used to calculate the values in the grid.

### 3. Dimensions

The panel on the left displays the list of [dimensions](/basics/getting-started/dimensions), as in other modes. However, there are two additional features:

1. The **Nest view** feature sits right above the dimensions, making it easy to drag and drop at least two dimensions into the **Nest view** dropzone to get a [nested grid view](/flex-modes/create-a-nested-view) (with levels you can expand and collapse).
2. When you have many dimensions, a **filter** displays above the dimension list to let you quickly find a particular one. Start typing the name of a dimension you're interested in, and the list is instantly filtered to show only the dimensions containing those letters.

### 4. Tabs

The tabs at the bottom of your screen provide different views of the data. These views mirror each other, so changes you make in one view carry across to the other. The data updates according to the menus, filters, and dimensions you select.

<figure><img src="/files/TVbFpslHBHaJhzNRGt1O" alt="Screenshots of the Flex Modes tabs."><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Grid view**: This tab opens by default. This is the standard Phocas grid you're familiar with, where you view and analyze your data. For best results, filter and focus on data here before switching to another view.
* **Transaction view**: Click this tab to view the list of transactions that make up the data you see in the **Grid view** tab. See [View transactions](/flex-modes/view-transactions).

### 5. Grid

Just like in other places in Phocas, the grid is where you view and analyze your data. Each Flex mode has its own custom-built grid corresponding to the menus in the toolbar, along with the following features:

* **Right-click menu**: A context menu that displays when you right-click a cell in a particular column. This is a handy way to do an advanced filter based on a condition directly from the grid.<br>

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/O2fxJKB7nCzb2O8rwCiI" alt="" width="170"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* **Internal links:** [Internal shortcut links](/administration/designer/modify-a-database#add-shortcut-links) configured by your administrator that you can use in the Flex Modes grid. For example, you can select a customer to open their scorecard dashboard or create a CRM task.<br>

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/rqrciiHsZZNdaXosE5Lg" alt="" width="253"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* **Sparklines**: A column of mini charts amongst the data. Sparklines illustrate the trends over the period in a graphical format, allowing you to identify changes, trends and anomalies at a glance. For example, a sharp decrease in the sparkline might signal a drop in sales, something worth investigating.<br>

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/62ZZqqK4FBeKAWDkPzrq" alt="" width="114"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* **Freeze properties:** A setting that keeps selected property columns fixed while you scroll horizontally through measure columns. This helps maintain context (such as Code, Name, or Country) during analysis. All selected property columns are frozen together, and the setup can be saved to a favorite.<br>

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/vH9fBWiXSgcuc09YoJrI" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
* **Show all records**

The grid might display records across multiple pages. Select **Show all** to display all rows on one page and scroll through them.

![](/files/m3fpU8JFQ7AeIVtOMZF0)

Select **Show all** again to return to the default paginated view.

#### Use keyboard shortcuts <a href="#use-keyboard-shortcuts" id="use-keyboard-shortcuts"></a>

Here’s a list of handy keyboard shortcuts you can use in Flex Modes:

<table><thead><tr><th width="234.453125">Keys</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code>Ctrl/Cmd+K</code></td><td>Toggle Command Palette</td></tr><tr><td><code>Ctrl+B</code></td><td>Toggle sidebar (show/hide dimension panel)</td></tr><tr><td><code>F</code></td><td>Focus selection (drill-down into selected rows)</td></tr><tr><td><code>↑</code> <code>↓</code> <code>←</code> <code>→</code></td><td>Move cell selection</td></tr><tr><td><code>Ctrl/Cmd + Arrow</code></td><td>Jump to edge (first/last row or column)</td></tr><tr><td><code>Home</code> / <code>End</code></td><td>Jump to first / last column</td></tr><tr><td><code>Enter</code></td><td>Move down one row</td></tr><tr><td><code>Shift+Enter</code></td><td>Move up one row</td></tr><tr><td><code>Tab</code></td><td>Move right one column</td></tr><tr><td><code>Shift+Tab</code></td><td>Move left one column</td></tr><tr><td><code>Shift + Arrow</code></td><td>Extend selection</td></tr><tr><td><code>Ctrl/Cmd + Shift + Arrow</code></td><td>Extend selection to edge</td></tr><tr><td><code>Shift+Home</code> / <code>Shift+End</code></td><td>Extend selection to first / last column</td></tr><tr><td><code>Escape</code></td><td>Clear / reset selection</td></tr><tr><td><code>Ctrl/Cmd+C</code> or <code>Ctrl+Insert</code></td><td>Copy selected cells</td></tr></tbody></table>


# Customize your view

Change the standard view of the data to suit your analysis needs.

Use the menus in the toolbar and grid settings to customize the data displayed in the grid and focus on the information you're interested in.

* [**Switch modes**](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/switch-modes): Quickly change which columns and data appear in the grid.
* [**Change the properties**](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/change-the-properties): Use the **Properties** menu to change the property columns that display.
* [**Change the stream**](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/change-the-stream): Use the **Stream** menu to change the stream of data that displays.
* [**Change the measure**](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/change-the-measure): Use the **Measure** menu to change the numerical data values that display.
* [**Change the period**](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/change-the-period): Use the **Period** menu to change the date range that applies to the data.
* [**Manage grid settings**](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/manage-grid-settings): Use the grid settings to control how data appears.

<figure><img src="/files/oVqzCdkgHRLqzaYIEB6Y" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Switch modes

Quickly change which columns and data appear in the grid.

Use the **Mode** menu to switch between predefined data views and analyse your data in different ways.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/QTWIUYD78cKtM1tWetui" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

All modes include the standard menus in the [toolbar](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/flex-modes/customize-your-view/pages/tnody8UOoc9Rv4BTVwwt#id-1.-toolbar): **Mode**, **Stream**, **Measure** and **Period**. Some modes include additional menus.

All modes have two grid views:

* **Summary view** displays an overview of your data.
* **Dimension view** is displayed when you select a [dimension](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/flex-modes/customize-your-view/pages/tnody8UOoc9Rv4BTVwwt#id-3.-dimensions) and shows the data for individual entities.

## Period mode

Use **Period** mode to analyse values over time.

{% hint style="success" %}
Use the **Measures** menu to add more measure columns to the grid.
{% endhint %}

### Summary view

Displays the values for each period in the selected date range.&#x20;

The grid contains the following columns:&#x20;

* **Period**: Displays each period within the selected date range. For example, when you select **Rolling 12 Months**, the grid displays a row for each month in the rolling 12-month period.
* **Value**: Displays the value for each period.
* **Cumulative Value**: Displays a running total of the values up to and including each period.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/BgxnVRSryIq9NAIouAii" alt="" width="428"><figcaption><p>Summary view of Period mode</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Dimension view

Displays the values for each entity in the selected dimension.

In this view, the **Properties** menu in the toolbar becomes available.

The grid contains the following columns:&#x20;

* **Properties**: Displays the selected properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for each entity. Use the **Properties** menu to select which properties to display. The available properties depend on the selected dimension.
* **Total**: Displays the total value for each entity across the selected period. A sparkline provides a visual summary of the trend over the selected period.
* **Period columns**: Display the value for each period within the selected date range. For example, when you select **Rolling 12 Months**, the grid displays a column for each month in the rolling 12-month period.

<figure><img src="/files/aDmY6L4eMjNmtbKBMZEQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Dimension view of Period mode</p></figcaption></figure>

### Example

Use **Period** mode to view daily sales by product class for the previous month:

1. Click **Mode** > **Period**.
2. Click the **Product Class** dimension.
3. Click **Period** > **Select dates**.
4. Select the **Day** period type.
5. Select the first and last days of the previous month, then click **Apply**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/5Jas5vHglxjVpU0jxt5F" alt="" width="461"><figcaption><p>Using the Select dates feature to apply a custom date range</p></figcaption></figure></div>

<figure><img src="/files/MV90skxcejVNaAcf4HUX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Daily sales of each product class in June 2026</p></figcaption></figure>

## Variance mode

Use **Variance** mode to compare two periods and analyse the variance between them.

This mode introduces a second period menu in the toolbar. Together, the period menus control the period comparison:

* **Period:** Select the current (main) period. This is the period that appears as the first value in the variance comparison. For example, you might select the current month, quarter or year.
* **Compared to:** Select the comparison period. The default is **Previous** (same period one year ago), with **Prior Previous** and **Adjacent Previous** also available. You can also compare to a predefined period or select a specific date range.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/u03ThUMncUuU11bV6w2s" alt="" width="240"><figcaption><p>Comparison period options</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Summary view

Displays a comparison of the selected period and comparison period.

The grid contains the following columns:

* **Period:** Displays the selected period and the comparison period (in brackets).
* **Current:** Displays the value for the selected period.
* **Cumulative Current:** Displays a running total of the values for the selected period.
* **Comparison:** Displays the value for the comparison period.
* **Cumulative Comparison:** Displays a running total of the values for the comparison period.
* **Variance:** Displays the difference between the current and comparison values.
* **% Variance:** Displays the percentage difference between the current and comparison values.
* **Cumulative Variance:** Displays the difference between the cumulative current and cumulative comparison values.
* **Cumulative % Variance:** Displays the percentage difference between the cumulative current and cumulative comparison values.

<figure><img src="/files/8jHl0Dd7SdKrbA4rQqdL" alt=""><figcaption><p>Summary view of Variance mode</p></figcaption></figure>

### Dimension view

Displays a comparison of the selected period and comparison period for each entity in the selected dimension.

In this view, the **Properties** and **Columns** menus in the toolbar become available.

The grid contains the following columns:

* **Properties**: Displays the selected properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for each entity. Use the **Properties** menu to select which properties to display. The available properties depend on the selected dimension.
* **Comparison**: Displays the current value, comparison value, variance and percentage variance for each entity.<br>

  <figure><img src="/files/HTvTHLsk4sfddvw3tWdR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Dimension view of Variance mode</p></figcaption></figure>

### Optional breakdown

In the dimension view, you can use **Columns** > **Custom** > **Show all periods** to display a breakdown of the selected period. This helps you identify where the variance occurred.&#x20;

For example, if you compare the last 3 months with the previous 3 months, turning on **Show all periods** displays each month within the selected period so you can see how each month contributed to the overall variance.

The breakdown contains:

* **Total:** Displays the total value across the breakdown periods. A sparkline provides a visual summary of the values across the selected period.
* **Period columns:** Display the individual periods that make up the selected period.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/dM0ckmHU8tobyYUqmVJK" alt="" width="452"><figcaption><p>Period breakdown columns in Variance mode</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Example

Use **Variance** mode to compare a customer's spending for the rolling 12 months with the previous 12 months:

1. Click **Mode** > **Variance**.
2. Click the **Customer** dimension.
3. Locate and select the required customer and click **Focus**.
4. Click **Period** > **Rolling 12 Months**.

<figure><img src="/files/Xm6ETaCoos1WYNkoEhlD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Comparison of a customer's sales in the current year against the previous year</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Click **Columns** > **Custom** > **Show all periods** to view a breakdown of the customer's monthly sales in the current year.

<figure><img src="/files/PQFJFam8aXIL96y2Qm24" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sales comparison including monthly breakdown for current year </p></figcaption></figure>

## Total mode

Use **Total** mode to view the total value for the selected period.

Unlike **Period** mode, **Total** mode displays only the total value and does not include cumulative values. Total mode is the simplest view of your data. It is particularly useful when multiple measures are selected because it provides a clear, uncluttered summary of your data.

{% hint style="success" %}
Use the **Measures** menu to add more measure columns to the grid.
{% endhint %}

### Summary view

Displays the total value for each period within the selected date range.

The grid contains the following columns:

* **Period:** Displays each period within the selected date range. For example, when you select **Rolling 12 Months**, the grid displays a row for each month in the rolling 12-month period.
* **Value:** Displays the total value for each period.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/JEkqk4UkoMDcnLAD05GN" alt="" width="394"><figcaption><p>Summary view of Total mode</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Dimension view

Displays the total value for each entity in the selected dimension.

In this view, the **Properties** menu in the toolbar becomes available.

The grid contains the following columns:

* **Properties:** Displays the selected properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for each entity. Use the **Properties** menu to select which properties to display. The available properties depend on the selected dimension.
* **Value:** Displays the total value for each entity across the selected period.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/pKr0cxKFnniXfv1QrqcW" alt="" width="531"><figcaption><p>Dimension view of Total mode</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Example

Use **Total** mode to view the total number of products sold this year to date (YTD):

1. Click **Mode** > **Total**.
2. Click the **Product** dimension.
3. Click **Measures** > **Quantity** and clear any other selected measures.
4. Click **Period** > **FYTD**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/w6NYMu6DvlaU5Q8xai5H" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Quantity of each product sold in the financial year to date</p></figcaption></figure></div>

## Stream mode

{% hint style="info" %}
This mode is only available when two or more streams exist for the database and dimension you have selected.
{% endhint %}

Use **Stream** mode to compare two streams and analyse the variance between them. For example, compare actuals against budget.

This mode introduces a second stream menu in the toolbar. Together, the stream menus control the stream comparison:

* **Stream (baseline):** Select the baseline stream.&#x20;
* **Stream (variance):** Select the stream to compare against the baseline stream.

{% hint style="success" %}
Use the **Measures** menu to add more measure columns to the grid.
{% endhint %}

### Summary view

Displays a comparison of the baseline stream and comparison stream.

The grid contains the following columns:

* **Period:** Displays each period within the selected date range. For example, when you select **Rolling 12 Months**, the grid displays a row for each month in the rolling 12-month period.
* **Baseline stream:** Displays the value for the stream selected in the **Stream (baseline)** menu.
* **Cumulative baseline stream:** Displays a running total of the values for the baseline stream.
* **Comparison stream:** Displays the value for the stream selected in the **Stream (variance)** menu.
* **Cumulative comparison stream:** Displays a running total of the values for the comparison stream.
* **Variance:** Displays the difference between the baseline and comparison stream values.
* **% Variance:** Displays the percentage difference between the baseline and comparison stream values.
* **Cumulative Variance:** Displays the difference between the cumulative baseline and cumulative comparison stream values.
* **Cumulative % Variance:** Displays the percentage difference between the cumulative baseline and cumulative comparison stream values.

<figure><img src="/files/wWCkyGJdD3zJexNNVm4R" alt=""><figcaption><p>Summary view of Stream mode</p></figcaption></figure>

### Dimension view

Displays a comparison of the baseline stream and comparison stream for each entity in the selected dimension.

In this view, the **Properties** menu in the toolbar becomes available.

The grid contains the following columns:

* **Properties:** Displays the selected properties (such as **Code** and **Name**) for each entity. Use the **Properties** menu to select which properties to display. The available properties depend on the selected dimension.
* **Baseline stream:** Displays the value for each entity for the stream selected in the **Stream (baseline)** menu.
* **Comparison stream:** Displays the value for each entity for the stream selected in the **Stream (variance)** menu.
* **Variance:** Displays the difference between the baseline and comparison stream values for each entity.
* **% Variance:** Displays the percentage difference between the baseline and comparison stream values for each entity.

<figure><img src="/files/ApIMowcdzFClZgUp2D28" alt=""><figcaption><p>Dimension view of Stream mode</p></figcaption></figure>

### Example

Use **Stream** mode to compare sales rep performance against budget for the current month:

1. Click **Mode** > **Stream**.
2. Click the **Sales Rep** dimension.
3. Click **Stream (baseline)** > **Sales**.
4. Click **Stream (variance)** > **Budget**.
5. Click **Period** > **Current Month**.
6. Click the **Budget Variance Value** column to sort the sales reps in descending order.

<figure><img src="/files/t4OSXhMSlMaJhKXzAaZC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Comparison of current month's sales against the budget</p></figcaption></figure>


# Change the properties

Use the Properties menu to change the property columns that display in the grid.

{% hint style="info" %}
You must select a dimension to activate the **Properties** menu; it isn't available in Summary view.
{% endhint %}

Properties are information stored about a dimension. By default, the **Code** and **Name** property columns display for all dimensions. The available properties depend on the selected dimension and underlying database. For example, you might have an Address property for a Customer dimension or a Unit of Measure property for the Product dimension.

1. Click the **Properties** menu.
2. Select the properties you want to view and clear the properties you don't want. You must have at least one property selected.
3. Click anywhere outside the **Properties** menu to close it.

The grid updates as you select or clear properties. If you select multiple properties, the **Properties** menu displays a summary. Hover over the menu to see all the selected properties.

Your property selections remain until you reset the grid.

<figure><img src="/files/dvg2CCaNCfhY4dCzPCzW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Code and Name property columns displaying in the grid</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
If you need to scroll horizontally to view all the columns, [freeze the property columns](https://docs.phocassoftware.com/flex-modes/customize-your-view/pages/tnody8UOoc9Rv4BTVwwt#id-5.-grid) to keep them in view.

If you frequently edit the default properties, save your view as a favorite to keep your property selection(s) for later.

To return to the default view, click **Reset**.
{% endhint %}

### Example 1: Identify each customer's country and sales rep

Add properties to see where each customer is located and their sales representative.

1. Click the **Customer** dimension, for example, **Customer Ship To**.&#x20;
2. Add the **Country** and **Sales Rep** properties and clear **Code**.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/qTPtHTBd0Sij6uxrvVsQ" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Customer name, Country and Sales Rep name property columns displaying in the grid</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Example 2: Get more details on declining customers

Identify the customers who are declining the most in the year to date and add properties to view useful details, such as their contact information.

1. Click **Mode** > **Variance**.
2. Click the **Customer** dimension, for example, **Customer Ship To**.
3. Sort the **Variance** value column in ascending order. The worst performing customers display at the top of the grid.
4. Select and focus on the ten worst-performing customers (top ten in the grid).
5. Add properties such as **Country**, **Email** and **Phone**. The property columns display in the grid, allowing you to see the contact details for those declining customers.

<figure><img src="/files/fQSFTqikfskkLdVNKGN1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Country and contact details displaying alongside the customer data</p></figcaption></figure>

### Example 3: Use properties like dimensions

Use a property like a dimension to analyse data by information that isn't available as a dimension.

For example, suppose you want to analyze the Sales data according to the suburbs in which your customers are located but you do not have a Suburb dimension.

1. Choose your preferred mode, for example, **Variance**.
2. Click the **Territory** dimension, then select and focus on the territory you're interested in, for example, **California** in the **USA**.
3. Click the **Customer** dimension, for example, **Customer Ship To**.
4. Add the **Suburb** property and remove all other properties.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/5Wwcadkc2uPbWe0a8bwx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Customers grouped by suburb, as if you had selected a Suburb dimension </p></figcaption></figure>


# Change the measure

Use the Measure menu to change the numerical data values that displays in the grid.

Measures are different types of numerical data values in the database.

Some measures contain raw data, such as Value, Cost and Quantity. Others are calculated from that data, such as Profit and Margin. The available measures depend on the database and selected stream. For example, a measure that's available in the *Sales Invoices* stream might not be available in the *Budget* stream.

The table shows examples of measures you might see in a Sales database.

<table data-search="false"><thead><tr><th width="109">Measure</th><th width="490">Data or value displayed</th><th>Data source</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Value</td><td>Value of sales (sales value)</td><td>Raw data</td></tr><tr><td>Cost</td><td>Cost of sales (cost price)</td><td>Raw data</td></tr><tr><td>Quantity</td><td>Quantity of items sold</td><td>Raw data</td></tr><tr><td>Profit</td><td>Profit as a dollar or pound value (Value – Cost)</td><td>Calculated</td></tr><tr><td>Margin</td><td>Margin as a percentage (Profit / Value)</td><td>Calculated</td></tr><tr><td>Value/Item</td><td>Average sales value per item (Value / Quantity)</td><td>Calculated</td></tr><tr><td>Cost/Item</td><td>Average cost per item (Cost / Quantity)</td><td>Calculated</td></tr><tr><td>Lines</td><td>Number of transaction lines imported into the database</td><td>Raw data</td></tr></tbody></table>

For calculated measures, the value in the **Total** row isn't the sum of the values in the grid. The calculation is applied to the total data instead. For example, if **Margin** is calculated as Profit divided by Value, the **Total** row calculates *total Profit divided by total Value*. It doesn't add together the margin percentages displayed for each row.

### Change the measure

1. Click the **Measure** menu.
2. Select the measure(s) you want to view and clear the measures you don't want. You must have at least one measure selected.
3. Click anywhere outside the **Measure** menu to close it.

The grid updates as you select or clear properties. If you select multiple measures, the **Measure** menu displays a summary. Hover over the menu to see all the selected measures.

Your measure selections remain until you reset the grid.

<figure><img src="/files/RUoL3UyEo3eMZc7JNFf8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Value, Cost and Quantity columns displaying in the grid</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
If you frequently use a measure that isn't the default, save your view as a favorite to keep your measure selection for later.

To return to the default view, click **Reset**.
{% endhint %}

### Count entities

Use **Count** to replace the measure values with a count of unique entities in a dimension. For example, you can count the number of products bought by each customer or the number of customers in each region.

1. Select the dimension you want to analyse. For example, **Customer Ship To**.
2. Click **Measure** > **Count**.
3. Select the dimension containing the entities you want to count. For example, **Product**.

The grid updates to display the count.

<figure><img src="/files/yDsQF9AM6yhiq9n14cNX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Count column showing the number of products bought by each customer.</p></figcaption></figure>

### Change the number format

Change how the values in a measure column display in the grid. For example, you can show or hide decimal places or thousands separators.

1. Click the column menu, then select **Number format**.
2. Select a number format.
3. If applicable, select **Percent** to display the values as percentages.

The values in the column update to the selected format.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/xRAF8XUPADbqNUwTLHQz" alt="" width="430"><figcaption><p>Hiding decimal places from a measure</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Do more with measures

Add a [measure column](/flex-modes/manage-columns#add-a-measure-column) to compare additional data side by side in the grid. You can use a different stream or period for each measure column.


# Change the stream

Use the Stream menu to change the stream of data that displays in the grid.

A stream is a series of data that comes from a particular source. Typically, each business unit or department produces its own stream of data, and these individual streams collectively make up the data in a database.&#x20;

The available streams depend on the database. For example, in a Sales database, you might have a *Sales Invoices* stream, an *Inventory* stream and a *Budget* stream.&#x20;

{% columns %}
{% column %}

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/JVisL2odlTwnLdVDCjo2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sales database, Sales Invoices stream (Summary view)</p></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endcolumn %}

{% column %}

<figure><img src="/files/8ou9TBp2V2BkS3sFCtms" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sales database, Budget stream (Summary view)</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endcolumn %}
{% endcolumns %}

The default stream displays at the top of the list and is selected when you reset the grid. If there's only one stream in the database, there is no list to select from; the stream name displays in the **Stream** menu.

The selected stream determines which dimensions are available in the dimension panel. For example, the Customer dimension isn't available in the Stock on Hand stream. Similarly, the Warehouse dimension isn't available in the Forecast stream.

{% columns %}
{% column %}

<figure><img src="/files/8vlTci86YBHzVgsCBm8w" alt="" width="184"><figcaption><p>Dimensions in a Forecast stream</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endcolumn %}

{% column %}

<figure><img src="/files/XxhvfN1Umij7tzPq18Ss" alt="" width="181"><figcaption><p>Dimensions in a Stock on Hand stream</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endcolumn %}
{% endcolumns %}

1. Click the **Stream** menu.
2. Select the stream you want to view.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/ln3lo8IG0rEMXWLdIlv1" alt="" width="202"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The grid updates to display the data from the selected stream and the **Stream** menu displays its name. You can only select one stream at a time.&#x20;

{% hint style="success" %}
To view data from multiple streams in the same grid, [add a measure column](/flex-modes/manage-columns#add-a-measure-column) and select a different stream for that column. For example, you might want to view the *Sales Invoices* and *Budget* streams side by side.

If you frequently use a stream that isn't the default, save your view as a favorite to keep your stream selection for later.

To return to the default view, click **Reset**.
{% endhint %}


# Change the period

Use the Period menu to change the date range that applies to the data in the grid.

{% hint style="success" %}
Periods are a core concept in Phocas. Read the [Periods](/basics/getting-started/periods) page to learn how periods work and about the different types of periods.
{% endhint %}

In Phocas, a *period* defines the range of dates included in your analysis. You can select a defined period that's available in the database or apply your own custom period.

## Apply a defined period

1. Click the **Period** menu.
2. Select the period you want to apply.&#x20;

The selected period displays in the **Period** menu and the grid updates with data for that date range.&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/shvHoIXbSyr7msM5d4Tb" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>The current month's local values displaying for each sales rep</p></figcaption></figure></div>

## Apply a custom period

1. Click the **Period** menu > **Select dates**.&#x20;
2. Select the period type: **Year**, **Month**, **Week**, or **Day**.&#x20;
3. Select the **Start** and **End** of the date range. You can use **fixed** or **dynamic** dates.
4. Click **Apply**.

The custom period displays in the **Period** menu and the grid updates with data for that date range.&#x20;

### Use a fixed date range

Use a fixed date range when you need precision, repeatability or historical consistency.

A fixed date range has a set start and end date. The dates don't change when you redo the analysis or open a favorite later.

Examples include:&#x20;

* Annual sales for the 2025 financial year.
* A marketing campaign that ran from March 15 to April 30, 2025.
* Sales in January 2024 compared with January 2025.&#x20;

#### Example: Analyse sales during the summer

Suppose you want to identify customers who purchased products during the summer season (in the northern hemisphere).&#x20;

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. Select June 2025 as the **Start** month and August 2025 as the **End** month.
3. Click **Apply**.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/LUMXmZdG1fWY0ExRDxyY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selecting a fixed date range</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/HAinTSGzSyJoKO2CVPzA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sales data for the selected date range</p></figcaption></figure>

### Use a dynamic date range

Use a dynamic date range when you need automation, recency or ongoing monitoring.

A dynamic date range updates automatically based on when you run the analysis.&#x20;

If you save the view as a favorite, you get a set-and-forget analysis that continues to update with the latest applicable data.

Examples include:&#x20;

* A sales dashboard showing the last 7 days revenue.
* An inventory report tracking stock levels in the month to date (MTD) or quarter to date (QTD).
* A weekly performance review always looking at the previous week.

Common dynamic date ranges include *Last 30 days*, *Month to date (MTD)*, and *Year to date (YTD)*. For the **Day** period type, you can also select special dynamic dates:

* **First day**: Always the first day of the month.
* **Last day**: Always the last day of the month.
* **Match today**: The same day number as today. For example, the 29th of each month.
* **Match yesterday**: The same day number as yesterday. For example, the 28th of each month.

The following examples show some common dynamic periods you can add to your analysis:

<details>

<summary>Example 1: Last month</summary>

Suppose today is in the month of September and you want to view the Sales performance of the previous month. Next month (October), you'll want to see September's sales values, and so on.

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. Click **Use dynamic dates** at the bottom of both the **Start** and **End** calendars. By default, the **Relative** dynamic option is selected for both.
3. Leave **Last month** selected for the **Start** and change the **End** to **Last month**.
4. Click **Apply**.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/Mi03ZihYhwyeBsaCFswB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/PKjY30sjlFI7fOi29YvC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 2: Rolling 12 months</summary>

Suppose you want to view sales data for the current month and previous 11 months. Going forward, you want this 12-month period to update automatically.

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. Click **Use dynamic dates** at the bottom of both the **Start** and **End** calendars. By default, the **Relative** dynamic option is selected for both.
3. Change the **Start** to **11 months ago** and the **End** to **This month**.
4. Click **Apply**.

<figure><img src="/files/NpRQ9JxiHD0F6EGkOTOy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/4eVwcYRKXR0355U1L6JB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 3: Last 3 years</summary>

Suppose today is in the month of September and you want to view the sales data for the last 3 years. Going forward, you want to see the current year and previous 2 years' sales data on any given day.

1. Select the **Year** period type.
2. Click **Use dynamic dates** at the bottom of both the **Start** and **End** calendars.
3. Change the **Start** to **2 years ago** and the **End** to **This year**.
4. Click **Apply**.

<figure><img src="/files/Oead9UzRWMHFV03qCOwe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/58kLSkwQMrDNnlzJ9mz4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 4: Last 7 days</summary>

Suppose today is September 29 and you want to view the sales data for the last week (7 days). Going forward, you want to see the past weeks' sales data on any given day.

1. Select the **Day** period type.
2. Click **Use dynamic dates** at the bottom of both the **Start** and **End** calendars. By default, the **Relative** dynamic option is selected for both.
3. Change the **Start** to **6 days ago** and leave the **End** as **Today** (default).
4. Click **Apply**.

<figure><img src="/files/uiVt3kLL0bkARX7U6RB1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/kDarMHovV1sZwvuKRhXt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 5: Financial year-to-date</summary>

Suppose your financial year runs from April to March and you want to see this year's financial performance so far (September). Going forward, you want to see data for the financial year to date on any given day.

1. Select the **Month** period type.
2. Click **Use dynamic dates** at the bottom of both the **Start** and **End** calendars. By default, the **Relative** dynamic option is selected for both.
3. Select **Recent** > **Most recent** > **April** for the **Start**.
4. Leave **Relative** > **This month** (default) selected for the **End**.
5. Click **Apply**.

<figure><img src="/files/KqPPVIU2WnDLhkIid6nb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/bAxamroMc61zRqanBgZn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example 6: Yesterday</summary>

Suppose you want to quickly review the previous day's data on any given day.&#x20;

1. Select the **Day** period type.&#x20;
2. Click **Use dynamic dates** at the bottom of both the **Start** and **End** calendars. By default, the **Relative** dynamic option is selected for both.
3. Select **Special** > **Match yesterday** for both the **Start** and **End**.
4. Click **Apply**.

<figure><img src="/files/sFbajbaJWDxrhJoVKrC0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/dv1BfulhxxIk6GsAdWJC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>

## Do more with periods

You can use periods in other ways to customize your analysis. Explore these related options:

* Use [Variance mode](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/switch-modes#variance-mode) to compare two periods and analyse the variance between them. Turn on **Show all periods** to breakdown the selected period and identify where the variance occurred.
* In any mode, add a [measure column](/flex-modes/manage-columns#add-a-measure-column) to the grid, then change the period that applies to that column. This allows you to view the same stream of data for two different periods.
* In the [grid settings](/flex-modes/customize-your-view/manage-grid-settings):
  * Turn on **Reverse the period** to reverse the order of the period columns in the grid.
  * Turn on **Period to date** to include transactions up to the same date in each comparison period. This aligns the periods to the same point in time.


# Manage grid settings

Control how data appears in the grid.

Use grid settings to change how your data appears, such as the order of period columns and whether total and average rows display.

In the toolbar, click **Grid settings**. The settings panel opens on the side of the page.

<figure><img src="/files/DR4vXEjtLiXBt8eLFVyZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
These settings apply to your current view only and are not saved automatically. To reuse them, save the view as a favorite.

Some settings don't apply in Summary view.
{% endhint %}

### Reverse the period

Turn on **Reverse the period** to change the order of the period columns in the grid.

Use this setting when you want to display the most recent period first or last. For example, if the columns display from **Dec** to **Jan**, you can reverse them to show **Jan** to **Dec** instead.

{% hint style="info" %}
The default column order is set by your administrator in the [database settings > Defined Periods tab](/administration/databases-administration#set-defined-periods-for-a-database) using the **Reversed?** option.
{% endhint %}

### Activity

Control which items (dimension entities) display in the grid based on whether they have transactions in the selected period.&#x20;

This can help you identify items with no activity, such as customers who aren't buying or products that aren't selling, or view activity and no activity together to identify opportunities.

The **Activity** setting has three options:

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/rqpeQNAgg0y7pR01kEQV" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

#### **Activity (default)**

Show only items that have transactions in the selected period. Use this option to focus on active items and reduce noise in the grid.

#### **No activity**

Show only items that have no transactions in the selected period. Use this option to identify inactive items, such as customers who aren't buying or products that aren't selling.

The results depend on the data in the database. For example, they might include customers who have stopped trading or products that have been discontinued.

For example, suppose you're focusing on a sales rep's performance and want to identify customers who aren't buying products from them. Select the **Customer** dimension and turn on **No activity**. The grid updates to show customers who have bought from that sales rep previously but haven't bought from them in the selected period

<figure><img src="/files/vdyln3GNRDfidvBqPwL9" alt=""><figcaption><p>List of customers who haven't bought products from the selected sales rep in the last 3 months</p></figcaption></figure>

#### **All (activity + no activity)**

Show all items, regardless of whether they have transactions in the selected period. Use this option to identify both where activity occurred and where it did not.

For example, suppose you are looking at products. You can see all products, including those that were not sold in the selected period.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
The **Rows that net to zero** setting affects which items display. If you hide rows that net to zero, **All** might not display the same number of rows as **Activity** and **No activity** combined.
{% endhint %}

### Period to date

Align comparison periods to the same point in time.

Turn on **Period to date** to include transactions up to the same date as the selected period.

Use this setting when you want to compare incomplete periods fairly, such as comparing the current month to the same point in previous months.

For example, if today is **14 April**, the April column shows data up to 14 April. When this setting is on, all other periods also show data up to the 14th of each month. This is reflected in the column headers.

<figure><img src="/files/HGD7GhNxsSSRQE9euWeY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Optional data

Use these settings to control which optional data is visible in the grid. Turn on a setting to show that data, or turn it off to hide it.

The available options are:

**Sparklines**: Show or hide trend lines for each row in the **Total** column.

**Total row**: Show or hide the **TOTAL** row at the top of the grid.

**Others row**: Use **Show others** when you have focused on selected items in a dimension and want to see the combined result for the remaining, unfocused items.

<figure><img src="/files/nkwTJMig2MBKPEazRY3l" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When **Show others** is on, the **OTHERS** row displays below the **TOTAL** row and shows the combined result for all unfocused items in each column. If you haven't focused on any items, the row displays zero values.

The value in the **OTHERS** row depends on the selected measure. For example, measures such as Value or Profit display a total, whereas Margin displays an average.

<details>

<summary>EXAMPLE: Compare focused items with all OTHER items</summary>

Suppose you filter the grid to show data for the UK, where the total revenue for all regions is $24,092,358.35.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/eTccrDtY7oG5oQRFAIqz" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

You then select and focus on the top five performing regions. Their total revenue is $6,576,450.95.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/T7210zDvlRR3wJKaBAiA" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Turn on **Show others** to display the combined revenue for all the remaining regions. The **OTHERS** row displays $17,515,907.40, allowing you to compare the top five regions with all other regions. Together, these values equal the total revenue for the UK.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/Xo1lFaOUsfUqfMVSNiN2" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

<details>

<summary>EXAMPLE: Group OTHER items in a chart</summary>

**Show others** can also help simplify a chart when there are too many items to display clearly.

For example, you can focus on ten Sales Reps and turn on **Show others**. In a pie chart, the focused Sales Reps display individually and all remaining Sales Reps are grouped into an **Others** segment. This keeps the chart easier to read while retaining the contribution of the unfocused items.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/rDwwsULpr1nHoksgzurE" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

**Average row**: Show or hide the **AVERAGE** row at the top of the grid.

**Total column**: Show or hide the **Total** column in the grid.

**Average column**: Show or hide the **Average** column at the top of the grid.

**Rows that net to zero**: Show or hide rows where the values across the grid add up to zero. For example, hide rows where positive and negative transactions cancel each other out, such as refunds or giveaways.

### Personalization

Customize the font size of the data in the grid.

For example, you might increase the font size if the text is hard to read, or decrease it to fit more data on the screen.

Use the slider to increase or decrease the font size.

Changes apply immediately and only affect your view. Unlike the other grid settings, your personalization setting is saved and persists.


# View transactions

View the individual transactions that make up the values in the grid.

Use **Transaction view** when you want to move from summarized data to the underlying transaction detail. The Grid and Transaction views stay in sync, so filters you apply in either view also affect the other view.

### View transaction details

Select the **Transaction view** tab to see the transactions behind the data in the grid.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/yMdU91UdtSGZyjI5SIbD" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Transaction view includes the transactions for the period displayed in the grid.

### Change the transaction layout

By default, transactions display in a flat list. You can switch to a nested layout when you want to group transactions by the entities in the selected dimension and review subtotals.

Use the layout button below the grid to switch between:

* **Flat:** Displays all transactions in a single list. This is the default layout.
* **Nested:** Groups transactions by the entities in the selected dimension. Expand an entity row to view the transactions underneath it and the corresponding subtotal.

<figure><img src="/files/1UzAP7aAPymyrpVTqNOJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Filter transaction data

Apply filters in Transaction view to narrow the data you want to review. You can also apply filters in Grid view and then switch to Transaction view.

See [Filter data](/flex-modes/filter-data) for information about focusing, excluding, searching, and creating advanced filters.

### Apply conditional formatting

Create [conditional formatting](/flex-modes/apply-conditional-formatting) rules specifically for Transaction view to highlight values that meet defined conditions.

Transaction-view rules are independent of the rules you create for other views, so you can use different formatting to suit the transaction detail.


# Filter data

Narrow the data in the grid to focus on the items that matter to your analysis.

{% hint style="info" %}
Filtering uses the actual stored values, not the rounded values displayed on screen.

A *dimension* is a group of data, and an *entity* is a value within a dimension. For example, *Country* is a dimension, while *Australia*, *UK*, and *USA* are entities.
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/ypny0wydwx>" %}
Filter data in Flex modes
{% endembed %}

Filter the data in the grid to focus your analysis on the items that matter. You can focus on or exclude selected data, search for specific values, or create advanced filter rules.

<figure><img src="/files/NidTHDgcOtzVXSS5gVjh" alt=""><figcaption><p>Different starting points for applying a filter to the grid</p></figcaption></figure>

When you apply a filter, the grid updates to show the matching data and the filter displays in the filter bar above the grid. You can combine filters to progressively narrow your results.

### Choose how to filter your data

Use the filtering method that best suits what you want to find:

* [**Focus or exclude data**](/flex-modes/filter-data/focus-or-exclude-data)**:** Keep selected data in your analysis or remove data you don't want to include.
* [**Search for data**](/flex-modes/filter-data/search-for-data)**:** Use the filter bar or a value in the grid to quickly find matching or comparative data.
* [**Create advanced filters**](/flex-modes/filter-data/create-advanced-filters)**:** Create and combine rules when you need more control over the criteria.

Focus, Exclude, searches, and filters created from the grid all create filter rules. You can view and edit these rules in the [Advanced filter](/flex-modes/filter-data/create-advanced-filters#open-the-advanced-filter-panel) panel.

### Work with filters

Applied filters remain active as you continue your analysis. For example, you can switch dimensions or change measures while retaining the filtered dataset.

1. The filter bar above the grid shows the filters that are currently applied.
2. Hover over a filter tag to see more information.
3. Expand the filter bar to view the individual filters, then hover over a filter to see what’s included.

Select a filter to view or edit its rule in the Advanced filter panel.

<figure><img src="/files/oiC5Gr1uvGWVm4cLCXMN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Filter tag in the search bar</p></figcaption></figure>

You can apply more than one filter to progressively narrow the results. For example, you might focus on a group of customers, then add another filter to show only those customers with sales above a specified value.

When you apply two or more filters, the **And** indicator shows that the AND condition applies. You can change this to an OR condition in the **Advanced filter** panel.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/9TYteJlIhu79oW5yPsxO" alt="" width="478"><figcaption><p>Three filters applied to the grid with AND conditions</p></figcaption></figure></div>

### Remove filters

To remove a filter, click the **X** on its tag in the filter bar. To remove multiple filters at the same time, click **Clear** in the filter bar.

To completely [reset the data](/flex-modes/reset-data), click the **Reset** button.


# Focus or exclude data

Use Focus and Exclude to quickly control which items remain in your analysis.

Use **Focus** to keep selected items and filter out everything else. Use **Exclude** to remove selected items and keep the remaining data.

For example, you might focus on several customers to compare their performance, or exclude a small number of unusually high-performing customers to analyze the remaining group.

Focus and Exclude create filter rules automatically. You can view or edit these rules in the Advanced filter panel.

### Focus on data

Focus on selected data when you want to analyze a specific set of items.

1. Select one or more rows.
2. Select **Focus** in the toolbar or press **F**.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/scoypV4vcyCLMPjwF0O2" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The grid updates to show only the focused items.

For a quicker method, right-click a cell, selected cells, or selected rows and select **Focus**.

<figure><img src="/files/cL67lNaNAlIrjQhbAfoe" alt=""><figcaption><p>Using the right-click menu to quickly focus on a cell or selection of rows</p></figcaption></figure>

### Focus on selected properties

Focus on property values when you want to filter by specific attributes rather than complete rows.

1. Select one or more property cells.
2. Right-click the selection.
3. Select **Focus**.

{% embed url="<https://phocassoftware.wistia.com/medias/4iu76jv946>" %}
Use right-click focus to filter on properties
{% endembed %}

When you select multiple property cells in the same row, the criteria are based on that combination of values.

For example, if you select a **State** value and **Customer Type** value in the same row, you can focus on items that match that combination of properties.

If you select property cells across multiple rows, each row creates a separate group of filter conditions. The resulting filter rule displays in the Advanced filter panel.

### Exclude data

Exclude selected data when you want to remove a small number of items from the analysis while keeping everything else.

Exclude applies a not-equal condition to the selected data.

For example, suppose you're analyzing customer sales and only four customers are above your target. You can exclude those four customers to continue analyzing the remaining customers.

1. Select one or more rows or cells.
2. Right-click the selection.
3. Select **Exclude**.

The selected data is removed from the grid and an exclude filter is applied.

Use Exclude when it's quicker to identify the items you don't want than to select everything you want to keep.

### Remove filters

To remove an applied Focus or Exclude filter, see [Remove filters](/flex-modes/filter-data#remove-filters).


# Search for data

Search the selected dimension to quickly find specific data.

Use the filter bar when you know what you're looking for, such as a particular customer or product. You can also create a filter from a value in the grid when you want to find similar or comparative data.

Searches create filter rules automatically. You can open the [Advanced filter](/flex-modes/filter-data/create-advanced-filters#open-the-advanced-filter-panel) panel to view or refine those rules.

### Search using the filter bar

Enter search criteria in the filter bar to narrow the data in the selected dimension.

1. Enter your search text in the filter bar.
2. Press **Enter**.

The search automatically uses an *is like* (wildcard) condition across all property columns currently displayed in the grid. Your keyword displays as a filter tag in the filter bar.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/lmYHA9uG4Yga9Mw9xWqL" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

The properties available depend on the selected dimension and your database configuration.

### Filter from the grid

Use the right-click menu to create a filter directly from a value in the grid while you're looking at the data you're interested in.

Right-click a cell, then select the option you want to apply. The menu is contextual, so the available options depend on the selected cell. For example, you can:

* focus on or exclude the selected item
* apply comparison conditions, such as equal to, greater than, or less than
* apply top 10 or bottom 10 ranking filters
* copy the selected value

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/f26zGDr8NjRceoeUdwoh" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

For example, if you right-click a value in a calculation column, you can use that value as the basis for a comparison or ranking filter.

Right-click filtering is particularly useful with custom calculation columns. After you apply the filter, you can hide or delete the custom column without affecting the filtered results.

The resulting filter displays in the filter bar and its rule is available in the Advanced filter panel.

### Edit a search filter

Open the **Advanced filter** panel when you want to view or refine a search. You can change the search criteria, add another rule, or combine the search with other filters.

For example, you might search for customers in a particular region, then add a rule to show only those whose sales exceed a specified value.

To remove an applied search filter, see [Remove filters](/flex-modes/filter-data#remove-filters).




---

[Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)

